UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549

---

Form
      20F

---

| |                                                                                                                                            
| | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | REGISTRATION
          STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE
        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934                           
| | OR                                                                                                                                         
| | ANNUAL REPORT
    PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OFTHE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal
    year ended December 31, 2003
| | OR                                                                                                                                         
| | TRANSITION
        REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to     

Commission File Number 1-14398

---

SGL CARBON AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

|SGL
          CARBON
CORPORATION(Translation
    of Registrants name into English) | FEDERAL
          REPUBLIC OF GERMANY(Jurisdiction
    of incorporation or organization)
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                                                                                    |                                                                                         

---

Rheingaustrasse 182
    D-65203 Wiesbaden
    Germany

(Address of principal executive offices)

---

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

|Title of each class                         | Name of each exchange on which registered
|------------------------------------------- | -----------------------------------------
|                                            |                                          
|American Depositary Shares,                 | New York Stock Exchange                  
|each representing one-third of one Ordinary |                                          
|Bearer Share, no par value                  |                                          
|Ordinary Bearer Shares, no par value        | New York Stock Exchange*                 

| 
|-
|*

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: NONE


Indicate
        the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes
        of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the
        annual
  report:


|Ordinary
    Bearer Shares, no par value | 55,835,290
|---------------------------------------- | ----------

Indicate by check
      mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
      by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
      preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
      required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
      requirements for the past 90 days.


|Yes |  | No
|--- |  | --

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow


|Item
    17 |  | Item
    18
|----------- |  | -----------



|
|
|
|



TABLE OF CONTENTS

|                           |                                                             | Page
|-------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ----
|                           |                                                             |     
|CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS      | 5                                                          
|                           |                                                             |     
|FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS | 5                                                          
|                           |                                                             |     
|                           | PART I                                                      |     
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 1.                    | IDENTITY OF
    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS   | 6   
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 2.                    | OFFER STATISTICS
    AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE                 | 6   
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 3.                    | KEY INFORMATION                                             | 6   
|                           | Selected Financial
       Data                              | 6   
|                           | Capitalization
       and Indebtedness                      | 9   
|                           | Reasons for
       the Offer and Use of Proceeds            | 9   
|                           | Risk Factors                                                | 9   
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 4.                    | INFORMATION
    ON THE COMPANY                              | 17  
|                           | History and
    Development of the SGL Group                | 17  
|                           | Business Overview                                           | 18  
|                           | Organizational
    Structure                                | 29  
|                           | Property, Plants
    and Equipment                          | 29  
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 5.                    | OPERATING AND
    FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS            | 33  
|                           | Operating Results                                           | 39  
|                           | Liquidity and
    Capital Resources                         | 54  
|                           | Research and
    Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.    | 59  
|                           | Trend Information                                           | 60  
|                           | Off-balance
    sheet arrangements                          | 61  
|                           | Tabular disclosure
    of contractual obligations           | 62  
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 6.                    | DIRECTORS, SENIOR
    MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES              | 63  
|                           | Directors and
    Senior Management                         | 63  
|                           | Compensation                                                | 68  
|                           | Board Practices                                             | 74  
|                           | Employees                                                   | 74  
|                           | Share Ownership                                             | 74  
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 7.                    | MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
    AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS       | 75  
|                           | Major Shareholders                                          | 75  
|                           | Related Party
    Transactions                              | 75  
|                           | Interest of
    Experts and Counsel                         | 76  
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 8.                    | FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                       | 77  
|                           | Consolidated
    Statements and Other Financial Information | 77  
|                           | Significant
    Changes                                     | 80  
|                           |                                                             |     
|ITEM 9.                    | THE OFFER
    AND LISTING                                   | 81  
|                           | Offer and Listing
    Details                               | 81  
|                           | Plan of Distribution                                        | 84  
|                           |                                                             |     

2

---



| |                       | Page
| | --------------------- | ----
| |                       |     
| | Markets               | 84  
| | Selling Shareholders  | 84  
| | Dilution              | 84  
| | Expenses of the Issue | 84  
| |                       |     

3

---



|ITEM 10       | ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                           | 84 
|------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---
|              | Share Capital                                                                    | 85 
|              | Memorandum and Articles of Association                                           | 85 
|              | Material Contracts                                                               | 89 
|              | Exchange Controls                                                                | 99 
|              | Taxation                                                                         | 99 
|              | Dividends and Paying Agents                                                      | 104
|              | Statements by Experts                                                            | 104
|              | Documents on Display                                                             | 104
|              | Subsidiary Information                                                           | 104
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 11       | QUANTITATIVE
    AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK                   | 105
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 12       | DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES                           | 108
|              |                                                                                  |    
|PART II      
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 13       | DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES                                  | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 14       | MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS
    TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 15       | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES                                                          | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16       | [RESERVED]                                                                       | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16A.     | Audit committee financial expert.                                                | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16B.     | Code of Ethics                                                                   | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16C.     | Principal Accountant Fees and Services.                                          | 109
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16D.     | Exemptions from
    the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.                  | 110
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 16E.     | Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliate Purchasers.            | 110
|              |                                                                                  |    
|              |                                                                                  |    
|PART III     
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 17       | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                             | 111
|              |                                                                                  |    
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 18       | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                             | 111
|              |                                                                                  |    
|              |                                                                                  |    
|ITEM 19       | EXHIBITS                                                                         | 111
|              |                                                                                  |    
|SIGNATURES    | 112                                                                             
|              |                                                                                  |    
|CERTIFICATION | 113                                                                             
|              |                                                                                  |    
|CERTIFICATION | 113                                                                             
|              |                                                                                 

4

---



Back to Contents

CERTAIN DEFINED TERM

SGL
    CARBON Aktiengesellschaft is organized as a stock corporation under the laws
    of the Federal Republic
    of Germany. In this annual report on Form 20-F, we refer to SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
    and (unless the context requires otherwise) its consolidated subsidiaries
as the SGL Group or the Group. References to SGL are to SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft without its consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to the ordinary bearer shares, no par value, of SGL as the Shares.


The
        following abbreviated references to the Business Areas of the SGL Group
        will also be used in this
        Annual Report: CG for the Carbon and Graphite Business Area, GS for the Graphite Specialties Business Area, CP for the Corrosion Protection Business Area, and SGL T or T for the SGL Technologies Business area. The term Business Area is used for reporting purposes, whereas the term Business Unit is
        used in business related discussions within this document and both terms
  define the above reporting units of SGL Carbon Group.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This
    annual report contains forward-looking statements and information relating
    to the SGL Group.
    Words such as anticipate, believe, estimate, expect, intend, plan, project and
    similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. These statements
    reflect the current belief of our management as well as assumptions made
by, and information currently available to, the SGL Group.


Forward-looking
        statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. If these risks and
      uncertainties materialize, or if our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual
      results,
        performance or achievements could differ materially from any future results,
        performance
        or achievements expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements.
        Factors that could cause our forward-looking statements to prove incorrect
        include
        changes in general economic and business conditions, changes in currency
        exchange rates and interest rates, introduction of competing products
      by other companies, lack of acceptance of new products or services by the
        SGL Groups targeted customers, changes in business strategy and various other factors. See Item 3, Key Information  Risk Factors for
        a discussion of risks that we believe particularly significant to the
        Group and our business. We do not intend, and do not assume any obligation,
        to
  update these forward-looking statements.




5

---



Back to Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.


ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.


ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data


We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Since 2002, IFRS is the term for the entire body of accounting standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, replacing the earlier IAS, or International Accounting Standards. Individual accounting standards that the IASB issued prior to this change in terminology continue to use the prefix IAS. The SGL Carbon Group prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance with German GAAP (HGB) for the years until Dec. 31, 2000. In 2001 the SGL Carbon Group adopted IFRS and has prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS for all years presented.


We derived the following selected financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003 from our consolidated financial statements. We prepared this information in accordance with IFRS or, where indicated, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. IFRS differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. See Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects  Significant Differences Between IFRS and U.S. GAAP as well as Notes 34 and 35 to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this annual report for a discussion of these differences.


As indicated in their reports that appear elsewhere in this annual report, BDO Deutsche Warentreuhand Aktiengesellschaft, Wirtschaftspru ̈fungsgesellschaft, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft, Wirtschaftspru ̈fungsgesellschaft, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2001.


6

---



Back to Contents

|                                                                      |                                                        |     | As of and for the year ended December 31, |     |            |    
|--------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | --- | ----------------------------------------- | --- | ---------- | ---
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|                                                                      | 2003                                                   | (1) | 2003                                      | (2) | 2002       | (2)
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|                                                                      | $                                                      |     |                                          |     |           |    
|                                                                      | (in millions; except per share and certain other data) |    
|Statement of Operations Data:                                         |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|IFRS / IAS                                                            |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Sales revenue                                                         | 1,319.3                                                |     | 1,046.2                                   |     | 1,112.3    |    
|Cost of sales(3)                                                      | (1,007.3                                               | )   | (798.8                                    | )   | (886.5     | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Gross profit                                                          | 312.0                                                  |     | 247.4                                     |     | 225.8      |    
|Selling, research and development, administration expenses and other  |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|operating income (net)(3)                                             | (263.0                                                 | )   | (208.5                                    | )   | (197.2     | )  
|Costs relating to anti-trust proceedings and restructuring(3)         | (37.7                                                  | )   | (29.9                                     | )   | (30.3      | )  
|Profit/(loss) from operations                                         | 11.3                                                   |     | 9.0                                       |     | (1.7       | )  
|Result of investments                                                 | (5.9                                                   | )   | (4.7                                      | )   | (1.8       | )  
|Interest expense (net)(4)                                             | (57.8                                                  | )   | (45.8                                     | )   | (32.2      | )  
|Other financial result                                                | (28.7                                                  | )   | (22.8                                     | )   | 8.5        |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Income tax benefit (expense)                                          | 17.8                                                   |     | 14.1                                      |     | 3.6        |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Net loss (including minority interests)(5)                            | (63.3                                                  | )   | (50.2                                     | )   | (23.6      | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Net loss attributable to shareholders                                 | (63.4                                                  | )   | (50.3                                     | )   | (23.6      | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Loss per Share(6)                                                     | (2.86                                                  | )   | (2.27                                     | )   | (1.08      | )  
|Loss per ADR(6)                                                       | (0.95                                                  | )   | (0.76                                     | )   | (0.36      | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|U.S. GAAP                                                             |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Net loss(11)                                                          | (61.0                                                  | )   | (48.4                                     | )   | (22.0      | )  
|Basic loss per Share(6)                                               | (2.75                                                  | )   | (2.18                                     | )   | (1.01      | )  
|Basic loss per ADR(6)                                                 | (0.92                                                  | )   | (0.73                                     | )   | (0.34      | )  
|Diluted loss per Share(6)                                             | (2.75                                                  | )   | (2.18                                     | )   | (1.01      | )  
|Diluted loss per ADR(6)                                               | (0.92                                                  | )   | (0.73                                     | )   | (0.34      | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Balance Sheet Data:                                                   |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|IFRS / IAS                                                            |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Working capital(7)                                                    | 497.7                                                  |     | 380.4                                     |     | 386.0      |    
|Total assets                                                          | 1,572.3                                                |     | 1,246.9                                   |     | 1,286.4    |    
|Financial debt                                                        | 623.6                                                  |     | 494.5                                     |     | 448.5      |    
|Shareholders equity                                                  | 147.0                                                  |     | 116.6                                     |     | 196.3      |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Weighted average shares(14)                                           | 22,148,078                                             |     | 22,148,078                                |     | 21,813,930 |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|U.S. GAAP                                                             |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Total assets                                                          | 1,632.0                                                |     | 1,294.2                                   |     | 1,333.3    |    
|Shareholders equity                                                  | 168.3                                                  |     | 133.5                                     |     | 209.7      |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Other Data:                                                           |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|IFRS / IAS                                                            |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Gross profit margin (%)(3)                                            | 23.6                                                   |     | 23.6                                      |     | 20.3       |    
|Operating margin (%)(3)                                               | 0.9                                                    |     | 0.9                                       |     | (0.2       | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Depreciation
    and amortization                                     | 91.0                                                   |     | 72.2                                      |     | 81.2       |    
|Capital expenditures                                                  | 41.4                                                   |     | 32.8                                      |     | 41.5       |    
|Ratio of debt
    to shareholders equity (%)(8)                      | 384.6                                                  |     | 384.6                                     |     | 217.5      |    
|Return on capital employed (%)(9)                                     | 1.0                                                    |     | 1.0                                       |     | (0.2       | )  
|Research and development expenses                                     | 26.4                                                   |     | 20.9                                      |     | 25.4       |    
|Quantity of graphite electrodes sold (thousands of metric tons)       | 202                                                    |     | 202                                       |     | 173        |    
|Number of employees worldwide (end of year)                           | 6,926                                                  |     | 6,926                                     |     | 7,360      |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Business Area Data:                                                   |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Net Sales(10)                                                         |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Carbon and Graphite                                                   | 703.6                                                  |     | 558.0                                     |     | 550.7      |    
|Graphite Specialties(12)                                              | 219.8                                                  |     | 174.3                                     |     | 195.9      |    
|Corrosion Protection(12)                                              | 234.8                                                  |     | 186.2                                     |     | 212.4      |    
|SGL Technologies(12)                                                  | 157.5                                                  |     | 124.9                                     |     | 150.4      |    
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Profit / (loss) from operations(15)                                   |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Carbon and Graphite                                                   | 79.1                                                   |     | 62.7                                      |     | 51.9       |    
|Graphite Specialties(12)                                              | 5.0                                                    |     | 4.0                                       |     | (2.8       | )  
|Corrosion Protection(12)                                              | (7.9                                                   | )   | (6.3                                      | )   | 1.2        |    
|SGL Technologies(12)                                                  | (17.4                                                  | )   | (13.8                                     | )   | (11.7      | )  
|                                                                      |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Profit / (loss) from operations before restructuring expenses(13)(15) |                                                        |     |                                           |     |            |    
|Carbon and Graphite                                                   | 83.7                                                   |     | 66.4                                      |     | 51.9       |    
|Graphite Specialties(12)                                              | 8.4                                                    |     | 6.7                                       |     | 1.9        |    
|Corrosion Protection(12)                                              | (5.4                                                   | )   | (4.3                                      | )   | 4.8        |    
|SGL Technologies(12)                                                  | (15.1                                                  | )   | (12.0                                     | )   | (11.7      | )  

|   
|---
|(1)
|   
|(2)

7

---



Back to Contents

|     | have consolidated
        as of this date. Effective December 31, 2000, we began to consolidate
    ZEW (renamed to SGL CARBON Polska S.A. in 2003) in our year end balance sheet,
        although we did not recognize ZEW in our consolidated statement of operations
    for that year.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
|---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(3)  | Costs relating
        to anti-trust proceedings and major restructuring expenses for the years
    under review are presented separately in thestatement
    of operations.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(4)  | For 2003,
        2002 and 2001, we have included the interest component of additions to
        the pension provision of10.5
    million,10.4
    million and9.9
    million, respectively, as an expense in the financial result in accordance
    with IFRS. Under U.S. GAAP, thisinterest
    component is included in operating profit.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(5)  | Net loss (before
        minority interests) and shareholders equity/minority interests
    include amounts attributable to minority interests.Net
    loss attributable to minority interests and minority interests in shareholders equity
    for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001 were0.1
    million,0.0
    million and0.2
    million, respectively, and0.3
    million,1.4
    million and1.6
    million, respectively.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(6)  | We have calculated
        loss per share for each period based upon net loss less amounts attributable
    to minority interests divided by th weighted
    average number of Shares outstanding. We have calculated loss per ADR as
    loss per Share divided by three. Because of the
    net loss for the year and the resulting lack of any dilutive effect, the
    diluted loss per Share for 2003, 2002 and 2001 was identical to
    the loss per Share.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(7)  | Working Capital
        as defined as total net inventories plus total net trade receivables,
    less trade payables. Under U.S. GAAP, working capital
    at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 would have been155.5
    million,41.3
    million and5.5
    million, respectively.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(8)  | Total financial
        debt less cash and cash equivalents, divided by shareholders equity
    at year-end.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(9)  | Operating
        results divided by the amount of goodwill, tangible fixed assets, inventories
    and trade accounts receivables, less trade accounts
    payables at the end of the year.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(10) | Business area
        data for sales revenue do not include certain amounts for sales not allocable
        to a business area. Such sales includesales
        to employees, R&D and rental income. For the years 2003, 2002 and
        2001 these amounts were2.8
        million,2.9
        million and11.9
    million respectively.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(11) | Net loss under
        U.S. GAAP is presented before cumulative changes in accounting principles
    in 2002.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(12) | As of January
        1, 2001, we reorganized our operations into four business areas: Carbon
        and Graphite, Graphite Specialties (formerly Specialty Graphite), Corrosion
        Protection and SGL Technologies (formerly Fibers and Composites). As
        of January 1, 2002, we reclassified our expanded graphite business in
        Europe from Graphite Specialties to SGL Technologies. We have adjustedthe
        corresponding figures from the previous years to reflect our current
    segment reporting structure.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(13) | Operating
        profit (loss) before costs relating to anti-trust proceedings and restructuring
    for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001 does notinclude
    unallocated corporate costs and consolidation adjustments. See Note 28 to
    the consolidated financial statements.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(14) | Weighted average
    number of shares.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|(15) | We present
        Operating Profit (Loss) before cost related to restructuring as a further
        supplemental measure of our performance.We
        prepare this figure by adjusting Operating Profit (EBIT) to eliminate
        the impact of items we do not consider indicative of our ongoing
        operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate each adjustment
        and the reasons we consider it appropriate for supplemental
        analysis. In addition, in evaluating Operating Profit before cost related
        to restructuring, you should be aware that in the
        future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation.
        Our presentation of Operating Profit before cost related
        to restructuring should not be construed as an inference that our future
        results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring
        items. Operating Profit is not a uniformly or legally defined financial
        measure. It generally represents earnings before financial
    result and taxes.
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|     | Operating
          Profit (Loss) before cost related to restructuring and antitrust is
          calculated by adding to Operating Profit (EBIT) certain items
          of expense that we believe are not indicative of our future operating
          performance consisting of: (i) restructuring expenses; and
          (ii) expenses related to antitrust proceedings. We believe these expenses
          are not indicative of our future operating performance because
          (i) the restructuring expenses are one-time charges to improve our
          future performance and (ii) the antitrust expenses are related
    to one-time fines.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
|     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|     | The
          following table shows Operating Profit (Loss) before cost related to
          restructuring and antitrust as derived from our net income (loss),
          on a consolidated level and, with respect to each of our four business
    areas, as derived from our operating income (loss):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -----
|                                                                                       | As of and for the years ended December 31, |      
|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|                                                                                       |                                            | 2003 
|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|                                                                                       | (in
    millions of)                      |      
|Consolidated net income (loss) before minority interests                               |                                           | (50.2
|Consolidated net financing costs                                                       |                                            | 73.3 
|Consolidated income tax expense (benefit)                                              |                                            | (14.1
|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|Carbon and Graphite                                                                    |                                            | 62.7 
|Graphite Specialties                                                                   |                                            | 4.0  
|Corrosion Protection                                                                   |                                            | (6.3 
|SGL Technologies                                                                       |                                            | (13.8
|Other                                                                                  |                                            | (37.6
|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|Consolidated operating income (loss)                                                   |                                            | 9.0  
|plus: Restructuring expenses:                                                          |                                            |      
|Carbon and Graphite                                                                    |                                            | 3.7  
|Graphite Specialties                                                                   |                                            | 2.7  
|Corrosion Protection                                                                   |                                            | 2.0  
|SGL Technologies                                                                       |                                            | 1.8  
|Other                                                                                  |                                            | 0.2  
|Consolidated restructuring expenses                                                    |                                            | 10.4 
|Consolidated expenses related to antitrust proceedings (only related to Other Segment) |                                            | 19.5 
|Operating profit before cost related to antitrust and restructuring:                   |                                            |      
|Carbon and Graphite                                                                    |                                            | 66.4 
|Graphite Specialties                                                                   |                                            | 6.7  
|Corrosion Protection                                                                   |                                            | (4.3 
|SGL Technologies                                                                       |                                            | (12.0
|Other                                                                                  |                                            | (17.9
|                                                                                       |                                            |      
|Consolidated Operating profit before cost related to antitrust and restructuring .     |                                           | 38.9 
|                                                                                       |                                            |      

8

---



Back to Contents

Exchange Rates

The following table shows the high, low, average and period-end euro-dollar exchange rates for the five years ended December 31, 2003 and the high and low euro-dollar exchange rates for the six months ended March 31, 2004. In each case, these rates are based on the noon buying rates published by Deutsche Bank. For 1998, the table reflects exchange rates between the dollar and Deutsche Mark translated into euros at the irrevocably fixed Deutsche Mark-euro rate of DM 1.95583
=1.00. You should not assume that these translated exchange rates would be the same as the dollar-euro exchange rates that would have prevailed during 1998 had the euro existed at that time.


|              |                       |  |        |  | Period  |  | Period | 
|------------- | --------------------- |  | ------ |  | ------- |  | ------ | 
|Period        | High                  |  | Low    |  | Average |  | End    | 
|              |                       |  |        |  |         |  |        | 
|              | (in dollars per euro) |  |        | 
|1998          | 1.1961                |  | 1.0548 |  | 1.1144  |  | 1.1733 | 
|1999          | 1.1802                |  | 1.0020 |  | 1.0658  |  | 1.0027 | 
|2000          | 1.0395                |  | 0.8286 |  | 0.9213  |  | 0.9305 | 
|2001          | 0.9548                |  | 0.8388 |  | 0.8957  |  | 0.8820 | 
|2002          | 1.0477                |  | 0.8600 |  | 0.9448  |  | 1.0415 | 
|2003          | 1.2610                |  | 1.0371 |  | 1.1309  |  | 1.2610 | 
|              |                       |  |        |  |         |  |        | 
|October 2003  | 1.1810                |  | 1.1575 |  |         |  |        | 
|November 2003 | 1.1989                |  | 1.1427 |  |         |  |        | 
|December 2003 | 1.2610                |  | 1.1944 |  |         |  |        | 
|January 2004  | 1.2856                |  | 1.2354 |  |         |  |        | 
|February 2004 | 1.2868                |  | 1.2407 |  |         |  |        | 
|March 2004    | 1.2485                |  | 1.2122 |  |         |  |        | 

Fluctuations in the euro-dollar exchange rate will affect the dollar equivalent of the Share price in euros on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and, as a result, are likely to affect the market price of the American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange as well as the amount of any dividends received by holders of American Depositary Receipts.


Dividends

In 1998, SGL declared and paid a dividend ofA1.20 ($1.31) per Share for the 1997 fiscal year. SGL did not declare dividends for the fiscal years 1998-2003.


Except as described herein, holders of ADRs are entitled to receive dividends on the Shares represented by the ADRs evidenced by such ADRs. SGL will pay any cash dividends payable to such holders to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as depositary, in euro; subject to certain exceptions, the depositary will convert these payments into dollars. Dividends paid on Shares and dividends paid to holders and beneficial owners of ADRs are subject to deduction of German withholding tax. See Item 10, Additional Information  Taxation. Dividends paid on Shares and dividends paid to holders and beneficial owners of ADRs are subject to deduction of German withholding tax. See Item 10, Additional Information  Taxation.


Capitalization and Indebtedness


Not applicable.


Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds


Not applicable.


Risk Factors


Potential investors should carefully consider the following specific risk factors along with the other information contained in this annual report before deciding to invest in the SGL Shares. Each of the risks described below could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, each of these risks could cause our share price to decline, and investors could lose all or part of their investment. The order in which the following risk factors are presented is not an indication of the likelihood of their occurrence.


We face substantial pricing pressure from our competitors.


The industries in which we operate are highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on price, product quality and customer service. Most of our production processes are capital-intensive,


9

---



Back to Contents

which results in high fixed costs. Due to these high fixed costs, a decline in demand or a temporary oversupply generally results in price decreases, rather than in reduced production. The pricing pressure thus has a direct impact on our results. In addition, price decreases can be aggravated by temporary imbalances in supply and demand, with an oversupply in stagnating markets. Graphite electrodes, in particular, are subject to strong price competition. In 2003 the average price of our graphite electrodes increased in local currency 2% in Euro and 7% in US$ versus Q4/2002. Our market share could be adversely affected if we increased prices, or a competitor reduced prices, or if we decided to maintain profit margins rather than market share or pursued other competitive strategies.

Continuing competition could prevent us from raising prices or force price reductions, or could reduce our sales volumes. It could also require us to spend more for sales, marketing and research and development. Any of these developments could substantially harm our financial condition and results of operations.


The industries that use graphite electrodes are cyclical, and declines in demand for graphite electrodes could adversely affect our business.


In 2003, we derived approximately 41% of our sales revenue from the sale of graphite electrodes, our core business. We sell our graphite electrodes primarily to the electric arc furnace (or EAF) steel industry. The EAF industry is global and customers are located in every major geographic market. As a result, our customers are affected by changes in global and regional economic conditions. This, in turn, affects the demand for and the price of our graphite electrodes, which are sold to customers in the EAF industry. The economic slowdown in the steel industry, and in particular, the structural crisis in the U.S. steel industry led to an overall drop in the demand for graphite electrodes until mid-2002. This structural crisis in the steel industry led to significant consolidation, with the elimination of several competitors, and consequently to a decline in demand and a shift in demand to larger companies, with increased pricing pressure. With the end of the slowdown in the steel industry in mid-2002 the economic conditions for graphite electrodes producers improved and demand and prices increased again.


The market for graphite electrodes, particularly in Europe and North America, is saturated and continues to grow only in line with overall economic growth and with an increase in the proportion of EAF steel used in general steel production. On the other hand, opportunities for growth do exist in Asian markets, although we have not had a substantial presence in these markets up to now. In addition, demand for our graphite electrodes sold to the EAF steel industries may be adversely affected by technological improvements in those electrodes as well as in the manufacturing operations of our customers, which reduce the rate of consumption or use of our electrodes for a given level of production by our customers. Since the early 1980s there has been a steady gradual decrease in specific consumption  the quantity of graphite electrodes consumed per metric ton of steel produced  due to improved efficiency in EAF steelmaking processes and equipment design. Since the mid-1990s, increased EAF steel production has offset the decrease in specific consumption, resulting in steady to slightly increasing demand for graphite electrodes. Despite the overall long-term trend, the year-to-year and quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in the demand for graphite electrodes have been significant. We cannot assure you that future improvements in steelmaking processes and technology or a decline in EAF steel production will not result in a net decrease in demand for graphite electrodes. A significant drop in demand for our graphite electrodes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


Our financial condition is difficult and we require significant funds for our operations.


In the past six
    years, we have had to expense on our income statement approximately390
    million and to spend approximately 240
    million on a group level for antitrust proceedings and related civil proceedings
    for damages (see Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations  Overview  Costs relating
    to antitrust proceedings). During that same time period, we made
    substantial investments (approximately 210
    million) in the context of acquisitions. This has led to a high level of net
    debt (approximately 448.4
    million as of December 31, 2003), an increase of our debt-to-equity ratio
    (the ratio between net financial liabilities and equity) and a reduction of
    our equity ratio (the ratio between capital and total assets). As of December
    31, 2003, our debt-to-equity ratio was 384.6% and our equity ratio was 9.4%.


Compared to December 31, 2001 (€255.2 million), our equity decreased to€196.3 million as of December 31, 2002 and further to€116.9 million as of December 31, 2003, primarily due to our net loss (€23.6 million in 2002 and€50.3 million in 2003) and the negative effects of currency conversion as of the balance sheet date. We have not hedged these negative currency effects, and there can be no


10

---



Back to Contents

assurance that there will be no additional decreases in equity as a result of currency effects. In 2002 and 2003, our profit (loss) from operations, even before inclusion of costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring, was not sufficient to cover our cash net financing costs. In 2002 and 2003, we exercised our accounting options, which are limited under IFRS, in accordance with discretionary decisions made by our management within the prescribed limits. Precautionary reserves, to the extent that they are permissible at all under IFRS, are no longer available. This could restrict our financial flexibility in the near to medium-term future.

At the beginning of 2004, we concluded our new refinancing program. This program included a capital increase resulting in gross proceeds of€266 million, the issuance of subordinated senior notes in an amount of€270 million and certain credit and guarantee facilities of around€330 million. This refinancing has reduced our net financial debt and improved the maturity profile of our financial liabilities.


Nevertheless, we continue to require significant funds for the SGL Groups operations, financing costs, the payment of antitrust liabilities and other obligations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate or obtain sufficient funds needed for our future operations and our other cash requirements, or that we will meet all loan covenants and other obligations in connection with our present financing arrangements. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance our financial liabilities as they mature or that we will be able to negotiate the same or better terms in future loan agreements.


We have substantial amounts of debt. This debt, along with the obligations and covenants contained in our financing arrangements, substantially limits our financial and operating flexibility.


Even after completion of the refinancing program, we still have substantial net debt and a high debt-to-equity ratio. On a pro forma basis giving effect to the refinancing program, we would have had net debt of€360.7 million (without restricted cash) and a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.0 as of December 31, 2003. For a detailed description of our debt, you should read the discussion under the captions Capitalization and Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.


The conditions of our new syndicated credit facility, as well as the conditions of the senior notes substantially limit our financial flexibility. In particular, these agreements (see detailed description in Item 10, Additional Information  Material Contracts) place limits on our ability to incur new debt, grant security to third persons, dispose of material assets, take organizational measures such as mergers, changes of corporate form, joint ventures or similar transactions, or to enter into transactions with related parties. Other limitations generally concern the payment of dividends and the repurchase of own shares. In addition, we must meet a number of financial covenants in the context of our financing agreements. Our substantial debt and our compliance with the covenants contained in our financing agreements could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. They could, for example:


| |  | require us to
       dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to making
       payments on our debt and other liabilities, which would limit the availability
    of funds for working capital, acquisitions, joint ventures and other general
    corporate purposes;
| | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
| |  | limit our flexibility
       in reacting adequately to changes in the carbon and graphite industry
    or in our competitive environment;                                                                                                                                                    
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
| |  | limit our ability
       to make investments necessary to maintain or increase our market share
    in new and established markets;                                                                                                                                                          
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
| |  | place us at
       a competitive disadvantage compared to those of our competitors who have
    less debt than we do; and                                                                                                                                                                    
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
| |  | limit our ability
    to borrow additional funds and increase the costs of any such additional
       borrowings.                                                                                                                                                                            

In the worst case, an actual or impending inability to pay our debts as they become due and payable could result in our insolvency.


We cannot assure you that we will not have to incur additional debt in the future. Incurring such additional debt could further increase these risks regarding our debt and financing arrangements.


11

---



Back to Contents

We require a significant amount of cash to service our debt. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.


Our ability to make payments on or repay our debt and to fund our working capital requirements depends on the availability of financial resources. Our ability to generate cash will depend on our future operating performance, as well as on general economic, financial, competitive, market and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In particular, our ability to generate adequate cash will depend at least in part on:


| |  | a price increase
       in the carbon and graphite electrode industry, as well as our ability
    to maintain and grow our sales revenues in this business area;
| | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | our ability
       to contain costs and implement further cost savings through our restructuring
       program and cost saving initiatives; and                
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | our ability to realize earnings from new technologies and products.                                                                                             

In fiscal years 2002 and 2003, our profit (loss) from operations, even before inclusion of costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring, was not sufficient to cover our net interest expense. As of December 31, 2003, our net interest expense amounted to€45.8 million. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debts as they become due or to fund our other liquidity requirements. If our future cash flows from operations and other capital resources are insufficient to pay our obligations as they mature or to fund our liquidity needs, we may be forced to:


| |  | reduce or delay our business activities and capital expenditures;    
| | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------
| |   |                                                                      
| |  | sell assets;                                                         
| |   |                                                                      
| |  | obtain additional debt or equity capital;                            
| |   |                                                                      
| |  | restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt; or            
| |   |                                                                      
| |  | forego business opportunities such as acquisitions or joint ventures.

We are party to several antitrust proceedings.


In the past several years, we have faced various court actions and investigations in connection with antitrust violations and have been assessed substantial fines by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission for price fixing in the graphite electrode and specialty graphite industries. As a result of a price-fixing investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice, we are required to pay an antitrust fine of US$135 million, of which US$55.75 million has been paid as of March 31, 2004. The remainder of this fine is to be paid in installments until 2007. It has been recorded on our balance sheet as a liability discounted to its present value at an interest rate between 4% and 6%. In addition, we have paid another antitrust fine of US$10 million that was imposed on our CEO. In mid-2000, we agreed with the Canadian antitrust authorities to pay a fine of C$12.5 million for violating antitrust laws, of which C$6.0 million are still payable in two installments of C$3.0 million each in 2004 and 2005. In July 2001, the European Commission fined us€80.2 million for violating antitrust laws with respect to graphite electrodes. In addition, in December 2002, the European Commission fined us€27.75 million for violating antitrust laws with respect to specialty graphites. We have appealed both fines before the European Court of First Instance. Payment of the fine with respect to graphite electrodes has been suspended, against provision of a security, pending a final court decision. With respect to the specialty graphites fine, we have, to date, neither made any payments of nor provided any security for this fine. With respect to the fine of€80.2 million, we expect a decision in mid 2004; with respect to the second appeal, we expect a decision at the end of 2004 or the beginning of 2005 at the earliest.


In addition, the European Commission fined us€23.6 million on December 3, 2003 for violating antitrust laws with respect to the Electrical and Mechanical Carbon and Graphite Products area of our operations. This fine brought the total fines by the European Commission against SGL to€131.6 million. We have appealed the amount of the December 3, 2003 fine before the European Court of First Instance.


As part of our accounting as of December 31, 2003, we have reviewed our provisions for antitrust fines and have increased them by€19.5 million in 2003. Our Executive Committee believes that the total of these provisions, which are significantly below the€131.6 million aggregate amount of fines, were sufficient as of December 31, 2003 to cover any potential liabilities that could arise from these antitrust proceedings.


12

---



Back to Contents

In addition, we have spent approximately€140 million in the past several years in defending against and settling a number of civil suits seeking damages as a result of violations of antitrust laws. The majority of these civil suits have been concluded by now; however, there are a number of legal proceedings remaining. See Business Description  Legal proceedings  Civil suits resulting from antitrust violations. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these proceedings.


Due to the existing competitive situation in many of the markets in which we are active, and due to our prior history of antitrust violations, we cannot assure you that we or certain of our subsidiaries or affiliates will not become subject to antitrust investigations by the relevant authorities and will not be required to pay additional fines or be subject to claims for damages from third parties for violations of applicable antitrust laws. An unfavorable result in any of these future or current proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


In addition we will be in default under the credit agreements if any new antitrust proceedings are instituted against any member of the SGL Group or if we receive any antitrust fines in an aggregate amount exceeding€2.5 million. However, before accelerating the Facilities the parties will enter into negotiations in good faith for a period not exceeding thirty days.


We are exposed to currency exchange rate risks and interest rate risks.


We generate a significant portion of our sales revenue in U.S. dollars. As a result, a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the euro will have a negative impact on our sales revenue, which are recorded in euro. Compared to the sales revenue that we generate in U.S. dollars, we incur a relatively small portion of our cost of sales in U.S. dollars. As a result, a U.S. dollar that is weak compared to the euro will have a negative impact on our gross profit and therefore on our result. A medium- to long-term decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro and other currencies could also weaken our competitive position as compared to competitors who incur a relatively larger portion of their cost of sales in U.S. dollars. Over the past two years, the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the euro has declined, and many market participants expect this trend to continue.


In the past, we have engaged in hedging transactions only to a limited extent. We have, however, set up hedging arrangements for the majority of our U.S. Dollar transaction exposure in Europe for 2004 to protect ourselves against the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. However, these hedging arrangements can protect us only to a limited extent against a long-term decline of the U.S. dollar. See Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  Overview  Currency exchange exposure. As a result of our issuance of senior notes the average interest rate of our total debt will increase. Under both our current and our new syndicated credit facility the interest rate consists of a combination of a variable basic interest rate and a margin that can be adjusted according to our ability to meet certain fixed financial ratios. Any change in the basic interest rate or in the margin will either increase or decrease our interest rate burden.


We operate globally and face unpredictable international economic conditions, government policies, regulatory controls and changes in public policy that could adversely affect our business.


We operate 34 manufacturing facilities in 10 countries on three continents and sell our products in approximately 100 countries. In 2003, sales revenue of our products outside Germany accounted for approximately 81% of our total sales revenue. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, declines in regional or global economic activity, limitations, if any, on the conversion of foreign currencies into euro, and the possible imposition of investment and other restrictions by governments. In addition, our business is subject to changes in the public policies of individual countries or states, including potential increases in taxes and tax rates.


We must comply with a broad range of regulatory controls on the testing, manufacture and marketing of our products. In some countries, including the United States and member states of the European Union, regulatory controls have become increasingly demanding. We expect that this trend will continue. A proposed new European Union chemicals policy could mandate a significant increase in the testing and assessment of basic chemicals and chemical intermediates, leading to increased costs and reduced operating margins for these products.


Although many regulations and policies increase our costs, changes in public policy and regulations have not had a material adverse effect on the Group during the past decade. However, we cannot assure you that changes in policies or regulations will not harm our operating results or financial condition in the future.


13

---



Back to Contents

We have made substantial investments in new business areas in the past several years in order to diversify our product portfolio. The success of this strategy depends on the successful development and commercialization of new products, in particular in the SGL Technologies business area.


Our strategy of product portfolio diversification, which we have pursued through our investments into new business areas, requires the successful development of new products, as well as the setting up of a new distribution and marketing network in order for us to be able to tap into new, non-established markets. We are entering into new business areas  in particular with our high technology segment SGL Technologies  in which we have little experience and which are subject to rapid product developments and changes.


In the past years, we have made substantial investments into our business area SGL Technologies. For the past three years, the sales revenue for this business area have fluctuated, and we have incurred a net operating loss in each reporting period. Any growth in sales and any increase in profitability in this business area will depend largely on whether and how fast our newly developed products will be able to prevail in the market.


The markets for industrial corrosion protection have considerably changed in the past two years. We have streamlined our activities and are currently reviewing our strategy but we cannot assure you that the new strategy will be successful.


In recent years, our key customers, multinational chemical and utilities companies, have accelerated the transfer of their base production processes to low wage countries. This has led to shrinking demand and falling prices in our domestic European markets. The structural changes were also impacted by a cyclical downturn in the chemicals industry leading to a postponement of investment in new projects and low maintenance spending. Under these conditions, it proved difficult to introduce complete engineered systems based on our broad product portfolio of our CP business and our technical expertise. In January 2004 we therefore adapted our business structures to the market changes and divided our Corrosion Protection business into two segments  Process Technology and Surface Protection. They will be run independently by a new and reduced management. We are further reducing workforce in Surface Protection and in the administrative functions. This will negatively impact earnings in the first half of 2004. In addition to adjusting our business structures and costs to the lower business volume, we are currently reviewing our strategic options in the two business segments. Due to these restructuring and reorientation efforts, we may not be able to improve our earnings in the Corrosion Protection business area in 2004 versus 2003.


We may encounter supply shortages and increases in the cost of raw materials and energy.


The largest portion of our cost of sales, next to personnel costs, is accounted for by raw materials and energy. We are exposed to commodity price risks through our dependence on various raw materials, such as petroleum coke, coal tar pitch, petroleum pitch, anthracite coal and natural graphite flake as well as energy supplies. We purchase raw materials and energy from a variety of sources. We purchase raw material and energy from a variety of sources and generally do not enter into long-term purchase contracts. The principal raw material we use in the manufacture of our products is petroleum coke, an engineered by-product of petroleum refining. The market for petroleum coke, in particular needle coke, is marked by a small number of large suppliers with substantial market influence and the possibility of further consolidations. Although we believe that the raw materials we require will remain available in adequate quantities, the availability and price of raw materials and energy may be affected by new regulations, suppliers allocations, interruptions in production by suppliers and market conditions. High energy prices continue to significantly influence our costs of production. The new German environmental tax (o ̈kosteuer) has further increased the cost of energy in Germany. Although we have reduced the impact of price increases for energy and raw materials through increased efficiency and cost savings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to mitigate any future price increases in the same way. A substantial increase in raw material or energy prices, or a continued interruption in energy supplies, could substantially harm our financial condition and results of operations.


We may not realize expected benefits from our continuing restructuring and cost savings programs.


During 2002 and 2003 we reorganized our operating structure and continued our restructuring program, which was announced in December 2001, to manage and integrate all our operations within four global business areas. In the context of this restructuring program and the subsequent initiatives, we have expensed substantial restructuring funds to reduce our work force, idled or closed selected production sites, rationalized and specialized our remaining sites, and undertaken other cost reduction initiatives. In addition, we continually strive to reduce costs and increase efficiencies (through our SGL


14

---



Back to Contents

Excellence initiative, our SGL One information systems and other initiatives). These efforts could lead to substantial additional restructuring costs in the future. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to realize the expected benefits from our restructuring and cost savings programs.

Environmental matters could result in significant increases in costs.


Our operations are subject to various risks associated with manufacturing, including the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes. We are also subject to numerous domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to the storage, handling, generation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of potentially hazardous substances and wastes (see Business Description  Government regulation). Environmental and health laws and regulations could lead to the possibility of substantial fines, revocation of applicable permits or orders for environmental cleanup. Any violations of these laws or regulations, or any adjustments to comply with changing laws or regulations, could result in significant expenditures. Environmental laws in particular have continuously been tightened in the past several years. We also expect a potential tightening of environmental laws in those countries that are expected to join the European Union in 2004 in which we have facilities. As a result, we cannot assure you, that a known, previously unknown or future contamination event, or any new, more stringent regulations or their enforcement by the relevant authorities will not increase our environmental costs in the future. A significant increase in environmental liabilities or costs could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.


Prolonged work stoppages due to labor disputes could adversely affect our business.


Most of our workforce is covered by collective bargaining agreements. Although we believe that we have satisfactory relations with our works councils and unions, we cannot assure you that we will reach new agreements on satisfactory terms when existing collective bargaining agreements expire. Nor can we assure you that we would reach such new agreements without work stoppages, strikes or similar industrial actions. If industrial actions substantially obstructed our manufacturing operations for an extended period, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer material harm.


Disruptions of the business operations, strikes or similar measures at our customers or suppliers sites could also have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


The fluctuations of our business over the course of the year could adversely affect our reported results of operations.


Our sales revenue fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to such factors as changes in customer purchasing patterns, shifts in inventory and production plans, plant shutdowns, fluctuations in energy costs, strikes and work stoppages, and general economic fluctuations in the steel industry. Generally, these factors tend to affect our results of operations adversely. Following a price increase for graphite electrodes, customers tend to reduce their inventories before placing further orders. This tends to reduce our sales revenue during such periods. As a result, our reported results for each quarter may not be indicative of our results for the entire year.


We may not be able to protect the intellectual property critical for the development of SGL Technologies business.


We own over 300 patents registered in the United States, Europe and in other major world markets, and have over 350 patent applications pending for new technologies and processes. In addition, we have obtained licenses to various domestic and foreign patents.


We generally have a number of new patent applications or trademark registration applications pending at any given time relating to product enhancements and new product developments. We do not believe that the success of our established businesses is materially dependent on trade secrets, know-how, patents, trademarks or other proprietary information. However, in the future, competitors may obtain patents for technologies whose use by our competitors could adversely affect our business and financial condition.


The new product lines that we are developing in our SGL Technologies business do rely to a significant extent on such proprietary rights and information. We cannot assure you that any patents or trademarks that we obtain will adequately protect the covered products and technologies. Nor can we assure you that our confidentiality covenants and agreements will adequately protect our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information not covered by patents or trademarks, or that others will not obtain this information through independent development or other legal means.


15

---



Back to Contents

Furthermore, we cannot assure you that our activities will not infringe on the proprietary rights of others or that we will be able to obtain licenses, on reasonable terms or otherwise, to technology that we need. In addition, we cannot assure you that our proprietary rights and information will not become obsolete as a result of the development of new technologies by our competitors. If we fail to obtain the necessary intellectual property rights or to protect our proprietary information, or if we infringe upon the proprietary rights of others, the business, financial condition or results of operations of our SGL Technologies business could suffer significant harm.

Our pension and retirement obligations could significantly exceed the provisions we have made for these obligations.


We have obligations toward our employees with regard to benefits for the time after the employment relationship has terminated, such as retirement payments, life insurance, medical insurance etc. These benefit plans consist of both defined contribution and defined benefit plans and vary from country to country in which we maintain such plans.


Under the defined contribution plans, the Company makes a fixed payment to a 3rd party service provider who administers the payment of the benefits to the retired employees. After paying these contributions, the company generally has no further obligations to pay benefits. In the event of a default of the 3rd party administrator, the Company is subject to a secondary liability due to the employment relationship. Defined contributions to such plans are recorded as expense in the financial statement in the year in which the payments were made.


Under our defined benefit pension plans the benefit payments are calculated according to the projected unit method under IAS 19. The pension obligations are calculated by a 3rd party independent actuary using assumptions such as interest rates, payment trends and expected return on plan assets. The basis for these valuations is the legal, economic and tax situation in each country. Actual results may vary from our assumptions and may have an impact on our pension expense and cash flow in future years.


Changes in actuarial assumptions and/or negative developments in the value of the pension funds can have negative impacts on our consolidated financial statements and statement of operations. IAS 19 permits fluctuations between the value of expected pension obligations and the value of the pension funds to be shown only in the notes to the financial statements rather than in the balance sheet. If the cumulative difference in expectations exceeds either plus or minus 10% of the calculated pension obligation (10% corridor), the excess amount over 10% must be amortized over the average remaining service time (10 to 15 years) of employees participating in the plan. The Company estimates that with regards to the plans effected in the United States, this amount totals approximately€30 million and will result in an annual expense of approximately€2 million.


In 2003, 2002 and 2001 the difference between expected and actual return on pension fund assets was€0.0 million,€(10.2) million and€(14.9) million, respectively. In 2003 we estimated an expected return on plan assets of€3.2 million, based on an average return of 8.5%. The actual return also amounted to€3.2 million. If the return on pension fund assets falls short of expectations, the Company will need to adjust the actuarial assumptions and record the resulting impact in the statement of operations. In addition, based upon revised calculations, the Company may be required to make additional cash contributions to its funded defined benefit plans and/or record a non-cash adjustment to the financial statements.


An obligation to make significantly higher supplementary payments and to record amortization in subsequent years as an expense could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


Existing insurance coverage, in particular credit insurance, may prove inadequate.


We aim to cover foreseeable material risks by insurance. Our insurance coverage, however, may prove inadequate to fully cover the risks to which the SGL Group is exposed. For certain risks, adequate insurance coverage may not be available on the market or at reasonable conditions. Our sales revenues are exposed to credit default risks. For this reason and insofar as possible, we cover this risk through insurance to a certain extent (which is limited, for example, in the United States). We use a variety of instruments for this purpose, such as pre-payment, payment guarantees, confirmed letters of credit and credit insurance. Nonetheless, during 2003 two unexpected payment defaults from customers were written off (see Operating and Financial Review and Prospects). We cannot assure you that payment shortfalls from customers (particularly in the steel industry) will not occur in the future.


16

---



Back to Contents

ITEM 4.   INFORMATION
ON THE COMPANY

INTRODUCTION


SGL Carbon Aktiengesellschaft is incorporated as a stock corporation for unlimited duration under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. SGLs registered office is at Rheingaustrasse 182, D-65203 Wiesbaden, Germany, telephone number +49-611-60-29-100. Our English-language home page on the World Wide Web is at www.sglcarbon.com/index.html; this annual report does not incorporate information found on our web site. SGLs agent in the United States for U.S. federal security law purposes is SGL Carbon LLC, located at our North American headquarters, 8600 Bill Ficklen Drive, Charlotte, North Carolina 28269.


History and Development of the SGL Group


Our corporate origins lie in the second half of the 19th century. Two of the earliest industrial manufacturers of carbon products, Gebru ̈der Siemens & Co. (founded 1872) and the Plania Werke (founded 1896) merged in 1928 into the Siemens Plania Werke AG für Kohlefabrikate. This company and its successors underwent a series of international mergers and acquisitions, becoming Sigri Great Lakes Carbon GmbH, SGLs immediate predecessor company, in 1992. At that time, Hoechst AG was the majority shareholder of Sigri Great Lakes.


On December 21, 1994, Sigri Great Lakes Carbon GmbH became SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft through a change in corporate form (Umwandlung). In April 1995, SGLs initial public offering took place on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. SGL became fully independent of Hoechst in June 1996, when Hoechst divested substantially all of its ownership in SGL in a global placement of approximately 10.5 million shares. Approximately 40% of that issue was placed in North America in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SGG.


We have completed several acquisitions and divestitures as part of our strategy to enhance our position as the worlds largest producer of carbon and graphite products and to concentrate our business on areas where we see growth opportunities. The following are the principal acquisitions and divestitures that we have made since the beginning of 2001:


| |  | As of January
       1, 2001, we increased our interest in SGL Acotec (Wuhan) Co. Ltd., aChinese
       joint venture, from 70% to 90%. SGL Acotec (Wuhan) is fully consolidated.                                                                                                                                               
| | - | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | In April 2002, SGL and Tokai Carbon Co. Ltd., Japan formed SGL Carbon TokaiShanghai, a joint venture for the production, marketing and sales of UHP graphiteelectrodes for the Chinese market. We hold a 51% interest in this joint venture.                                                                                    
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | All shares in SGL PanTrac Gesellschaft fu ̈r elektrische Kontakte mbH, Berlin (PanTrac),were sold to E-CARBON S.A., Brussels (Belgium), a third-party enterprise in January 2003.PanTrac was fully consolidated for fiscal year 2002.                                                                                            
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | The electrical
       contacts (EC) business of SGL Risomesa S.p.A., Milan (Italy), was sold
       tothe
       Schunk Group in March 2003. The business activities retained by SGL had
       beenpreviously
       transferred to SGL CARBON Specialties S.p.A., Milan (Italy) and continue
       tobe
       consolidated. 
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | SGL ANGRAPH Sp. z o.o, Nowy Sacz (Poland), has been consolidated since thebeginning of the fiscal year 2003. Four small Acotec companies are no longer consolidatedas they are insignificant in overall for the presentation of net assets, financial position andresults of operations of the SGL Carbon Group.                
| |   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
| |  | The remaining
       interests in ZEW Zaklady Elektrod Weglowych S.A., Racibrz (Poland),were
       acquired in 2003 and the company was then renamed SGL CARBON POLSKA S.A.At
       the end of fiscal year 2003, SGL CARBON S.A., Nowy Sacz (Poland), was
       merged intoSGL
       CARBON POLSKA S.A., Racibrz (Poland).

Our strategy


Our principal objective is to expand on our competitive strengths to further improve profits and cash flow. To achieve this objective, we have implemented the following strategy:


Increase profitability


We intend to continue the implementation of measures to reduce fixed and variable costs across all of our business areas in order to increase our operating margins and cash flows. To this end, we introduced restructuring programs for our Carbon and Graphite and Graphite Specialties business


17

---



Back to Contents

areas in late 2001, which are to be implemented over a period of six and three years, respectively. The focus of this restructuring is on:

| |  | consolidation and specialization of our production plants;  
| | - | ------------------------------------------------------------
| |   |                                                             
| |  | optimization of our production and administration processes;
| |   |                                                             
| |  | streamlining of our organizational structure; and           
| |   |                                                             
| |  | headcount reduction.                                        

We are also taking analogous measures in order to achieve cost reductions in our other business areas.


Increase efficiency


We launched the SGL Excellence initiative in early 2002 with the aim of improving our core operational and commercial processes. The key objectives of this initiative are the streamlining of production processes, the improvement and alignment of our sales and logistics processes with our customers requirements, as well as the further training and motivation of our workforce. Through this initiative, we seek to achieve continuous and sustained improvements in competitiveness and customer satisfaction.


Improve capital structures:


We aim to reduce the net financial debt of the SGL Group, lower its working capital and improve key financial ratios such as net debt to EBITDA, sales to net working capital and return on capital employed.


In the beginning of 2004 we concluded a comprehensive refinancing package consisting of a capital increase with gross proceeds of266 million, senior subordinated notes amounting to270 million and new syndicated loans and guarantees amounting to330 million. See Item 10, Additional Information  Material Contracts for a description of the refinancing. These measures have substantially improved our equity, the net financial debt and the maturity profile of our financial liabilities. Nevertheless, we further intend to continue to reduce our working capital and net financial debt levels over the next years.


Optimize our product portfolio:


To improve our portfolio, we are focusing on further consolidating our strong market position in our established businesses, reducing our sensitivity to general economic conditions and improving our cash flow. As part of this strategy, we aim to strengthen both our technology position and our global presence by entering into joint ventures and strategic alliances. We will also continue to seek to streamline our operations through divestitures of non-core businesses. In this respect we sold our Electrical Contacts business in the course of 2003, and we are currently evaluating our strategic options for the Process Technology and Surface Protection segments of our Corrosion Protection business. Our SGL Technologies business area will focus primarily on products and markets in which we see significant potential for profitable growth.


Business Overview


In 2003, we had sales in more than 100 countries; sales outside Germany accounted for approximately 81% of our sales revenue. We currently operate 34 manufacturing facilities in 10 countries. Our customers are located throughout the industrialized world. Our sales revenue in 2003 amounted to1.046,2 million. We organize the business operations of the group into four business areas that reflect the products that we produce and market: Carbon and Graphite, Graphite Specialties, Corrosion Protection and SGL Technologies.


Carbon and Graphite (CG)manufactures and markets graphite electrodes and certain carbon and graphite products (carbon electrodes, cathodes and furnace linings). In 2003, sales revenue for the Carbon and Graphite business area amounted to558.0 million and EBITDA amounted to97.1 million.


Graphite Specialties (GS)manufactures and markets graphite products with a wide variety of applications and for a large number of industrial sectors, including high-technology, tool manufacturing, ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy, high-temperature processes, chemicals, automotive, glass and ceramics. In 2003, sales revenue for the Graphite Specialties business area amounted to174.3 million and EBITDA amounted to17.4 million.


Corrosion Protection (CP)produces heat exchangers, columns, pumps and synthesis units for the treatment of aggressive or corrosive media as well as engineered plastics (Process Technology). It


18

---



Back to Contents

also manufactures and applies rubber linings and other anti-corrosive materials, such as acid-proof bricks, coatings, and flakes (Surface Protection). Corrosion Protection also offers complete engineered systems to customers in the chemical and environmental protection industries. In 2003, sales revenue for the Corrosion Protection business area amounted to186.2 million and EBITDA amounted to2.1 million. We are currently reviewing our strategic options regarding Corrosion Protection and its two business segments Process Technology and Surface Protection.

SGL Technologies (SGLT)manufactures carbon fibers, aerospace and industrial composites, expanded graphite (including yarns and fabrics), carbon ceramic brake discs and fuel cell components. SGL Technologies covers the entire value chain from fibers through to composites. We believe that we are the only major competitor in this market that can cover such a broad product portfolio. In 2003, sales revenue for the SGL Technologies business area amounted to124.9 million and EBITDA amounted to2.0 million.


Industry and Market Overview


We are active in a broad range of markets for carbon-based industrial products. Many of the industries served by our established Carbon and Graphite, Graphite Specialties and Corrosion Protection businesses in particular, the steel, aluminum and chemicals industries  are mature global industries that tend to grow at approximately the same rate as the economy as a whole and may be marked by cyclicality. Demand for products used in these industries tends to fluctuate with global and regional business cycles as well as with specific industry developments. Our SGL Technologies business area, by contrast, focuses on emerging technologies that we believe have significant potential for growth.


Carbon and Graphite


Our Carbon and Graphite business area serves the metallurgical industries. Our graphite electrodes are a necessary component of electric arc furnace, or EAF, steelmaking, while our cathode blocks and carbon electrodes play an important role in the production of aluminum and other nonferrous metals. We also produce carbon-based furnace linings that help furnaces withstand the extreme temperatures needed in metals production. According to our estimates, the worldwide market for products made by our Carbon and Graphite business area was approximately2.8 billion in 2003.


The manufacture of high-quality graphite and carbon electrodes is a mature, capital intensive business that requires extensive process know-how developed over years of experience working with the various raw materials and their suppliers, furnace manufacturers and steelmakers (including working on the specific applications for finished electrodes). It also requires high-quality raw material sources and a developed energy supply infrastructure. There have been no significant new entrants in the manufacture of electrodes since the 1940s. We believe that it is unlikely that there will be significant new entrants into the market for the manufacture of graphite electrodes over the next several years.


Graphite electrodes


Graphite electrode production is our single largest business. Graphite electrodes are a necessary component of EAF steelmaking, the principal technology used in mini-mills. EAF steelmaking consumes graphite electrodes, for which we believe there are currently no substitute products.


Demand for graphite electrodes, therefore, varies directly with demand for finished steel and, in particular, with production of EAF steel. The steel industry generally is cyclical in nature and experiences significant fluctuations based on numerous factors. In general, the EAF steel industry, however, has been less cyclical than the blast furnace/basic oxygen furnace production (BF/BOF production) steel industry and has grown fairly steadily since the early 1970s (see below,  EAF steelmaking). Volume and percentage of EAF steel to total steel production increased through 2001. During 2002, the percentage of EAF steel production to total steel production declined slightly, despite a significant increase in volume, primarily as a result of a significant increase of steel production in China, where EAF steelmaking currently represents a smaller portion of total steel production. We believe that long-term growth prospects for the EAF steel industry remain favorable. See Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.


Beginning in the 1970s, technological improvements reduced specific consumption, or the quantity of graphite electrodes consumed per metric ton of steel produced. During the same period, graphite electrode manufacturing capacity began to expand. As a result, by the mid-1980s there was significant excess manufacturing capacity in this industry. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, graphite electrode producers began to consolidate, reducing manufacturing capacity. As a result, supply and


19

---



Back to Contents

demand were generally in balance during the 1990s. In the late 1990s, however, external factors began to adversely affect the graphite electrode industry, causing oversupply and price erosion. These factors included the Asian financial crises of 1998- 1999, the structural crisis in the U.S. and Japanese steel industries in 2001 and worldwide recessionary trends in 2002. In the wake of these developments, one graphite electrode producer in Germany became insolvent and one producer in the United States filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and eventually went into liquidation.

Technological improvements in equipment design and production process, use of higher quality scrap metals and other raw materials and improvements in the size, strength and quality of graphite electrodes (including improvements developed by the SGL Group) have increased the efficiency and reduced the cost of EAF steel production. According to our estimates, these improved efficiencies have reduced worldwide specific consumption from approximately 6.5 kilograms of graphite electrodes per ton of steel produced in the early 1980s to approximately 2.3 kilograms per ton in 2003. We expect that, as the cost of further marginal improvements in the efficiency of EAF steelmaking increases, the rate of decline in specific consumption will grow slower. We believe that the long-term growth potential of EAF steel will tend to offset reductions in specific consumption, resulting in steady to slightly increased demand for graphite electrodes over the long-term.


According to our estimates, our share of the worldwide market for graphite electrodes was approximately 21% in 2003. We believe that our regular customers for graphite electrodes include most of the worlds major EAF steel producers.


EAF steelmaking Electric arc furnace production and BF/BOF production are the two primary steelmaking technologies. EAF steelmaking operations are commonly referred to as mini-mills because their production capacity is generally smaller than that of BF/BOF facilities. Electric arc furnaces range in size from those producing approximately 25 tons of steel per production cycle, or heat, to those producing approximately 150 tons per heat. Graphite electrodes act as conductors of electricity in the furnace, generating sufficient heat to melt scrap metal or other material used to produce steel. EAF steelmaking is generally regarded as more efficient and cost-effective than BF/BOF steelmaking.
 Although EAF production is unlikely to replace BF/BOF altogether, a number of factors have favored its growth at the expense of the older technology. These include lower required investments, lower energy consumption, greater environmental sustainability and technological advances.
 Since its development in the 1960s, mini-mill technology has produced a steadily increasing portion of total steel production. Due primarily to the cost-effectiveness of EAF steelmaking, EAF steel production worldwide has grown steadily from 100 million tons in 1972 (approximately 16% of total steel production) to about 320 million tons in 2003 (approximately 34% of total steel production), according to the estimates of market studies. The following table shows worldwide crude and EAF steel production in 1972, in 1980 and from 1990 through 2003.
 20   Back to Contents
Worldwide Steel Production*Year
   
   
   
   
   
   EAFproportionof crudeCrude1
   EAF
   production(in thousands of tons)
   
   (%)1972
   
   632,009
   
   99,749
   
   161980
   
   716,493
   
   160,511
   
   221990
   
   770,694
   
   215,124
   
   281991
   
   733,974
   
   209,873
   
   291992
   
   719,398
   
   210,508
   
   291993
   
   726,247
   
   222,511
   
   311994
   
   723,958
   
   229,063
   
   321995
   
   750,309
   
   245,330
   
   331996
   
   750,611
   
   249,741
   
   331997
   
   797,135
   
   270,051
   
   341998
   
   778,032
   
   266,144
   
   341999
   
   789,900
   
   269,150
   
   342000
   
   849,200
   
   293,600
   
   352001
   
   846,000
   
   295,000
   
   352002
   
   893,000
   
   304,000
   
   342003
   
   947,283
   
   320,000
   
   34*
   Source: International Iron and Steel Institute, SGL.(1)
   Crude steel production refers to total steel production by all methods.Other Carbon and Graphite products
Carbon electrodes serve as conductors of electricity in a furnace to generate sufficient heat to reduce silicon dioxide in a continuous process. The production of silicon metal in furnaces that use carbon electrodes involves a process similar to that used for graphite electrodes, but at lower temperatures. Demand for carbon electrodes is directly related to the volume of silicon and phosphorus production. Silicon and phosphorus production, and hence demand for carbon electrodes, have been relatively stable since the early 1990s. In 2001, demand declined by approximately 20%, primarily as a result of the energy crisis in Brazil. Demand for carbon electrodes returned to stability in 2002. Our primary markets for carbon electrodes are in the United States, France, Norway, Australia and Brazil. We estimate that our share of the worldwide market for carbon electrodes was approximately 31% in 2003.
Cathode blocks and other products are used to equip electrolysis cells for the production of primary aluminum. Cathode blocks for the production of primary aluminum are produced according to customers specifications and design. We sell cathodes to major aluminum smelters in the United States, Canada, Brazil, Norway, France, South Africa and other countries. According to our estimates, our share of the worldwide market for cathodes in 2003 was approximately 17%.
Carbon blocks for furnace linings are also produced in a variety of dimensions and grades, depending on the furnace size, the position of the block within the blast furnace and the function the block is required to perform. They are used for bottom lining, wall protection and heat conduction in the hotter areas of blast furnaces. A modern furnace design allows for more than 10 years of furnace operation before the replacement of the linings becomes necessary. Our main markets for furnace linings are Europe and North America. Furnace linings typically account for a modest portion of our business (for example, approximately 2% of our sales revenue in 2003).
Graphite Specialties
The worldwide market for graphite specialties was approximately1.5 billion in 2003, according to our estimates (excluding China and the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), for which no data are available). We estimate that, in 2003, our share of this market was approximately 12%. Many of our customer industries, including the chemicals industry and most areas of the electronics industry, are mature, with growth rates at or below the overall rate of growth in the industrialized world. The semiconductor industry and the portion of the electronics industry serving automotive and household applications, however, are more volatile. After a deep recession during 1998 and most of
21


Back to Contents
1999, the semiconductor business recovered in 2000, but has experienced another downturn since the beginning of 2001.
We estimate that the worldwide market for technical carbon (excluding China and the CIS) was approximately0.6 billion in 2003, and that our share of this market was approximately 18%. We have a leading position in graphite products for the semiconductor industry in both Europe and North America, with an estimated 20% share of the worldwide market. The growth rate of the other major industrial applications for technical products has historically been closely linked to the general industrial growth rate in the United States, Japan and Europe. The market growth rate for mechanical carbons during the last ten years has also been in the range of his general industrial growth rate.
Corrosion Protection
The Corrosion Protection business area combines the Process Equipment and Rubber Linings business lines of our former Technik business area with the business activities of the KCH group (now combined in the SGL ACOTEC group), which we acquired and consolidated as of January 1, 2000. Following the reorganization of this business in January 2004 to adapt to the changes in our key customer industries like chemicals, engineering, energy and environmental and to a general decline in demand, our Corrosion Protection business is now structured into the two segments Process Technology and Surface Protection. The decline in demand is mainly caused by an accelerated transfer of base production processes to low wage countries and a cyclical downturn leading to reduced investments in new projects as well as low maintenance spending. We estimate the worldwide market for industrial corrosion protection solutions to be approximately2.0 billion, of which we have a share of approximately 10%,
SGL Technologies
SGL Technologies, our newest business area, aims for growth in specific niche markets, where we expect cyclicality to be generally lower than in the customer industries of our established businesses. SGL Technologies serves a number of diverse specialty markets with carbon fiber and carbon composite-based products. We estimate the worldwide market for carbon fibers to be approximatelyA1 billon. We hold established market positions in the segments for oxidized fiber and chopped carbon fiber. In the more diverse market segments, such as those for continuous carbon fiber, aircraft structural components and carbon fiber reinforced plastics, our market shares are relatively small. We also have strong market shares in certain markets for composite materials and components, such as in rocket motor nozzles, carbon-carbon for wet friction applications and high purity carbon felts.
We expect these markets to grow as new applications are developed. For example, the market for highperformance carbon-ceramic brake discs is in the initial stages of development. We believe that the market for our fuel cell components, which are currently in the research and development phase, also has significant potential for growth. Development of this business, and of the fuel cell component industry in general, is dependent on the achievement of significant reductions in fuel cell production and distribution costs. Sales of our increasingly important aerospace and defense business fell by 25% to40.6 million in 2003 compared to 2002 mainly due to the strengthening Euro.
Principal Products by Business Area
Carbon and Graphite
The Carbon and Graphite business area manufactures and markets graphite electrodes and specialized carbon products such as carbon electrodes, cathodes and furnace linings. Carbon and graphite are based on petroleum coke, coal tar, petroleum pitch and anthracite coal, which are our primary raw materials. Carbon and graphite have many exceptional properties that we optimize for various applications through our manufacturing processes. See Manufacturing Process and Operations. Our carbon and graphite products exhibit stability under high temperatures, are noncorrosive and conduct heat and electricity. As a result, these products are used in a wide range of applications.
The Carbon and Graphite
business areas key products include:

    Graphite
          electrodes,our
          principal product, used primarily in electric arc furnace or EAF steel
          production, the steelmaking technology used by virtually all mini-mills,
          as well as in some ladle furnaces and foundries. Steel production requires
          temperatures as high as 2,760°Celsius
          to melt scrap metal, iron ore or other raw materials for processing.
          Electricity passing through our electrodes creates an electric arc
          that generates these extreme temperatures. The electrodes, which vary
    in size depending on the individual furnaces22
Back to Contents
requirements,
        are consumed regularly in the production process. We believe we provide
        the full range of sizes in graphite electrodes and that their quality
        is equal to, or in specific segments, better than, that of any other
        manufacturers products. We further believe that there are currently
        no commercially viable substitutes for graphite electrodes in EAF steel
    making.
   Carbon electrodes,used primarily to produce silicon metal. Electrodes vary in size but aretypically larger than the graphite electrodes used in EAF steelmaking and require adifferent manufacturing process. A typical silicon metal furnace uses 18 electrodes,consuming three of them every five days.
   Cathode
         blocksand
         related products, used to equip electrolysis cells for the production
         ofprimary
         aluminum. Cathode blocks require a significant degree of custom fitting;
         weproduce
         them to our customers specifications and design. Newly constructed
         aluminumsmelters
         tend to require larger electrolysis cells than older facilities; we
         believe that we areequipped
         to meet this trend in demand.
   Furnace
         linings,used
         for wall protection and heat conduction in the hotter areas of blastfurnaces
         used to produce liquid pig iron, an intermediary material in the production
         ofsteel
         from iron ore. Although modern furnace design allows 10 or more years
         of operationbefore
         lining replacement becomes necessary, a typical furnace will have its
         lining replaceda
         number of times over its useful life.Graphite Specialties
Our Graphite Specialties products have a wide variety of applications in such sectors as high technology, tool manufacturing, ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy, high-temperature processes, chemicals, automotive, glass and ceramics.
Our Graphite Specialties products consist of:

   technical carbons for use in high technology, including semiconductor materials;
   mechanical carbons, machined or pressed components and graphite-filled high-performanceplastic parts; and
   feederstock for electrical carbons.Technical applications are used in laboratory and medical analytical technology, ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy, electrochemistry and high-temperature technology. Semiconductor materials made from high purity graphite and carbon-reinforced carbon are used for semiconductor fabrication. Mechanical carbon comprises carbon and graphite components that are machined or pressed to specified sizes and shapes and graphite-filled high-performance plastic parts. Such mechanical carbons are mainly used in the automotive industry and in mechanical engineering applications such as seal rings, bearings and components for pumps. Because we no longer regard machined electrical carbon products as part of our core businesses, we have divested substantially all of these operations, and concentrate on feederstock for electrical carbons.
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection concentrates on producing process equipment for the treatment of aggressive or corrosive media as well as on producing and applying rubber linings and other anticorrosive materials such as acid-proof bricks and coatings, engineered plastics, flakes, coatings and pumps. We have segmented the individual product areas into Surface Protection and Process Technology.
The Corrosion Protection business area also offers engineered and packaged solutions for industrial corrosion protection. We believe that our broad product range and our engineering and application know-how enable us to offer comprehensive solutions in the corrosion protection market.
SGL Technologies
SGL Technologies consists of six businesses lines manufacturing carbon fibers, aerospace/defense and industrial composites, expanded graphite (including yarns and fabrics), carbon ceramic brake discs and fuel cell components.
Carbon fibers serve as base materials in the manufacture of products that must be both stiff and lightweight, and able to conduct heat and electricity, particularly in the aviation and aerospace industries. We produce carbon fibers in two forms. Oxidized fibers are used in high performance carbon-carbon aircraft brakes as well as for specialty flame-retardant insulation applications.
23

Back to Contents

Carbonized fibers are used primarily in chopped form as reinforcement in thermoplastic housings, such as mobile telephone and printer and laptop computer housings.
Carbon composites includes carbon fiber reinforced plastics, or CFRP. CFRP are used in medical equipment, the textile and wire making industries. The composite materials and components we produce range from relatively standard carbon or fiberglass reinforced plastics, used for x-ray tables and secondary aircraft structures, to high performance, high temperature composites used for rocket motor nozzles.
Expanded graphite consists primarily of foils that are based on natural graphite and can withstand extremely high temperatures and aggressive corrosion. These foils are used in sealing applications as an alternative to asbestos, as well as in sealing technology in the automobile construction industry and the chemical industry. In addition, milled exfoliated products based on natural graphite can be used for the growing market of fillers, for example in high-performance batteries, as well as in a variety of other areas of application in which electrical and thermal conductivity is important.
We have developed new materials and components for developing high-technology applications, such as carbon ceramics for high performance automotive brakes and components for fuel cells. SGL Technologies began serial production of carbon ceramic brake discs in a newly constructed plant to serve expected increasing demand from Porsche and from other potential customers in the car industry.
Seasonality
Our sales revenue from graphite electrodes fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to such factors as customer inventory levels, scheduled customer plant shutdowns, vacations and changes in customer production schedules in response to seasonal changes in energy costs, weather conditions, strikes and work stoppages. In addition, customers may change their order patterns in response to price changes. During the period prior to the effective date of a price increase, customers tend to buy additional quantities of graphite electrodes at the then lower price, which adds to our sales revenue during that period. During the period following the effective date of a price increase, customers tend to use those additional quantities before placing further orders, which reduces our sales revenue during that period. Similarly, customers tend to use up their inventories and delay purchases when they expect price reductions. Sales of the Corrosion Protection business area are normally lowest in the first quarter and highest in the fourth quarter.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The primary raw materials for graphite electrodes and graphite specialties products are petroleum coke (needle coke for electrodes and regular grades for specialty products), coal tar pitch and petroleum pitch. The primary raw materials for carbon electrodes are anthracite coal and coal tar pitch and, in some instances, a petroleum coke-based material. The primary raw material for flexible graphite is natural graphite flake, which is obtained primarily from China and Canada.
We purchase all of our raw materials from a variety of sources. We maintain contacts with the most important petroleum coke suppliers and purchase from most vendors on an ongoing basis, with annual price negotiations, to satisfy our needs in our four business areas. We buy the most strategically important grades of needle coke for graphite electrodes from four major producers and purchase a majority of our needle coke requirements from two major petroleum companies. With one of these suppliers we have a long-term contract for the delivery of petroleum coke. Binder pitch and impregnation pitch are bought locally from eight different binder pitch and six different impregnation pitch vendors. We have established strong ties to these suppliers and have been cooperating with them on the implementation of joint quality improvement and quality monitoring programs for many years. We believe that, under current conditions, our raw materials are available in adequate quantities at current market prices.
We purchase electric power and natural gas used in our manufacturing processes from supraregional linked supply systems or from local suppliers. The availability and price of raw materials and energy may be affected by limitations imposed under new legislation or governmental regulations, suppliers allocations to meet the demand of other purchasers during periods of shortage (or, in the case of energy suppliers, extended cold weather), interruptions in production by suppliers, and market and other events and conditions. In recent years, prices for petroleum coke have gone through cycles of both volatility and stability, while energy prices are rising again. During this time,
24

Back to Contents

we have mitigated the effect of price increases by improving operating efficiency and by implementing cost-cutting measures.
Marketing Channels and Customer Service
We sell our products in our local markets primarily through our direct Sales force, which operates from our sales offices and is supported by our own customer service personnel. Export customers are serviced by the Groups local sales organizations, or local sales representatives with the assistance of our direct sales force. Most of these sales representatives have worked with the SGL Group for many years.
In the Graphite Specialties, Corrosion Protection and SGL Technologies business area, we make the majority of our sales through our specialized sales organizations specifically dedicated to each such business area. We also use exclusive sales agents in certain locations. From time to time, the Carbon and Graphite sales organization also assists in sales of Graphite Specialties products, particularly outside of Europe and North America.
Since we are globally oriented with a diverse customer base, we regularly hold regional conferences to present and discuss our business strategies, targets and philosophy with our representatives in Germany and throughout the world.
For many years, we have been strongly committed to supporting our sales activity by providing a high level of customer service. As with our sales and distribution organizations, each of our customer service personnel is specifically dedicated to one of our four business areas. In addition to providing basic support services, we also assist our customers with their technical problems, focusing on the design and operation of production equipment (such as EAF technology), as well as on specifications for and use of our products. Since 1992 we have established long-term cooperative arrangements with several key customers to focus on technical improvements and product development.
We generally sell our products on the basis of annual sales agreements. In these agreements, we usually fix a negotiated price with the customer for one year. During that year, the customers then place their orders in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Our customers in the Carbon and Graphite business area generally place orders for electrodes three to six months prior to the specified delivery date, as well as pursuant to a forecasted full-year demand. A customer may cancel any such order, and we accordingly manufacture electrodes and manage electrode inventory levels on the basis of rolling sales forecasts. Other products, particularly in the Graphite Specialties, Corrosion Protection and SGL Technologies Business, are generally manufactured to order. Finished products are generally stored at our manufacturing facilities. We ship products to customers primarily overland and by sea, using just in time techniques where practicable.
Our four business areas are serving  amongst others- the following key customers:
CG: Arcelor, Nucor, QIT; Riva, Alcoa, Nisco and Ispat.
GS: Wacker Siltronic, MEMC, Hitachi, Britisch Nuclear Fuels, Helwig Carbon, Motorola, Robert Bosch
CP: RWE, BASF, Bayer, Technip, FLS Miljo, VTG Lehnkering, Unicore
SGL T: Alliant
      Systems, Dana Corp., Porsche, Boeing, Cytec Fiberite, Airbus
Dependence on Patents or Licenses, Industrial, Commercial or Financial Contracts
We own over 300 patents registered in the United States, Europe and in other major world markets, and have over 350 patent applications pending for new technologies and processes. In addition, we have obtained licenses to various domestic and foreign patents. These patents, patent applications and licenses are, in the aggregate, important to our competitive position, and the loss of a great number of patents worldwide could have a material adverse effect on our business. However, we believe that we are not currently dependent on any individual patent or license or group of patents or licenses.
We enter into industrial, commercial and financial contracts with a number of parties throughout the world and consider our relationships with these counterparties to be sound and productive. However, we also have a policy of locating alternative sources for all of our industrial, commercial and financial needs, and thus we believe that we are not dependent on our existing industrial, commercial or financial contracts.
25

Back to Contents

Manufacturing Processes and Operations
The manufacture of graphite electrodes takes, on average, approximately two months. Graphite electrodes range in size from three inches to 32 inches in diameter and two feet to nine feet in length and weigh between 20 pounds and 4,800 pounds (2.2 metric tons). Carbon electrodes, cathodes and furnace linings are manufactured in a process comparable to that for graphite electrodes, except that impregnation and graphitization are used only for particular grades of cathodes and furnace linings.
The manufacture of graphite electrodes involves the following six primary processes.
Forming Calcined petroleum coke is crushed, screened, sized and blended in a heated vessel with coal tar pitch, applying highly specialized techniques. The resulting plastic mass is extruded through a forming press and cut into cylindrical lengths (called green electrodes) before cooling in a water bath.
  Baking
      The green electrodes are baked at approximately
      900°Celsius
      in specially designed furnaces to further carbonize the pitch. After cooling,
      the electrodes are cleaned, inspected and sampletested.
Impregnation Baked electrodes are impregnated with a special pitch when higher density, mechanical strength and capability to withstand higher electric currents are required.
Rebaking The impregnated electrodes are rebaked to coke out the pitch, thereby adding strength to the electrodes.
Graphitizing
      The rebaked electrodes are heated in longitudinal electric resistance furnaces
      at approximately 3,000°
      Celsius to restructure the carbon to its characteristically crystalline
      form, graphite. After this process, the electrodes are gradually cooled,
      cleaned, inspected and sample tested.
Machining After graphitizing, the electrodes are machined to comply with international specifications governing outside diameters, overall lengths and joint details. Tapered sockets are machine-threaded at each end of the electrode to permit the joining of electrodes in columns by means of correspondingly double-tapered machine-threaded graphite connecting pins.
The production of the variety of graphite specialties grades generally follows a process similar to that used for graphite electrodes, but uses additional forming techniques (such as isostatic and die molding), additional treatments like purification and more intricate machining. Specialty graphite products use different mixtures of raw materials due to fine grain formulations and different processing time periods.
Expanded graphite is made from mined natural graphite flake, which is acid-treated, heat-treated and rolled into sheets of desired thickness and width and produced in highly specialized production lines. Fibers and composites that use polymer raw materials also require highly sophisticated and highly specialized facilities, in addition our main production lines for carbon and graphite products. Our high temperature technology expertise is essential for the manufacture of graphite fibers and composites.
We use statistical process controls in all manufacturing processes and have implemented a quality management program that involves continuous in-house training. We generally warrant to our customers that our products will meet the SGL Groups and the customers specifications. With the exception of 1997, in which we conducted a recall of graphite electrodes in North America due to a defect in a new piece of production equipment at one of our U.S. production sites, electrode returns and replacements have historically amounted to less than 1% of our sales revenue. In the SGL Technologies business area, we expect a higher rate of defects for some products due to the greater number of newly developed products.
We conduct major maintenance of our facilities on an ongoing basis. We currently have capacity to manufacture approximately 280,000 metric tons of carbon and graphite products per year (excluding graphite specialties). This capacity includes approximately 215,000 metric tons of graphite electrodes. In 2003, we sold approximately 202,000 metric tons of graphite electrodes, compared with 173,000 metric tons in 2002. We also sold approximately 20,000 metric tons of carbon electrodes in 2003 (2002: 22,000 metric tons).
Competitive Position of the SGL Group
The carbon and graphite products industry is highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on price, product quality and customer service. There are approximately 10 to 15 major manufacturers
26

Back to Contents

of carbon and graphite products worldwide. Of these manufacturers, the SGL Group is the largest, based on 2003 sales revenue.
Carbon and Graphite
For graphite electrodes, our principal product, there are approximately 10 to 15 major manufacturers worldwide. SGL and GrafTech International Ltd. (formerly UCAR International Inc.) are the largest of these manufacturers on the basis of metric tons produced. Other producers -next to SGL- include two producers in the United States, four Japanese manufacturers and several manufacturers in India and China. We estimate that our share of the global market for graphite electrodes was approximately 21% in 2003.
We believe that we are the largest manufacturer of carbon electrodes worldwide. According to our estimates, we supplied approximately 31% of the worldwide market for carbon electrodes in 2003.
Approximately ten manufacturers compete in the global market for cathodes for the aluminum industry. We estimate that we supplied approximately 17% of this market in 2003. Other major manufacturers include GrafTech, Erft Carbon, Nippon Carbon, SEC Corporation and VESUVIUS Group.
Graphite Specialties
The graphite specialties market is served by many competitors with different product ranges and value added segments. We believe that globally-oriented international companies, including SGL, Morgan Crucible, Le Carbone Lorraine, Schunk Gruppe, GrafTech and Toyo Tanso, account for about two thirds of the total market volume worldwide (excluding China and the CIS, for which limited data are available). A significant part of the market is served by small, local machine shops, which machine and finish goods supplied to them by the major graphite producers in a semi-finished state. We believe that we have leading positions in the supply of graphite and CFC products to the semiconductor and technical carbon industry in Europe and North America.
Corrosion Protection
We estimate that the worldwide market for industrial corrosion protection is approximately2.0 billion, of which we have an approximately 10% share. This market is highly fragmented with many locally-oriented, often family-owned smaller companies. The key competitors in the market for carbon-based process equipment applications are Le Carbone Lorraine and Carbon Everflow (India). Companies such as Tip Top and Ohji are competitors in the rubber-linings market, while Steuler and Stebbins are key competitors in the market for ceramic bricks and tiles. We believe, however, that we are the only company that supplies all heavy corrosion protection market segments with complete systems.
SGL Technologies
The competitors of our SGL Technologies business area are carbon based advanced material and composites companies. Our main competitors for fiber products are Zoltek, Fortafil and several Japanese producers. In the market segments for carbon composites the key competitors include Thiokol, Hexcel, ATPX and Cytec. Key competitors in expanded graphite are GrafTech and Le Carbone Lorraine.
Government Regulation
Our domestic and international manufacturing facilities and operations are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations as well as administrative orders relating to alleged prior violations of laws or regulations. These legislation and orders could require us to install additional controls for certain emission sources or to change our manufacturing processes in future years. We believe we possess all material permits necessary for the current operation of our facilities. Although we believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable laws, regulations and permits, our operations, like those of our competitors, involve certain environmental risks.
We seek to minimize environmental risk by developing, implementing and improving material resources, production and abatement techniques. Using advanced techniques, we aim to improve working conditions and reduce the environmental impact of our own operations and those of our customers businesses. Our goal is to comply with the European Unions Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) directive while at the same time creating economically and technically viable conditions to assure long-term competitiveness. We augment the efforts of our internal auditors, research and development team and operations supervisors with periodic, active cooperation with national and international state agencies and organizations. We are currently adjusting the
27

Back to Contents
organization of our environmental team to create an integrated Environmental, Health & Safety Audit (EHSA) management system tailored to the demands of our industry. Our goal, which we believe we are approaching, is to achieve certification under ISO 14000, generally recognized as the highest standard in this field. We use our system of continuous EHSA risk assessment in our efforts to achieve permanent, sustainable improvements in performance.
International regulations govern the transportation of hazardous goods. Air pollution, wastewater, solid waste and occupational health and safety are generally regulated by national laws. In the European Union, these areas are generally covered by EU directives and guidelines. In particular, the EUs IPPC directive requires certain industries, including the carbon and graphite industry, to implement advanced techniques. The IPPC directive does not itself create binding regulation. Rather, it serves as a framework for regulators in the EU member states in establishing national regulations. Although national-level implementation of the IPPC directive may lead to more restrictive national environmental regulations, based on our experience in Germany we believe that national regulations based on the IPPC directive will tend to be more lenient than those proposed in the directive itself. We believe that we are in compliance, or in the process of achieving compliance, with the heightened requirements of IPPC directive-based regulation.
In Germany we are subject to environmental laws and regulations including the Federal Pollution Control Act, the Water Resources Management Act and the Waste Act. Under these statutes and their related bodies of regulation, the authorities may inspect our production sites every one to three years. We must also comply with the Plant Security Act, the Employment Security Act, Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents and the Toxic Substances Control Act (which includes technical regulations on hazardous substances) and the Dangerous Chemicals Ordinance.
Similar laws are already in force in Austria, Italy and a number of other EU countries; France and Spain are in the process of adopting new laws to comply with EU requirements. We expect that most European national environmental laws and regulations will be replaced over the near- to medium-term by common EU requirements (or by national regulations based on EU directives). National governments will remain free to adopt requirements stricter than those required by the EU.
In the United States we are subject to environmental requirements including those imposed by the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act and similar federal, state and local laws regulating air emissions, water discharges and solid and hazardous waste generation, storage, transportation and disposal. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (Superfund) and similar state laws can impose joint and several liability for releases of hazardous substances into the environment, without regard to fault or the lawfulness of the original activity. Categories of potentially responsible parties can include current or former owners and operators of a contaminated site and companies that generated or sent waste to a site. The Toxic Substances Control Act and related laws are designed to assess the risk to health and the environment of new products at early developmental stages. In addition, laws adopted or proposed in various states impose reporting or remediation requirements if historical contamination is discovered, operations cease or property is transferred or sold. We believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations.
From time to time we have received claims seeking environmental cleanup or similar costs with respect to properties that we or others currently or previously owned or operated. We believe that the extent of contamination and our liability, if any, arising from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We have established and continue to establish accruals for environmental liabilities where it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. We adjust accruals on a periodic basis as we make new remediation commitments or receive information indicating that previous estimates should be changed. We believe that, taking into account our environmental accruals, our current environmental liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Estimates of future costs of environmental protection are necessarily imprecise. Uncertainties affecting these estimates include the impact of new laws and regulations, the availability and application of new and diverse technologies and the extent of insurance coverage. Subject to this inherent imprecision, on the basis of our experience in managing environmental matters we believe that costs and capital expenditures related to environmental protection over the next several years will not have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
28

Back to Contents
Organizational Structure
As a management holding company, SGL is legally separate from its various operating subsidiaries in the SGL Group. SGLs Executive Committee, however, provides overall strategic direction and monitors the operations of the Group. Individual members of the Executive Committee also have direct responsibility for specific operational areas on a business area, function or regional basis. See Item 6, Directors, Senior Management and EmployeesDirectors and Senior ManagementExecutive Committee.
Our operational business is managed by business areas. At the beginning of 2002, we combined the former regional business units of Carbon and Graphite and Graphite Specialties into global business areas to improve efficiency and respond to the increasing globalization of our key customers. With this change, all four of our business areasCarbon and Graphite, Graphite Specialties, Corrosion Protection and SGL Technologiesare now organized on a global basis. Our organizational structure is thus identical with our segment reporting by business areas.
Our production sites and Group companies are managed by the relevant business area (or, in the case of multi-business area sites, by a management committee). The boards of directors of individual Group companies have responsibility for those companies legal and financial affairs. Centralized corporate functions support the Executive Committee and provide services to all business areas and to individual legal entities within the Group.
Principal subsidiaries
The following table lists the principal direct and indirect subsidiaries of the SGL Group as of December 31, 2003:
Company Name
   
   Location
   
   Business Area
   
   Ownership Interest %SGL Carbon, LLC
   
   Charlotte,
    NC
   
   CG, GS, SGL T
   
   100.0HITCO Carbon Composites, Inc.
   
   Gardena,
    CA
   
   SGL T
   
   94.0SGL Technic Inc
   
   Valencia, CA
   
   GS, SGL T
   
   100.0SGL Carbon GmbH
   
   Meitingen, Germany
   
   CG, GS
   
   100.0SGL Acotec SAS
   
   Grenoble, France
   
   CP
   
   100.0SGL Canada Inc
   
   Lachute,
    Canada
   
   CG
   
   100.0SGL Carbon SpA
   
   Milan, Italy
   
   CG
   
   99.7SGL Carbon SA
   
      La Coruña,
        Spain
   
   CG
   
   99.9SGL Carbon GmbH & Co
   
   Steeg, Austria
   
   CG
   
   100.0SGL Carbon Polska S.A
   
   Ratibor, Poland
   
   CG
   
   100.0SGL Carbon SAS
   
      Chedde,
        France
   
   GS
   
   100.0SGL Acotec GmbH
   
   Siershahn, Germany
   
   CP
   
   100.0SGL Technologies GmbH
   
   Meitingen, Germany
   
   SGL T
   
   100.0SGL Technic Ltd.
   
   Muir of Ord,
    Scotland
   
   SGL T
   
   100.0SGL Carbon Beteiligung GmbH *
   
   Wiesbaden, Germany
   
   Corporate
   
   100.0
    SGL Carbon
        Beteiligung GmbH is a 100% subsidiary of SGL Carbon AG that serves as
    a holding company for various other subsidiaries in the SGL Carbon Group.Property, Plants and Equipment
As of December 31, 2003, we operated 34 major manufacturing facilities worldwide of which 33 are located in Europe and North America. As part of the restructuring program announced in December 2001, we closed or idled three plants during 2002. Effective January 2003, we sold our Berlin, Germany manufacturing facility. We also have other properties, including office buildings, research laboratories and warehouses, primarily in Germany and the United States. We own most of our manufacturing facilities and other properties.
We are harmonizing our manufacturing processes throughout the Group to permit global sourcing from all locations with consistent and interchangeable quality levels. We produce graphite electrodes in the United States, Canada, Germany, Italy, Spain, Austria and Poland. Carbon electrode production is concentrated in Italy and cathodes and furnace linings are manufactured in Germany and Poland. Our feeder stock for specialty graphite products is manufactured in Germany, France and the United States. In Europe, we have further optimized production by concentrating extruded, molded and isostatic pressed graphite product grades in the facilities best suited for this work. We have taken similar restructuring measures in North America, discontinuing manufacture of molded and isostatic products in the United States. We produce most of our corrosion protection materials in
29
Back to Contents
Germany, with additional production facilities in France, the United States, , Italy and China. About four-fifths of our fibers and composites are manufactured outside of Germany, primarily in the United States and the United Kingdom.
We conduct major maintenance of our facilities on an ongoing basis. We currently have capacity to manufacture approximately 280,000 metric tons of heavy carbon and graphite products annually (excluding graphite specialties). This capacity includes approximately 215,000 metric tons of graphite electrodes. In 2003, we sold approximately 202,000 metric tons of graphite electrodes compared with 173,000 metric tons in 2002. We also sold 20,000 metric tons of carbon electrodes in 2003, a small decrease from the 22,000 metric tons we sold in 2002.
30
Back to Contents

As of December 31, 2003 we operated the following major facilities
Primary UseLocation
   
   Manufacturing
   
   Sales
   
   Administration
   
   Business Area
   
   Owned/LeasedEuropeWiesbaden, Germany1
   
   
   
   x
   
   
   
   Corporate
   
   LeasedMeitingen, Germany
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CG, GS, CP, SGL T
   
   OwnedGriesheim, Germany3
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedBonn, Germany
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   OwnedSiershahn, Germany
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedBornum, Germany
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   LeasedLeuna, Germany
   
   
   
   x
   
   
   
   CP
   
   OwnedAugsburg, Germany
   
   
   
   x
   
   x
   
   Corporate
   
   LeasedSteeg, Austria
   
   x
   
   x
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedMilan, Italy2
   
   
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CG,GS
   
   LeasedVerdello, Italy
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   LeasedPero, Italy
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedNarni, Italy
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedAscoli Piceno, Italy
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedChedde, France
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   OwnedHoudain, France
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedGrenoble, France
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedLa Coruna, Spain
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CG
   
   OwnedRatibor, Poland
   
   x
   
   x
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedNowy Sacz, Poland
   
   x
   
   x
   
   
   
   CG
   
   Owned3Nowy Sacz, Poland
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   OwnedInverness, Scotland
   
   x
   
   x
   
   
   
   SGL T
   
   OwnedAlcester, England
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   LeasedSandbach, England
   
   
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedNorth
    AmericaCharlotte, North Carolina4
   
   
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CG, GS,SGL T
   
   OwnedMorganton, North Carolina..
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG,GS
   
   OwnedHickman, Kentucky
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedOzark, Arkansas
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CG
   
   OwnedNiagara Falls, New York5
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   GS
   
   OwnedValencia, California
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   SGL T, GS
   
   OwnedLachute, Quebec, Canada
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CG
   
   OwnedKitchener, Ontario, Canada ..
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   LeasedSt. Marys, Pennsylvania
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   GS
   
   OwnedStrongsville, Ohio
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   OwnedHouston, Texas
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   CP
   
   OwnedArkadelphia, Arkansas
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   SGL T
   
   LeasedSinking Spring, Pennsylvania
   
   x
   
   x
   
   
   
   GS
   
   LeasedGardena, California
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   SGL T, GS
   
   OwnedCheshire, Connecticut
   
   x
   
   
   
   
   
   GS
   
   LeasedBrecksville,
    Ohi
   
   o
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   LeasedRest of WorldWuhan, China
   
   x
   
   x
   
   x
   
   CP
   
   Leased1)
    Corporate Headquarters2)
    Head Office,
    Italy3)
    Hereditary
        building right (Erbbaurecht) under German law, comparable to a long-term
    ground lease4)
    Head Office,
    North America5)
    Temporarily
    IdledAs of December 31, 2003 we had material encumbrances on our property under the old syndicated loan. The collateral agreements were entered into with creditors in conjunction with the refinancing project at the start of 2003. These entailed the pledging of equity interests in the majority of Group companies. The rights of use for intangible assets have been assigned for all German companies, and liens entered for SGL CARBON AG and two US companies in the amount of397.5 million. Inventories and movable plant and equipment amounting to378.1 million were assigned as collateral. For the above-mentioned companies, trade receivables and receivables from unconsolidated subsidiaries totaling170.3 million were assigned as collateral. In addition, receivables
31
Back to Contents
from subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements in the amount of547.5 million and bank balances amounting to40.7 million were pledged as collateral by individual companies. Similar collateral agreements will be entered into under the new financing package to be implemented in 2004.
In connection with our new refinancing we have also encumbered a number of our properties; see Item 10, Additional Information  Material Contracts. We believe that our facilities, which are of varying ages and types of construction, are in good condition, are suitable for our operations and generally provide sufficient capacity to meet our requirements for the foreseeable future.
32

Back to Contents

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
You should read this operating and financial review together with the description of our business, the general information about SGL and the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this annual report. We prepared our consolidated financial information in accordance with IFRS or, where indicated, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. IFRS differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. See  U.S. GAAP reconciliation and  Significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP as well as notes 34 and 35 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this annual report. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forwardlooking statements. See Forward-looking statements and Risk Factors.
Overview
We are one of the largest producers worldwide of carbon and graphite products, used primarily in electric arc furnace steel production and aluminum smelting. We also manufacture natural and synthetic graphite products for, and provide services in connection with, a variety of industrial applications worldwide. Our customers are located in industrialized countries throughout the world. In 2003, we sold products in approximately 100 countries, with sales outside Germany accounting for approximately 81% of our sales revenue. We operate manufacturing facilities in 10 countries.
Business Realignment
We manage our operations in four business areas that reflect the products that we produce and market. During 2001 we restructured our organization into the four current business areas  Carbon and Graphite, Graphite Specialties, Corrosion Protection, and SGL Technologies. Accordingly, we divide our reporting into four segments, one segment for each business area. As of January 1, 2002 we reclassified our European graphite foils business from Graphite Specialties to SGL Technologies. The segment reporting for 2001 in the following discussion has been adjusted to reflect this reorganization.
Cost Reduction Program
In 2001, we initiated a major cost reduction and restructuring program that includes cost containment measures and other steps to improve our financial results and cash flows from operations. As part of this restructuring program, we reduced our total number of employees by 837, from 8,197 at the end of 2001 to 7,360 at the end of 2002 and to 6,926 at the end of 2003. In addition, we plan to achieve further cost savings through our SGL Excellence initiative, through which SGL managers are trained in Six Sigma methods to identify further cost reduction measures on an ongoing basis. In 2002 and 2003, we incurred costs of approximately€2.3 million and€3.8 million respectively relating to the SGL Excellence initiative. In 2002 and 2003, we achieved savings of more than€4.0 million and€32.0 million respectively that we attribute to this and other initiatives. The total non-recurring charges that we incurred in connection with these restructuring and cost reduction initiatives amounted to€41.0 million on a pretax basis in 2001, of which we incurred approximately€15 million as cash expense in 2002. In addition, we identified a number of additional plant and overhead cost reduction projects during 2002 and 2003, which generated an expense of€8.3 million in 2002 and€10.4 million in 2003.
By the end of 2004, we are targeting for further significant costs reduction . Our planned cost reduction measures include:

   concentrating operations in lower-cost facilities;
   reduction of maintenance costs;
   outsourcing non-core functions;
   further headcount reductions; and
   continuous improvements in raw materials and energy utilization.We expect to generate approximately half of the targeted savings through our SGL Excellence initiative and the remainder through our restructuring programs that already exists. We expect the one-time costs of achieving these savings to be approximately€8 to 10 million in 2004. These costs will consist primarily of charges relating to headcount reduction, including severance payments. We also expect to devalue certain inventory and write off certain assets.
33


Back to Contents


Our ability to achieve cost savings in the targeted range will depend on a number of factors. These factors include our ability to accurately estimate the magnitude of the one-time costs of our cost-reduction measures and our ability to achieve targeted operating efficiencies with a leaner production base. See Risk Factors  Risks relating to our business  We may not realize expected benefits from our continuing restructuring and cost savings programs.
Currency Exchange Exposure
We generate revenue primarily in U.S. dollars and in euro. The remainder of our revenue is denominated principally in other European currencies (primarily British Pounds and Polish Zloty). Purchases of our principal raw material, petroleum coke, which on average comprise approximately 25% of the total production costs of the Carbon and Graphite business area, are denominated in U.S. dollars. Other principal production costs, such as labor and energy, are denominated in the currency of the country in which the relevant production facilities are located. We currently operate our main manufacturing facilities in Europe and North America.
Fluctuations in currency rates, especially between the dollar and the euro, can influence our operating and financial results. Through early 2001, the value of the dollar generally increased relative to the euro. The relative strength of the dollar positively impacted our operating results. In early 2002, the value of the dollar began to decline relative to the euro. This decline continues. This will have several effects on our results, some of which could offset others. A weak dollar tends to have a negative effect on revenue and results. See Risk Factors  Risks relating to our business  We are exposed to currency exchange rate risks and interest rate risks. In addition, we have major assets, debts and other liabilities in the United States or denominated in U.S. dollars, including antitrust liabilities and other dollar-denominated liabilities. Fluctuations in the euro-U.S. dollar exchange rate can cause currency translation effects in our consolidated balance sheet. A continued increase in the value of the euro relative to the dollar would reduce our dollar denominated liabilities. On the other hand, it would also tend to reduce the contribution of our U.S. businesses to our consolidated results of operations. A stronger dollar will tend to increase, and a weaker dollar to decrease, our non-current and current assets as well as equity and liabilities. In the 2002 fiscal year, the translation effect of all exchange rate fluctuations reduced our equity by€36.1 million and by a further€33.1 million during 2003. The ultimate impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations on our net income will depend on the circumstances at any given time.
Fluctuations over the course of the year
Our sales revenue for a number of our products, in particular graphite electrodes, fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to such factors as customer inventory levels, scheduled customer plant shutdowns, changes in customer production schedules in response to seasonal changes in energy costs, weather conditions, and strikes and work stoppages. In addition, customers may change their order patterns in response to price changes. During the period prior to the effective date of a price increase, customers tend to buy additional quantities of graphite electrodes at the then lower price, which adds to our sales revenue during that period. During the period following a price increase, customers tend to use those additional quantities before placing further orders, which reduces our sales revenue during that period. Similarly, customers tend to use up their inventories and delay purchases when they expect price reductions. Sales of the Corrosion Protection business area are due to the type of such project related business normally lowest in the first quarter and highest in the fourth quarter.
Sales revenue
We generate revenue primarily through the manufacture and sale of carbon and graphite products to customers from several industries, including steelmaking, aluminum production, chemicals, mechanical and systems engineering and electronics. Our revenue from trading and other sources is not significant.
Our consolidated sales revenue reflects net sales, that is, sales revenue after elimination of intersegment sales. The following table shows the sales revenue of the SGL Group and its year-on-year change on a consolidated basis as well as by business area and geographical region from 2001 to 2003 fiscal years.
34


Back to Contents


Year ended December 31,2003
   
   
   
   2002
   
   
   
   2001(in millions)
   
   (%
    change)
   
   (in
    millions)
   
   (%
    change)
   
   (in
    millions)SGL Group consolidated total
   1,046.2
   
   (5.9
   )
   1,112.3
   
   (9.8
   )
   1,233.3By business area:Carbon & Graphite
   558.0
   
   1.3
   
   550.7
   
   (11.1
   )
   619.8Graphite Specialties *
   174.3
   
   (11.0
   )
   195.9
   
   (15.1
   )
   230.7Corrosion Protection
   186.2
   
   (12.3
   )
   212.4
   
   (9.9
   )
   235.8SGL Technologies *
   124.9
   
   (17.0
   )
   150.4
   
   11.3
   
   135.1Other
   2.8
   
   (3.4
   )
   2.9
   
   (75.6
   )
   11.9By geographical region:Germany
   197.7
   
   (8.7
   )
   216.6
   
   (12.0
   )
   246.0Rest of Europe
   352.1
   
   (5.8
   )
   373.8
   
   (8.7
   )
   409.2North America
   257.0
   
   (8.7
   )
   281.6
   
   (10.8
   )
   315.8Rest of World
   239.4
   
   (0.4
   )
   240.3
   
   (8.4
   )
   262.3*
    As of January
        1, 2002, we reclassified the European graphite foils business from Graphite
        Specialties to SGL Technologies. Sales for 2001 has been adjusted to
    reflect this reclassification.We recognize revenue at the time of transfer of risk, generally after delivery of the products or the rendering of the services and net of any discounts and rebates. We record most of our revenue under purchase contracts with major industrial customers, with the timing of revenue recognition dependant on the specific terms of these contracts. If product sales are subject to customer acceptance, we do not recognize revenue until the customer accepts the product. We do not account for major sales under the percentage of completion method.
Our sales revenue from graphite electrodes is subject to fluctuations resulting from changing customer behavior, changes in inventory and production plans, plant closings, fluctuating energy costs, strikes, business interruptions and economic fluctuations in the steel industry. As a result of the long production cycles for graphite electrodes and changes in purchasing patterns and inventory policy in our customer industries, it may take a long time for changes in demand to have an effect on our business. In addition, customers frequently change their purchasing patterns in reaction to or anticipation of changes in the price of SGL products. Customers frequently increase their inventory of graphite electrodes shortly before the implementation of an announced price increase, thereby boosting sales revenue during that period. Shortly after a price increase they decrease this inventory, causing a decrease in orders and revenue during that period. A similar pattern exists for expected price decreases, where customers decrease their inventory first and delay new orders. Sales revenue in the Corrosion Protection business area are seasonal, with revenue being highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of a calendar year.
Over the last decade, we have significantly broadened the geographical range of our sales. Although a decline in North American steel production has reduced revenue in that market, consolidation of our Polish subsidiary Zaklady Elektrod Weglowych S.A. (ZEW) in 2001 increased European sales revenue. The company name of ZEW has since been changed to SGL CARBON Polska S.A. In 2001 we also increased our revenue in Asia, a trend that we expect will continue over the next five years with the ongoing industrialization of eastern and southeastern Asia. We believe that our broad product portfolio across many industries and the global distribution of our business reduces our exposure to economic cyclicality in any single region or customer industry. In particular, the Graphite Specialties business areas large number of target industries is more strongly diversified, thereby reducing to some degree exposure to economic slow-down in any one key industry.
Cost of sales
Major components of cost of sales include personnel expenses and the cost of raw materials and energy. Personnel expenses, including wages, salaries, social security and pension expenses, are the most significant items in our cost of sales. Raw materials costs in the Carbon and Graphite business area consist primarily of purchases of petroleum-based needle coke and coal tar binder and impregnation pitch. Historically, we have not had difficulty obtaining these raw materials. We incur substantial energy costs, primarily for electricity, in connection with the production of our graphite electrode and other graphite and carbon products. Energy costs over the last several years have been highly volatile and trending upwards. Graphite Specialties production uses similar raw materials as well as additional forming techniques, treatments and combinations of other raw materials. Our cost
35


Back to Contents


of sales includes straight-line depreciation of property, plant and equipment having estimated useful lives ranging from four to 41 years. In the periods discussed below, raw material and energy prices have generally increased, reducing gross profit margin (calculated as sales revenue less cost of sales, divided by sales revenue).
Selling expenses
Selling expenses consist primarily of the expenses of our sales organization as well as distribution expenses, such as packaging materials, freight charges and sales commission expenses. We include in sales organization expenses wages and salaries, social security, pension expense, office space and expenses, in each case related to our sales force.
Research costs
We incur research costs in connection with the development of new materials and compounds for high technology applications, particularly for development of products in the SGL Technologies business area, such as carbon ceramics for the automotive and aviation industries and components for fuel cells. In recent years this expense increased as a percentage of sales revenue through 2001, but decreased in the 2002 and 2003 fiscal year. We have invested considerable amounts in carbon ceramics technology and commenced production of carbon-ceramic brake discs at our plant in Meitingen, Germany until 2002. Another principal area of research expense has been the development of a fuel cell components business, which is currently in the research phase. The further development of large-diameter graphite electrodes has contributed significantly to research and development costs in the Carbon and Graphite business area. Research and development costs in the Graphite Specialties business area have been concentrated on the development of highly refined graphite powder for lithium batteries, which are used in notebook computers, mobile telephones and other mobile communication devices.
General and administrative expenses
Our general and administrative expenses comprise personnel and non-personnel costs attributable to the SGL Groups parent holding company and other administrative centers. These costs include accounting and legal expenses, the cost of professional advisors and pension expense related to personnel in general administration. We also incurred general and administrative expenses in connection with the development of a common management information system, conversion of our information systems to the euro and external advisory expenses related to acquisitions and other corporate projects.
Other operating income (expense) (net)
The major components of other operating income (expense) include amortization of goodwill from acquisitions, insurance payments received, exchange gains and losses from operating activities, gains and losses from sales of property, plant and equipment, bank charges and income and/or loss from additions to and releases of provisions.
Costs relating to antitrust proceedings
We record costs relating to antitrust proceedings as a separate item in our statement of operations. On May 3, 1999 we entered into a plea agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) to conclude the antitrust investigation initiated against us. As a result, we are obligated to pay a fine of US$135 million. As of December 31, 2003, we had paid a total of US$55.75 million. The originally agreed payment schedule for the fine has been extended in agreement with the DOJ, most recently in April 2002; the remaining amount of the fine is scheduled to be paid in installments through March 2007 and bears interest at the federal judgment interest rate from June 2004, which currently is less than 2% per annum. See Liquidity and capital resources. SGL assumed payment of the fine of US$10 million levied by the DOJ against Robert J. Koehler, the chairman of our Executive Committee; this fine has been paid in full. We have been able to settle most of the civil cases alleging damages from the pricing agreements upon which the DOJs investigation was based. See Business Description  Legal proceedings  Civil lawsuits resulting from antitrust violations. We believe that we will also be able to reach economically reasonable settlements in the civil lawsuits still pending. On July 18, 2000 we entered into a plea agreement with the Canadian competition authorities to conclude the antitrust investigation initiated against us and agreed to pay a fine of C$12.5 million. We have paid C$6.5 million of this amount; the remaining C$6.0 million is scheduled to be paid in two installments of C$3.0 million each through 2005.
36


Back to Contents


In mid-July 2001, the European Commission imposed a fine of€80.2 million for violation of competition laws in the graphite electrodes market. We believe that the amount of this fine is unjustified. In particular, we believe that the European Commission is assessing fines twice for the relevant violations. We have filed an appeal against the European Commissions decision before the European Court of First Instance. Payment of the fine has been suspended pending final judgment. We expect a court decision in this matter during the first half of 2004. We posted a security for payment of the contested amount of the fine.
In December 2002 the European Commission imposed a fine of€27.75 million against SGL in connection with the Commissions investigation of anticompetitive activities by companies in the graphite industry in the graphite specialties market during the 1990s. We believe this fine is unjustified and have filed an appeal before the European Court of First Instance.
On December 3, 2003 the European Commission imposed a fine of€23.6 million against SGL in a further competition proceeding in the area electrical and mechanical carbon and graphite products. We have appealed the amount of this fine before the European Court of First Instance. See Business Description  Legal proceedings  Antitrust proceedings.
We increased provisions by€35.0 million in the 2001 fiscal year, by€22.0 million in the 2002 fiscal year and by a further€19.5 million in the 2003 fiscal year, primarily to increase our reserve for fines imposed by the European competition authorities. Until such date as they may be paid, the amounts of these fines bear interest at an annual rate of 3.50% to 6.04%.
See Liquidity and Capital Resources  Overview of Bank Debt and Cash Flows and Risk Factors  We are party to several antitrust proceedings.
Restructuring expenses
We present restructuring expenses separately in our statement of operations. These expenses include plant closure costs, expenses for workforce reduction and extraordinary amortization and depreciation of plant, equipment and inventory.
Net financing costs
Our financial result comprises interest expense and interest income as well as other financing costs, including the non-cash currency impact of antitrust liabilities and other non-cash financing costs. Interest expense includes, among other things, interest expense on loans, the interest component of appropriations to pension provisions and accrued interest on liabilities from antitrust proceedings. When the DOJ imposed a fine on SGL in connection with an antitrust investigation in 1999, we discounted the resulting antitrust fine to its present value and recorded this amount as a liability on our balance sheet. In each succeeding reporting period, we have recalculated the present value of this liability, which has resulted in a regular interest expense from the discounting of the liability. In the first half of 2002, we agreed to an amended fine payment schedule with the DOJ. This amended payment schedule resulted in a one-time reduction in our net financing costs due to a reduction in the present value of the outstanding antitrust liability.
Because the antitrust liability is denominated in dollars, changes in the euro/dollar exchange rate from period to period may give rise to translation effects on our balance sheet. To reduce the resulting exposure to currency exchange rates, we hedge the antitrust liability. However, we retain exposure to non-cash adjustments in the amount of the antitrust liability. We record these non-cash adjustments under other financial results at the end of each reporting period. We also included an accrued interest portion for the EU fines starting in 2003. This is reflected in a separate line within the net interest result. As a result of the financing of payments related to antitrust proceedings, the funding of our brake disc and fuel cell component businesses and the acquisition of the KCH group (now the SGL ACOTEC group) and ZEW (now SGL CARBON Polska S.A.), our interest expense has increased significantly in recent years. We expect that, as a percentage of sales revenue in future periods, net interest expense will increase as a result of the new financing completed in February 2004.
Income tax benefit (expense)
Tax expenses include current and deferred income tax expenses. Our income tax expense from current taxes reflects income tax liability in respect of pre-tax earnings from our consolidated group companies that cannot be set off against existing loss carryforwards or other tax credits. Deferred tax income and expense result from the capitalization of deferred taxes or the revaluation of capitalized deferred taxes that arose through tax loss carryforwards as well as from temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in financial statements prepared under IFRS as compared
37


Back to Contents
to the amounts
  prepared under tax accounting, as calculated by the balance sheet liability
  method. We continuously monitor deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards
  based on internal projections. These projections take into account uncertainties
  concerning assumptions and other general conditions.
When we first
    prepared IAS (then IFRS) annual financial statements, we retrospectively adjusted
    our recognition of deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards previously
    booked in the United States for the reporting periods covered. In 2001, we
    wrote down the full amount of deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards
    as a consequence of the recession in the United States and the weak economic
    situation of the U.S. steel industry. To ensure a comparable basis for earnings
    projections prepared at the end of 2000 with respect to the uncertain U.S.
    economy and the U.S. steel industry, we shortened the time frame used as a
    basis for recognizing U.S. deferred taxes as of the end of 2000. This non-cash
    adjustment resulted in an increase in our income tax expense in the 2001 and
    2000 fiscal years. Due to the turnaround in our business in the United States,
    we recognized a portion of the loss carryforwards and capitalized deferred
    tax assets amounting to  10.0 million there again on the basis of a
    cautious estimate.
Until fiscal
    year 2000, the German Corporation Tax Act provided for an imputation system
    with split tax rates for German corporations. At the time a German corporation
    distributed a dividend, the corporation tax payable by the distributing company
    with respect to such dividend was generally reduced. German-domiciled shareholders
    entitled to offset corporation tax were generally able to claim a tax credit
    relating to the corporation tax originally paid by the distributing company.
    Since the 2001 fiscal year, German corporations are generally subject to German
    corporation tax at a single rate of 25% for distributed and retained profits
    together with a solidarity surcharge of 5.5% on the corporation tax, for a
    total rate 26.38%. For the 2003 assessment period only, the single corporation
    tax rate is 26.5% together with a solidarity surcharge of 5.5% on the corporation
    tax, for a total rate of 27.96%.
German corporations
    are also subject to trade tax. The amount of trade tax depends on the municipalities
    in which the corporation does business. Currently, trade tax generally amounts
    to approximately 15%-20% of the taxable earnings, depending on the rate charged
    by the municipality. In calculating the corporations income subject
    to the corporation tax, the amount of the trade tax is currently deductible.
Since January
    1, 2004, German tax law imposes a so-called minimum taxation (Mindestbesteuerung)
    in case of existing losses carried forward, a tax of 5% of the domestic dividend
    income and gains on disposition of corporations for purposes of corporate
    and trade tax as well as a tightening of debt financing in cases where guarantees
    are provided by major shareholders. These changes with respect to tax loss
    carry-forwards, or a denial of the deductibility of certain expenses, could
    lead to material tax payments for SGL Group companies in Germany from 2004
    onwards and significantly impair our deferred tax assets. In addition, deferred
    tax assets related to German tax loss carryforwards could be impaired if the
    German tax group companies generating these loss carryforwards fail to generate
    sufficient taxable profits in the future.
All deferred
    tax items realized after January 1, 2001 are measured at an average tax rate
    of 38.4%. We recognized the effect of the changes to tax law from the 2001
    fiscal year described above as a deferred tax liability in the taxable income
    for 2000 in accordance with IAS 12.60.
38

Back to Contents

Operating
Results
Year ended December 31,2003
   
   2002
   
   2001(in
         millions)Sales revenue
   1,046.2
   
   1,112.3
   
   1,233.3Cost of sales
   (798.8
   )
   (886.5
   )
   (941.8
   )Gross profit
   247.4
   
   225.8
   
   291.5Selling expenses
   (141.5
   )
   (139.4
   )
   (154.5
   )Research costs
   (20.9
   )
   (25.4
   )
   (31.1
   )General and administrative expenses
   (46.2
   )
   (47.5
   )
   (57.8
   )Other operating income (net)
   0.1
   
   15.1
   
   10.6Profit from operations before costs relating to antitrustproceedings and restructuring, net
   38.9
   
   28.6
   
   58.7Costs relating to antitrust proceedings
   (19.5
   )
   (22.0
   )
   (35.0
   )Restructuring expenses
   (10.4
   )
   (8.3
   )
   (41.0
   )Profit (loss) from operations
   9.0
   
   (1.7
   )
   (17.3
   )Net financing costs
   (73.3
   )
   (25.5
   )
   (48.5
   )Loss before tax
   (64.3
   )
   (27.2
   )
   (65.8
   )Income tax benefit (expense)
   14.1
   
   3.6
   
   (29.2
   )Net loss before minority interests
   (50.2
   )
   (23.6
   )
   (95.0
   )Minority interests
   (0.1
   )
   
   
   (0.2
   )Net loss
   (50.3
   )
   (23.6
   )
   (95.2
   )The following table shows selected consolidated statement of operations data for expressed as a percentage of total sales revenue:
Year ended December 31,2003
   (%)
   2002
   (%)
   2001
   (%)Sales revenue
   100.0
   
   100.0
   
   100.0Cost of sales
   (76.4
   )
   (79.7
   )
   (76.4
   )Gross profit
   23.6
   
   20.3
   
   23.6Selling, research and development, general administration andother operating expenses, net
   (19.8
   )
   (17.7
   )
   (18.9
   )Costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring expenses
   (2.9
   )
   (2.8
   )
   (6.1
   )Profit (loss) from operations
   0.9
   
   (0.2
   )
   (1.4
   )Result of investments and other financial result
   (2.6
   )
   0.7
   
   (0.9
   )Net interest costs
   (4.4
   )
   (2.9
   )
   (3.0
   )Income taxes
   1.3
   
   0.3
   
   (2.4
   )Net loss (includes minority interests)
   (4.8
   )
   (2.1
   )
   (7.7
   )Net loss attributable
      to shareholders
  (4.8
  )
  (2.1
  )
  (7.7
  )39
Back to Contents

2003 Compared to 2002
Sales revenue
At  1,046.2
    million, consolidated sales revenue fell by  66.1
    million or almost 6% year-to-year. The US dollars dramatic slide against
    the euro of nearly 20% (annual average rate: $1.131/1 in
    2003 compared to $0.945/1 in
    2002) negatively impacted consolidated sales revenue across all business
    areas by around  83
    million or approx. 8%. Adjusting for consolidation changes (sale of the electrical
    contacts business, deconsolidation of four insignificant Acotec subsidiaries)
    and first time consolidation (SGL Angraph Sp. Z.o o.), revenue decreased
    by 1%. Accordingly, adjusting for both currency and structural effects, revenue
    on a comparable basis grew by 3%. This was primarily the result of significant
    increases in volume of graphite electrodes sold in our Carbon and Graphite
    business area. In contrary, weak demand led to a downturn at CP and, to a
    lesser extent, at SGL T, hitting sales revenue by roughly  32
    million. These exchange rate- and demand- driven reductions could be offset
    only in part by positive volume developments at CG, where sales revenue adjusted
    for currency fluctuations rose by  53
    million.
These led to the
    following shift in the sales revenue structure of our Business Areas: the
    share of sales revenue attributable to Carbon and Graphite (CG) rose from
    50% to 53%, while the share attributable to Graphite Specialties (GS) slid
    from 18% to 17%. Corrosion Protection (CP) dropped from 19% to 18%, and that
    of SGL Technologies (SGL T) from 13% to 12%.
The percentage of regional sales revenue remained unchanged year-to-year, with 19% being generated in Germany, 34% in the rest of Europe, 25% in North America and 22% in the rest of the world.
TheCarbon and Graphitebusiness
    area sales revenue totaled  558.0 million in 2003, up 1% on the previous
    year. The positive volume effects for graphite electrodes more than made
    up for lower revenues due to unfavorable exchange rates. The graphite electrodes
    sales volume increased by 17% to 202,000 tons (2002: 173,000 tons), which
    resulted in a full capacity utilization in 2003. The higher sales volume
    of graphite electrodes was in particular the result of the exit of two smaller
    competitors in 2003 representing approx. 5% of annual global capacity. The
    average price in euros continued to fall due to the exchange rate effects.
    However, we were able to increase our average prices in local currencies
    for 2003 by 2% in the euro regions and 7% in US dollar region as against
    their low in the fourth quarter of 2002. The lack of new projects in the
    aluminum industry, the decline in demand in the silicon metal industry and
    US dollar translation effects negatively impacted sales revenue from cathodes
    and carbon electrodes, which declined by 18% to  109.1 million. In
    contrast, our sales revenue from furnace linings hit  20.1 million
    for the first time (previous year:  13.8 million).
TheGraphite Specialtiesbusiness
    area accounted for approximately 17% of our total sales revenue in 2003.
    It declined by 11% year-to-year to  174.3 million in 2003 due to the
    ongoing economic weakness in our customer industries (semiconductor technology,
    metals, chemicals, and mechanical and plant engineering), the sale of our
    electrical contacts business and the weakness of the US dollar.
In fiscal 2003, Sales revenue in theCorrosion Protectionbusiness fell once again, dropping 12% to186.2 million. This was mainly caused by muted investment by our key customer industries, an overall drop in repair and maintenance expenditure and the postponement of orders in the chemical, energy and environmental industries. All Corrosion Protection product areas were affected.
In 2003,SGL Technologiessales revenue fell by 17% to124.9 million. The main reason apart from lower demand in the fiber area caused by cyclical effects was the weak US dollar: SGL Technology generates and invoices around 60% of its sales revenue in the dollar zone. The drop in orders from the civil aviation sector due to economic uncertainties also impacted sales revenue in 2003.
Cost of sales and gross profit
Consolidated costs
    of sales decreased by 10% from 886.5 million in 2002 to 798.8
    million in 2003. Raw material costs, mainly petroleum coke and energy decreased
    by 1% from 242.2 million in 2002 to 240.0 million in 2003, primarily
    as a result of exchange rate changes, as we pay for petroleum coke exclusively
    in US dollars. Total material expenses decreased by 2% from 303.5 million
    in 2002 to 298.5 million in 2003. Personnel expenses decreased by 6%
    during 2003 to 345.6 million primarily due to our reduction in headcount.
    Gross profit increased by 21.6 million to 247.4 million, 10% above
    the previous years figure of 225.8 million, and the gross profit margin
    on sales, which we define as sales revenue less cost of sales divided by sales
    revenue increased from 20.3% to 23.6%.
40
Back to Contents
The main driver
    behind the increase in gross profit was the continued success of our cost-cutting
    programs. In addition volume developments in the CG Business Area also had
    a positive effect. However, the rise of the euro and continuing weak demand
    in main customer industries had a negative impact.
Selling expenses, research costs, general and administrative expenses, other operating income (net)
Our selling expenses
    increased by 2% from  139.4
    million in 2002 to  141.5
    million in 2003. This increase is due to the substantial increase in shipments
    of graphite electrodes. The cost of transporting graphite electrodes, which
    is determined in weight, exceeded the decrease in freight costs in the other
    business areas. In addition we recorded adjustments for receivables from
    Canada, Switzerland and other countries in an amount of  4.6
    million as selling expenses. In contrast, we reduced our research and development
    costs as planned in the period under review by 18% from  25.4
    million to  20.9
    million following the completion of the development of our carbon-ceramic
    brake discs and the start of operations at our new brake disc production
    facility in Meitingen. General and administrative expenses were also down  1.3
    million (3%) from  47.5
    million to  46.2
    million. The savings in 2003 are primarily related to a reduction in variable
    remuneration components and lower costs at Group companies in the United
    Kingdom and North America resulting from exchange rate effects. Net other
    operating income was  0.1
    million in 2003 and decreased by  15.0
    million or 99% compared to the previous year. This difference was mainly
    due to the drop in income from the release of provisions and insurance payments
    received in 2002. Included in the net operating income in 2003 is the income
    from the sale of electrical contact business in Europe and other non-current
    assets of  4.0
    million in total and the amortization of negative goodwill of  2.7
    million.
Costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring expenses
Our costs relating
    to antitrust proceedings decreased by 11%, from  22.0
    million in 2002 to  19.5
    million in 2003. As part of its investigation into anti-competitive behavior
    in the graphite industry, which has been running since 1997, the European
    Commission imposed a fine of  23.6
    million on SGL Carbon AG in December 2003. This relates to electrical
    and mechanical carbon and graphite products. We do not believe
    that this fine is justified and have appealed against the decision with the
    European Court of first instance. In this context, we have increased the
    existing antitrust provisions by  19.5
    million as a precautionary measure in 2003. This figure also includes appropriate
    provisions for legal costs. In 2002, these costs related primarily to an
    increase in the provision for a fine imposed by the European Commission in
    December 2002. Restructuring expenses increased from  8.3
    million in 2002 to  10.4
    million in 2003 due to our ongoing restructuring efforts. Our main focus
    was on measures for improving efficiency and productivity at our sites in
    France, Italy, Poland and Germany. In the course of these activities, we
    had to reduce our total headcount by 434 to 6,926. Thereof the sale of our
    electrical contacts business in early 2003 and other changes resulted in
    a decrease in the workforce of 147 employees. In addition to this, we concluded
    44 new partial early retirement contracts in Germany. While these increased
    provisions in the year under review, they will reduce our costs going forward.
Profit (loss) from operations
In 2003 we substantially improved our consolidated income from operations, from  (1.7) million in 2002 to  9.0 million in 2003. The systematic cost-cutting programs being continued as part of our restructuring measures and our Group-wide improvement initiative, SGL Excellence, made a substantial contribution to this improved income situation, accounting for savings of  32 million. The sale of our electrical contacts business and the first time consolidation of our Polish graphite specialty subsidiary Angraph also had a positive effect. However, the sharp rise of the euro against the US dollar, the Polish zloty and British pound sterling impacted profit from operations by around  18 million. Special factors such as additional certification costs for the carbon fibers we produce in-house as part of our brake disc production activities as well as higher-than-expected program costs for new projects for the US aerospace and defense industry negatively impacted profit from operations by  4 million. Our operating margin, which we define as profit (loss) from operations divided by sales revenue, improved from (0.2)% in 2002 to 0.9% in 2003.
Profit from operations before restructuring expenses in theCarbon and GraphiteBusiness area increased by 28% from51.9 million in 2002 to  66.4 million in 2003, primarily due to our cost-cutting measures and the substantial increase in the volume of graphite electrodes sold. These more than compensated the effects of the rise of the euro, which reduced earnings by around  18 million, valuation allowances on customer receivables amounting to  4.6 million and a decline in
41
Back to Contents

the volumes of cathodes and carbon electrodes sold. After restructuring expenses, profit from operations amounted to  62.7 million. The expenses were related to headcount reductions in Poland and Italy, as well as to the conclusion of partial early retirement contracts with employees at our German sites.
Before restructuring
    expenses,Graphite
    Specialtiesprofit
    from operations increased from1.9
    million in 2002 to  6.7
    million in 2003. The proceeds from the sale of our electrical contacts business
    and the first-time consolidation of our Polish company SGL ANGRAPH were the
    main positive factors. Adjusted for these effects, profit from operations
    would have been  2
    million lower than in the previous year, since cost savings of  6
    million only partially compensated the impact of the decline in demand. After
    restructuring expenses, profit from operations fell to  4.0
    million (previous year: loss from operations of  2.8
    million). Restructuring measures in the year under review focused on the
    closure of our production capacities in Grenoble, France and the conclusion
    of partial early retirement contracts with employees at our German sites.
Corrosion Protectionsprofit from operations before restructuring expenses decreased from4.8 million in 2002 to  (4.3) million in 2003. This was primarily due to lower capacity utilization, which could only be partially offset by ongoing rationalization measures. We implemented additional cost-cutting measures resulting in restructuring expenses of  2 million at our German plants in Siershahn, Bornum and Meitingen and at our French site in Grenoble. As a result, Corrosion Protections profit from operations after restructuring expenses declined to  (6.3) million in 2003 compared to  1.2 million in 2002.
Our loss from operations before restructuring costs in 2003 of  (12.0) million atSGL Technologiesremained at last years level and we were therefore yet unable to achieve our original target of almost breaking even in 2003. This was mainly due to additional start-up costs for new orders from the US aerospace and defense industry, and higher-than-expected certification costs for the carbon fibers produced by our fiber plant and used in brake disc manufacture. Taken as a whole, these factors impacted earnings by about4 million during the year under review. Restructuring expenses in 2003 amounted to approximately  1.8 million and related almost exclusively to our US subsidiary HITCO CARBON Composites, Inc. The main measures taken related to the streamlining of administrative functions at the Gardena facility. In addition, non-cash write-downs of inventories were charged for old programs. After restructuring expenses, loss from operations was  (13.8) million (previous year: loss from operations of  (11.7) million).
Net financing costs
Our net financing costs increased substantially by 187%, from  (25.5) million in 2002 to  (73.3) million in 2003. Higher net financing costs were primarily due to the write-off of capitalized costs in connection with the refinancing measures implemented at the beginning of 2003. These capitalized costs amounting to  16.1 million were fully expensed during 2003, as the new refinancing package described below had already been successfully implemented at the time the consolidated financial statements were being prepared (for details see Liquidity and Capital Resources). On February 9, 2004, we successfully completed our new refinancing package totaling  866 million. The new refinancing concept is based on three pillars: a capital increase of around  266 million (33.3 million shares), a corporate bond of  270 million due in 2012, and syndicated credit lines and guarantees of up to  330 million with a term of five to six years.
Other impacts that
    increased net financing cost by a further 6.2 million in 2003 were the
    non-cash accrued imputed interest on liabilities from the North American antitrust
    proceedings. In the previous year, the rescheduling of the payment plan had
    led to a positive one-time contribution of 3.4 million.
At the end of 2003, for the first time we also accrued  5.6 million regarding the interest potentially payable in connection with the European antitrust fines (2002:  0.0 million). Exchange rate effects relating to our North American antitrust liabilities and associated hedging activities resulted in income of  0.2 million during the period under review, which was also substantially lower than in the previous year (2002:  4.5 million).
The increase in other net financing costs is mainly due to the one-time gain in 2002 from the release of the fair value of a certain option in that year. In contrast, interest on pensions ( 10.5 million) and interest on borrowings ( 27 million) remained at the prior-year level. Higher average annual financial liabilities and a slightly higher average interest rate of 4.7% (previous year: 4.4%) were offset by the non-recurrence of interest charges on receivables sold in 2002.
42
Back to Contents


Income taxes
The tax
    benefit for fiscal year 2003 resulted from the recognition of deferred tax
    assets on tax loss carryforwards. These exceeded the tax liabilities resulting
    from positive earnings contributions by foreign companies which could not
    be offset against loss carryforwards from other companies. Due to the clear
    turnaround in our business in the United States, we recognized a portion
    of the tax loss carryforwards and capitalized deferred tax assets amounting
    to  10.0 million on the basis of a cautious estimate. As in the past,
    we did not recognize deferred tax assets on the losses we incurred in Scotland.
    The addition to the provision for antitrust risks was treated as a non-tax-deductible
    expense for consolidated reporting purposes. During the year under review,
    we lodged an appeal with the German financial authorities against the tax
    treatment of the fine imposed by the US antitrust authorities, and recognized
    deferred tax assets on this item for the first time. When calculating the
    latter, however, we only recognized a partial amount on the basis of external
    tax opinions and of our best estimate of the probability of their realization.
Net loss
The net
    loss for the year widened to €50.3 million (previous year: €23.6
    million), while earnings per share fell to €(2.27) as a result (previous
    year: €(1.08)).
2002 Compared to 2001
Sales revenue
Sales revenue
    decreased by 10% from €1,233.3 million in 2001 to €1,112.3 million
    in 2002. The positive business developments at SGL Technologies were unable
    to offset the reduction in the price of graphite electrodes and the downturn
    in key customer industries for our established businesses. The global economy
    did not recover in 2002.
The
      unfavorable operating environment affected most of our customer industries
      leading to reduced investment activity in key sectors such as the chemical
      industry and mechanical and plant engineering. Demand also continued to
      decline in the electronics industry and in the semiconductor market. The
      steel industry almost matched the previous years production levels,
      despite the difficult economic environment and bankruptcies among U.S.
      steel producers. The protective tariffs that the United States has imposed
      against steel imports in the United States since March 2002 led to a reduction
      in supply in the United States. The resulting price increases in that market
      had a follow-on effect in Europe and Asia. In the first quarter in particular,
      the downturn in the steel industry in Japan and North America and the inventory
      reduction in Europe had a negative impact on sales. The steel industry
      recovered slowly over the rest of the year, but could not fully compensate
      for the downturn at the beginning of the year.
Changes in regional sales revenue breakdowns were minimal in 2002, with a slight decline in the share of sales revenue attributable to Germany, at 19% (previous year: 20%), and North America, at 25% (previous year: 26%). Sales in the rest of Europe to 34% (previous year: 33%) and in the remaining world rose to 22% (previous year: 21%).
The Carbon and Graphitebusiness
      area accounted for 50% of our sales revenue in 2002 (previous year: 51%).
      Sales of graphite electrodes accounted for 36% of the Groups total
      sales revenue (previous year: 40%) while sales of other carbon and graphite
      products accounted for 14% (previous year: 11%). Sales volumes of graphite
      electrodes decreased by 1% from 175,000 tons in 2001 to 173,000 tons in
      2002. Reduced demand along with the existing overcapacity resulted in continuous
      price pressure in all markets. This price pressure combined with the weaker
      U.S. dollar, caused a 16% decrease in the average price for graphite electrodes
      compared to the previous year. Due to continuing strong demand from the
      aluminum industry, cathodes sales increased by 21% to €91.1 million.
      While Furnace lining sales revenue remained almost unchanged at €13.8
      million, we increased sales revenue of carbon electrodes for silicon metal
      production by 11% to €41.5 million.
The Graphite Specialtiesbusiness
    area accounted for approximately 18% of our sales revenue in 2002. As a consequence
    of ongoing economic weakness in our customer industries (semiconductor, tool
    manufacturing, metals, high-temperature processes, chemicals, automotive)
    sales revenue declined by 15% from €230.7 million in 2001 to €195.9
    million in 2002. All product areas were affected, with the exception of mechanical
    carbons. In addition to weak sales, the planned reduction in inventory levels
    affected earnings by approximately €12 million, due to the high level
    of internal value added and associated high fixed cost portions.
Sales revenue in the Corrosion Protectionbusiness
    area decreased by 10% from €235.8 million in 2001 to €212.4 million
    in 2002. This was primarily due to lower levels of investment in our key
43
Back to Contents


customer industries and an overall drop in customer maintenance and repair expenditures, as well as to the postponement of orders by our customers in the chemical, energy and environmental industries. These developments affected all Corrosion Protection product areas.
SGL Technologiessales revenue increased by 11.3% from €135.1 million in 2001 to €150.4
    million in 2002. The defense-related business of our U.S. subsidiary HITCO
    developed encouragingly with sales revenue increasing by 15%. We were also
    able to increase sales volumes of oxidized fibers for the aircraft industry.
Cost of sales and gross profit
Consolidated
    costs of sales decreased by 6% from €941.8 million in 2001 to €886.5
    million in 2002. Raw material costs, primarily petroleum coke and energy
    decreased by 18.5% from €297.1 million in 2001 to €242.2 million
    in 2002, while total material expenses decreased by 19.1% to €303.5
    million. Personnel expenses decreased by 8.6% during 2002 to €368.2
    million primarily due to our reduction in headcount. Gross profit amounted
    to €225.8 million, 22.5% below the previous year, and the gross profit
    margin on sales, which we define as sales revenue less cost of sales divided
    by sales revenue fell from 23.6% to 20.3%. This development reflects the
    drop in the price of graphite electrodes, the reduction of inventory levels
    (which partly affected earnings), and the economic downturn in the customer
    industries of our Graphite Specialties and Corrosion Protection businesses.
    We were able to prevent a further reduction in the gross profit margin through
    our restructuring program in Carbon and Graphite and Graphite Specialties.
    These cost-cutting measures delivered savings in excess of our original expectations,
    contributing to the reduction in cost of sales compared with the previous
    year.
Selling expense, research costs, general and administrative expenses, other operating income (net)
Our selling
    expenses decreased by 9.8% from €154.5 million in 2001 to €139.4
    million in 2002. This decrease is in line with the reduced sales revenue
    during 2002. We significantly reduced research and development costs by 18.3%
    from €31.1 million in 2001 to €25.4 million in 2002, primarily
    as a result of the finalization of our carbon ceramic brake discs development
    and a further organizational streamlining. General and administrative expenses
    decreased by 17.8% from €57.8 million in 2001 to €47.5 million
    in 2002. We achieved these savings through our restructuring program in North
    America and Europe, as well as by reducing variable incentive compensation.
    Other operating income (net) increased by 42.5% from €10.6 million in
    2001 to €15.1 million in 2002. This increase was due to increased gains
    on the sale of noncurrent assets and reduced net goodwill amortization.
Costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring expenses
Our costs
    relating to antitrust proceedings decreased 37.1%, from €35.0 million
    in 2001 to €22.0 million in 2002. In 2002, these costs related primarily
    to an increase in the provision for a fine imposed by the European Commission
    in December 2002. Restructuring expenses decreased significantly, from €41.0
    million in 2001 to €8.3 million in 2002. Our restructuring expenses
    in 2002 related to Graphite Specialties and Corrosion Protection. In 2002,
    we accelerated restructuring measures in these business areas that we originally
    planned for 2003.
Profit (loss) from operations
In 2002
    we substantially reduced our consolidated loss from operations, from €(17.3)
    million in 2001 to €(1.7) million in 2002. This improvement was primarily
    the result of the lower operating costs we achieved in 2002 through our cost-cutting
    measures, as well as of the reduced level of costs relating to antitrust proceedings
    and restructuring expenses in 2002 compared with the previous year. Our operating
    margin, which we define as profit (loss) from operations divided by sales
    revenue, improved from (1.4)% in 2001 to (0.2)% in 2002.
Profit
    from operations in the Carbon and Graphite Business area decreased to €51.9
    million in 2002 (previous year: €78.9 million). The cost savings that
    we achieved could only partly offset the effect of lower prices for graphite
    electrodes in Europe and North America. The reduced production costs from
    our restructuring program had a one-time negative non-cash effect of €6
    million related to the valuation of inventory at the end of the year. In
    addition, the reduction in inventory levels to improve cash flow led to a
    lower coverage of our fixed costs and reduced profit from operations by €6
    million.
Before
      restructuring expenses, Graphite Specialties profit from operations
      decreased significantly, from €22.3 million in 2001 to €1.9 million
      in 2002. Besides weak sales, the reduction in inventory levels affected
      our earnings by approximately €12.0 million as a result of lowered
      capacity utilization and related uncovered fixed costs. After restructuring
      expenses, we reduced our loss from operations in
44
Back to Contents


Graphite Specialties from€(7.2)
million in 2001 to €(2.8) million in 2002. This improvement primarily reflects
the significantly lower level of restructuring expenses in 2002 compared with
2001. In 2002, we accelerated restructuring measures for Graphite Specialties
in Europe originally planned for 2003, including an additional headcount reduction
of 91 employees. Costs associated with this restructuring were approximately €4.7
million.
Corrosion
      Protections profit from operations before restructuring expenses
      decreased from €12.6 million in 2001 to €4.8 million in 2002.
      The primary cause of this decrease was a decline in capacity utilization,
      which was only partly offset by savings through ongoing rationalization
      measures. This development led us to accelerate additional structural adjustments,
      which we had originally planned for the coming years, to fiscal 2002. In
      the course of these restructuring measures, we reduced headcount by a total
      of 196 employees at our two German sites in Siershahn and Bornum, as well
      as in Houston, Texas and at various other sites. The costs involved were
      approximately €3.6
      million in 2002. As a result, Corrosion Protections profit from operations
      after restructuring expenses was €1.2 million in 2002 (previous year: €12.6
      million).
In
      2002 we reduced SGL Technologies loss from operations to €(11.7)
      million from €(33.7) million in 2001. This improvement exceeded our
      original target of a 50% reduction. The primary factors contributing to
      the 2002 loss were start-up costs for the commencement of full-scale carbon-ceramic
      brake disc production, underutilization of our fiber facilities and expenses
      relating to the further development of both fuel cell components and defense-related
      business.
Net financing costs
Our net
    financing costs decreased 47.4%, from €(48.5) million in 2001 to €(25.5)
    million in 2002. The primary factors contributing to this improvement were
    non-cash currency adjustments of our antitrust liabilities, a positive impact
    of the recalculated net present value of these antitrust liabilities due
    to the revised payment schedule and the reversal of the fair value of an
    option issued to a third party. Major elements of financing costs in 2002
    were €27.4 million in net interest expenses and a €10.4 million
    interest component in pension provisions.
Inflation
During the past three years, the effects of inflation on our operations in Germany and other countries have generally been immaterial.
Critical Accounting Policies
The
      Securities and Exchange Commission issued disclosure guidance for critical accounting policies. The SEC defines critical accounting policies as those that are the most important to the portrayal of our financial position and results and that require application of managements
      most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the
      need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently
  uncertain and may change in subsequent periods.
The preparation of our financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to customer programs and incentives, doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, impaired assets, restructuring of operations, investments, environmental costs, pensions and other postemployment benefits, goodwill and intangible assets, and litigation and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We
      believe the following critical accounting policies are the most important
      to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and require managements
      more significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated
  financial statements.
Accounting for Business Combinations
During the past three years, we have completed several significant business combination transactions. In the future, we may continue to grow our business through business combinations. We accounted for our past combinations using the purchase method. Accounting for business combinations, by the purchase method, is complicated and involves the use of significant judgment.
45
Back to Contents
Under the purchase method of accounting, a business combination is accounted for at a purchase price based upon the fair value of the consideration given, whether it is in the form of cash, assets, stock or the assumption of liabilities. The assets and liabilities acquired are measured at their fair values, and the purchase price is allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon these fair values. Fair values are recognized, and any remaining excess of cost of acquisition over net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. IFRS requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the cash generating unit level. The fair value of the cash generating unit is compared to the book value including goodwill. In order to determine the fair value of the cash generating unit, significant management judgment is applied in order to estimate the underlying discounted future free cash flows. In the case, that the fair value of the cash generating unit is less than its book value, the difference is recorded as an impairment. In 2003 and 2002, no goodwill was impaired based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The actual cash flows may differ significantly, thereby requiring an impairment in later periods.
Determining the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired involves the use of judgment, since the majority of the assets and liabilities acquired do not have fair values that are readily determinable. Different techniques may be used to determine fair values, including market prices, where available, appraisals, comparisons to transactions for similar assets and liabilities and present value of estimated future cash flows, among others. Since these estimates involve the use of significant judgment, they can change as new information becomes available.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Each quarter we classify doubtful receivable balances and determine the bad debt reserve based on individually reviews of risk accounts and the reserve is based on the probability of potential default.
If
      circumstances change for example, if the rate of default is higher or lower
      than expected or if a major customers ability to meet its financial
      obligations to us changes unexpectedly and materially, our estimates of
      the recoverability of amounts due to us could be reduced or increased by
      a material amount.
Inventory obsolescence
The cost of all inventories is determined by the weighted average cost method. We write down our inventories for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.
At December
    31, 2003, we reported inventory of €258.0 million. Each quarter we review
    the inventory and make an assessment of the realizable value. There are many
    factors that management considers in determining whether or not a reserve
    should be established. These factors include the following:
a)
    return
        or rotation privileges with vendors,b)
    expected
        usage during the next twenty-four months,c)
    whether
        or not a customer is obligated by contract to purchase the inventory,d)
    current
        market pricing, ande)
    risk
    of obsolescence.If
        circumstances change for example, if there are unexpected shifts in market
        demand or there could be a material impact on the net realizable value
    of our inventory.Impairment of assets
We review the carrying values of long-lived assets and amortizable intangibles (including goodwills) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss for an asset to be held and used is recognized when the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying value of the asset. For assets to be disposed of, an impairment loss is recognized when the fair value of the asset, less costs to dispose, is less than the carrying value of the asset. The fair value of the assets is generally based on discounted estimated cash flows using annual discount rates of 5% to 8%. The estimates reflect our assumptions about selling prices, production and sales volume levels, costs, and market conditions over the estimated remaining operating period which can range from three months to over fifteen
46
Back to Contents


years. If our assumptions related to assets to be held and used are inaccurate, additional write-downs may be required in the future. If estimates of fair value less costs to sell are revised, the carrying amount of the related assets is adjusted, resulting in recognition of a credit or debit to earnings.
Restructuring of operations
We
      record restructuring charges incurred in connection with consolidation
      or relocation of operations, exited business lines, or shutdowns of specific
      sites. These restructuring charges, which reflect managements commitment
      to a termination or exit plan that will begin within twelve months, are
      based on estimates of the expected costs associated with site closure,
      legal and environmental matters, demolition, contract terminations, or
      other costs directly related to the restructuring. If the actual cost incurred
      exceeds the estimated cost, an additional charge to earnings will result.
      If the actual cost is less than the estimated cost, a credit to earnings
  will be recognized.
In December
    2001 we recorded a €41.0 million restructuring and asset impairment
    charge in connection with our 2001 repositioning efforts, of which €16.2
    million represented restructuring charges. The repositioning effort affected
    two of our business areas and will take approximately twelve months to complete
    from date of commencement. The €16.2 million of restructuring charges
    included €11.8 million of severance termination benefits for 430 employees
    affected by plant closings or capacity reductions, as well as various personnel
    in corporate, administrative and shared service functions.
In the
    latter part of 2002 we identified further cost-cutting potential and took
    immediate action. Restructuring measures in our European Corrosion Protection
    and Graphite Specialties business areas that were implemented led to 287
    additional positions being eliminated. These actions resulted in a one-time
    charge on profit from operations of approximately €8.3 million in 2002.
During
    2003, the Group expensed a total of €10.4 million on restructuring efforts.
    Our main focus was on measures aiming at improving efficiency and productivity
    at our sites in France, Italy, Poland and Germany. In addition to headcount
    reductions, we concluded 44 new partial early retirement contracts in Germany.
    While these increased provisions in the year under review, they will reduce
    our costs going forward.
Severance
      termination benefits were based on various factors including length of
      service, contract provisions and salary levels. Management estimated the
      restructuring charge based on these factors as well as projected final
      service dates. Given the complexity of estimates and broad scope of the
      2003 repositioning effort, actual expenses could differ from managements
      estimates. If actual results are different from original estimates, we
      will record additional restructuring expenses or reverse previously recorded
      expense through the statement of operations. Management will make adjustments
  if necessary as actions under the plan are carried out.
Deferred Tax Assets
Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable earnings. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized.
Due to
    the clear turnaround in our business in the United States, we recognized
    a portion of the tax loss carryforwards and capitalized deferred tax assets
    amounting to €10.0 million on the basis of a cautious estimate. As in
    the past, we did not recognize deferred tax assets on the losses we incurred
    in the United Kingdom (Scotland). In total we have capitalized tax loss carryforward
    as deferred tax assets amounting to €79.3 million as of December 31,
    2003. The amounts capitalized are based on estimates and assumptions about
    future earnings. The actual earnings may differ significantly, thereby requiring
    a valuation allowance in later periods.
Tax contingencies
We believe we have a reasonable basis in applicable tax law for the positions we take on the various tax returns we file. However, we maintain tax reserves in recognition of the fact that various tax authorities may take opposing views on some issues, that the costs and hazards of litigation in maintaining the positions that we have taken on various returns might be significant and that the tax authorities may prevail in their attempts to overturn these positions. The amounts of these reserves, the potential issues they are intended to cover and their adequacy to do so, are topics of frequent review internally and with outside tax professionals. Where necessary, adjustments are periodically
47
Back to Contents


made to such reserves to reflect the lapsing of statutes of limitations, closings of ongoing examinations or the commencement of new examinations.
Pension and postretirement benefit accounting
Our pension benefit
    costs and credits are determined in accordance with actuarial valuations,
    which rely on key assumptions, including discount rates and expected returns
    on plan assets. We determine the market-related value of plan assets for
    the SGL Pension Funds based on the fair value of plan assets in each fund
    at their measurement dates. Due to the underfunded status of certain pension
    plans at their respective measurement dates, an additional minimum liability
    is recorded in other comprehensive income. Our postretirement benefit costs
    and credits are determined in accordance with actuarial valuations, which
    rely on key assumptions, including discount rates, and increase or decrease
    in health care trend rates. The discount rate assumptions reflect the rates
    available on high-quality fixed-income investments of appropriate duration
    at the measurement dates of each plan. The expected return on plan assets
    assumption is determined on a uniform basis, considering long-term historical
    returns, asset allocation, and future estimates of long-term investment returns.
    Other key assumptions for our pension and postretirement benefit costs and
    credits are based in part on current market conditions. Pension and related
    postretirement benefit costs or credits could change due to variations in
    these underlying key assumptions. Under IFRS, the Company included  10.5
    million,  10.4
    million and  9.9
  in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, of interest costs associated with the
    Companys
  provision for pension and similar obligations in interest expense.
Litigation and Contingent Liabilities
Antitrust and competition matters
We have accrued amounts for estimated settlements of antitrust actions pending against us as of December 31, 2003. Computing our liability for pending antitrust actions requires us to make judgments as to the most likely outcome of litigation, future settlements and judgments to be paid for open claims. We estimate the cost of final judgments by reviewing with our legal counsel the probable outcome of pending appeals. If the actual cost of settlements and final judgments differs from our estimates, our reserves for open claims may not be sufficient. If so, any deficiency would be a loss that we would be required to recognize at the time it becomes reasonably estimable.
Litigation
We are currently involved in other legal proceedings resulting from the antitrust investigations and settlements. As discussed in Note 21 of our consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2003, we have accrued an estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. Attorneys in our legal department specializing in litigation claims monitor and manage all claims filed against us. Our management develops estimates of probable costs related to these claims in consultation with outside legal counsel who are defending us in these actions. We base our estimates on an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. We attempt to resolve claims through mediation and arbitration where possible. If the actual settlement costs and final judgments, after appeals, differ from our estimates, our future financial results may be adversely affected.
Significant Differences Between IFRS and U.S. GAAP
This section describes the significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP as they relate to the SGL Group. See also Notes 34 and 35 to our consolidated financial statements.
Business Combinations
Prior to the adoption of IAS 22 (revised 1993) on January 1, 1995, we wrote-off all goodwill directly to equity in accordance with IFRS existing at that time. The adoption of IAS 22 Business Combinations (revised 1993) did not require prior-period restatement. Accordingly, a U.S. GAAP difference exists with respect to the recognition of goodwill and amortization before January 1, 1995 and for the amortization of goodwill after January 1, 2002. For U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes, the pre-1995 goodwill is being amortized through the statement of operations over the estimated useful lives between five and 20 years. Since January 1, 2002, as stated in SFAS 142 goodwill should no longer be amortized over its estimated useful life but evaluated annually using an impairment test approach as described in SFAS 142. Under IFRS goodwill was still amortized in 2003 and, accordingly, a reconciliation difference exists.
48
Back to Contents

In accordance with IFRS, any negative goodwill resulting in a business combination as an excess of the acquirers interest in the fair value of the indentifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the acquisition is presented as a deduction from the assets of the reporting enterprise, in the same balance sheet classification as goodwill, and recognized in the income statement over its remaining estimated useful live. Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP an excess of the acquirer interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the acquisition was allocated to reduce proportionately the values assigned to non-current assets. The remainder of the excess over costs was classified as a deferred credit. As of January 1, 2002 these amounts were written off and recognized as the effect of a change in accounting principle. Subsequent to January 1, 2002 under U.S. GAAP any negative goodwill arising from a business combination is recognized as income immediately.
Intangible and Tangible Fixed Assets
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1 provides guidance on accounting under U.S. GAAP for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Once the capitalization criteria of the SOP have been met, external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use computer software project should be capitalized. Under U.S. GAAP, overhead costs should not be capitalized as costs of internal-use software while under IFRS directly allocated overhead costs are included.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, we capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is depreciated as part of the assets cost over the useful life of the asset. In accordance with IAS 23 Borrowing Costs, benchmark treatment interest cost are recognized as an expense in the period in which they occur.
Inventory
IAS 2 Inventories identifies two alternatives as benchmark valuation methods, the FIFO (first in, first out) method and the weighted-average cost method. The LIFO (last in, first out) method is permitted as an alternative. In valuing inventories for IFRS reporting, we have elected to apply the benchmark method using the weighted average cost method. For certain inventories held in the United States, under U.S. GAAP we have elected to continue recording inventories on the LIFO method, consistent with historical accounting practices. This is due, in part, to U.S. income tax laws, regulations and rulings, which require that an entity using LIFO for income tax purposes must use LIFO in its financial statements. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003 the company has no inventory valued on a LIFO basis for U.S. GAAP.
Pension Provisions
Under IFRS, pension costs and similar obligations are accounted for in accordance with IAS 19, Employee Benefits. For purposes of U.S. GAAP, pension costs for defined benefit plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 87 Employers Accounting for Pensions and the disclosure is presented in accordance with SFAS No. 132 Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits. IAS 19, as we apply it, is substantially similar to the methodology required under SFAS No. 87. The adjustment between IFRS and U.S. GAAP comprises amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation over the remaining average service lives of employees and the recognition of an additional minimum liability under SFAS No. 87, which is not required under IAS 19. Under IFRS, changes in the market value of plan assets are recognized in the calculation immediately; under U.S. GAAP they are deferred over five years. The interest component of additions to the pension provision has been shown as an expense in the financial result under IFRS, which is below operating profit, while under U.S. GAAP it is included in operating profit.
Incentive Plans
IFRS provides that, in the absence of a specific International Accounting Standard or an Interpretation of the Standing Interpretations Committee of the IASB, management should use its judgment in developing an accounting policy that provides the most useful information to users of the enterprises financial statements. In making this judgment, management should consider, among others, pronouncements of other standard setting bodies and accepted industry practices. We have elected, for purposes of IFRS reporting, to continue the accounting treatment for the incentive plans, consistent with prior practices under German GAAP.
The SGL Carbon Group provides incentive compensation for employees meeting specified performance targets. This incentive compensation is satisfied in the form of cash and SGL Carbon
49
Back to Contents


SGL stock. Under IFRS, incentive compensation is recognized as an expense and corresponding increase in capital upon issuance of its stock, which historically occurs in the period subsequent to the year to which the performance relates. U.S. GAAP matches the cost of the bonus with the period in which the services are rendered.
Restructuring / Early retirement
One of the significant differences between the restructuring guidance under IAS 37, Commitments and Contingencies and the relevant U.S. GAAP standards, is found in the criteria for the initial recognition of a restructuring provision. The applicable U.S. GAAP standard is SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities for the year ended 2003, which supersedes Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 94-3 Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring) used for all years presented prior to 2003. For employee termination benefits, SFAS 146 and EITF 94-3 require that prior to the date of the financial statements, the benefit arrangement be communicated to employees, including sufficient detail to enable employees to determine the type and amount of benefits they will receive when they are terminated. IAS 37 does not require that the communication to employees be so detailed but rather that the communication simply include the main features of the plan. As a result, there may be situations in which an enterprise following IAS 37 could recognize a restructuring provision before it would be permitted to do so if it were following SFAS 146 / EITF 94-3.
Included in the restructuring expenses are early retirement contracts in Germany, in which only incremental costs under IFRS are recognized once a binding contractual agreement has been entered into. The early retirement contracts in the SGL Group are generally set up according to the block model. During the employment phase the employee works full time although in this period he or she is only paid according to the part-time agreement. By this means, during the employment phase, the employer builds up arrears amounting to the as yet unpaid output that must be accounted for by accruing a provision. Under U.S. GAAP the complete compensation that the employee receives during the released phase are accrued over the employees remaining service period. The addition to provisions begins with the commencement of the part-time retiree relationship. Until the employment phase ends or the employee enters the released phase, the total compensation and the total accrued amount that the employee will receive during the released phase must be set aside. Accordingly a U.S. GAAP reconciliation difference of  2.0 million exists as of December 31, 2003.
First time adoption of IFRS
A deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards has been recognized in the IFRS consolidated financial statements on the basis of five-year projected earnings before taxes of the individual companies consolidated. The projections reflect uncertainties about certain assumptions and other general conditions, and, in exceptional cases, a deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards has not been recognized.
When we first prepared annual financial statements in accordance with IFRS (then IAS), we adjusted recognition of deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards in the United States retrospectively for the reporting periods. These adjustments under U.S. GAAP also resulted in restatement of the amounts reported in the published 2001 quarterly reports prepared in accordance with IFRS. The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards in the United States was written down in full in the 2001 consolidated financial statements as a consequence of the recession and the economic situation of the steel industry in the United States.
Deferred taxes
The items discussed above create differences between the U.S. GAAP book and tax basis of assets and liabilities, requiring the recognition of associated deferred tax assets and liabilities. With some exceptions, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all differences between the book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities using future statutory tax rates. In addition, a valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized.
U.S. GAAP Reconciliation
We prepare our consolidated
    financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which differ in certain significant
    respects from U.S. GAAP. See  Significant Differences Between
    IFRS and U.S. GAAP as well as Notes 34 and 35 to our consolidated
  financial statements for a discussion of these differences.
50
Back to Contents


2003
    
    2002
    
    2001€
      (in millions)Net loss per
      IFRS
    (50.3
    )
    (23.6
    )
    (95.2
    )Goodwill amortization
    3.4
    
    5.1
    
    (2.7
    )Intangible/tangible
      fixed assets
    (3.6
    )
    (3.0
    )
    (0.9
    )Inventory
    (0.4
    )
    5.8
    
    3.9Pension provisions
    1.3
    
    (2.1
    )
    (1.1
    )Incentive plans
    (1.5
    )
    (2.2
    )
    (4.9
    )Restructuring
      /Early retirement
    1.7
    
    (7.1
    )
    7.9First time implementation
      of IFRS
    
    
    
    
    (41.9
    )Deferred tax
      on U.S. GAAP adjustments
    1.0
    
    5.1
    
    (13.1
    )Net loss per
      U.S. GAAP
    (48.4
    )
    (22.0
    )
    (148.0
    )Cumulative Change
      in Accounting Principles
    0.0
    
    9.4
    
    0.0Net loss per
      U.S. GAAP after Cumulative Change inAccounting
      Principles
    (48.4
    )
    (12.6
    )
    (148.0
    )Under U.S. GAAP
    our operating profit (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and
    2001 was0.1
    million,  (5.1) million and  (36.6) million, respectively,
    compared to an operating profit (loss) under IFRS for the same periods of  9.0
    million,  (1.7) million and  (17.3) million, respectively. Our
    U.S. GAAP operating profit in 2003, 2002 and 2001 differed from our IFRS
    operating profit for the same years, primarily due to differences in goodwill
    amortization, deferred taxes, provisions, reserves and valuation, as well
    as differing provisions for pensions. Furthermore, we reclassified the interest
    component associated with our annual pension provision of  10.5 million
    in 2003 (2002: 10.4 million; 2001: 9.9 million) as interest expense
    under IFRS. See Note 34 to our consolidated financial statements for a description
    of the differences between our IFRS accounting policies and those that would
  be required under U.S. GAAP.
Basic loss per Share in accordance with U.S. GAAP in 2003 was  (2.18), compared to  (1.01) in 2002 and to  (6.87) in 2001. Basic loss per ADR in accordance with U.S. GAAP in 2003 was  (0.73), compared to  (0.34) in 2002 and to  (2.29) in 2001. Due to the net loss in each year, the diluted loss per Share was the same as the basic loss.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 31, 2002 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 148 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  Transition and Disclosure, which amends the disclosure requirements relating to stock-based employee compensation previously contained in SFAS No. 123. The amendments in SFAS No. 148 relevant to the SGL Group are effective for all fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The disclosure requirements have been included in the additional information provided on U.S. GAAP; see Note 35d to our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2002, FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others was issued. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of this Interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The required disclosures and a roll-forward of product warranty liabilities are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the groups financial statements.
In January 2003, the
FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), Consolidation
of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB 51. The primary objectives
of FIN 46 are to provide guidance on the identification of entities for which
control is achieved through means other than
51
Back to Contents


through voting rights (variable interest entities or VIEs) and how to determine when and which business enterprise should consolidate the VIE (the primary beneficiary). This new model for consolidation applies to an entity in which either (1) the equity investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest or (2) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entitys activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional disclosures. The adoption of FIN 46 had no impact on the groups financial statements.
On April 30, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.149 Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This standard amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments and derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our U.S. GAAP reconciliation.
On May 15, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 150 Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. Under SFAS No. 150, certain financial instruments, previously classified as equity are now required to be classified as liability by the issuer. SFAS No. 150 primarily affects accounting for financial instruments that embody an obligation to repurchase equity instruments that have been issued by the company. SFAS No. 150 is effective for transactions entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The adoption of this standard had no impact on our U.S. GAAP reconciliation.
In December 2003 the FASB issued FAS No 132 (Revised) (FAS 132-R), Employers Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. FAS 132-R retains disclosure requirements of the original FAS 132 and requires additional disclosures relating to assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic pension cost. FAS 132-R is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003 except that certain disclosures are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 was signed into law on December 8, 2003. In accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 106-1, the Company has made a one-time election to defer recognition of the effects of the law in the accounting for its plan under FAS 106 and in providing disclosures related to the plan until authoritative guidance on the accounting for the federal prescription drug subsidy is issued. Any measure of the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation or Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost in this report do not reflect the effects of the Act on the plan. Authoritative guidance is pending and, when issued, could require the Company to change previously reported information.
In January 2004 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 which permits a sponsor of a postretirement health care plan that provides a prescription drug benefit to make a one-time election to defer accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003. Regardless of whether a sponsor elects that deferral, FSP FAS 106-1 requires certain disclosures pending further consideration of the underlying accounting issues. The guidance in FSP FAS 106-1 is effective for interim or annual financial statements of fiscal years ending after December 7, 2003. The adoption of FSP FAS 106-1 had no material impact on the companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2003, the IASB released revised IAS 32, Financial Instrument: Disclosure and Presentation and IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. These statements replace IAS 32 (revised 2000), and supersede IAS 39 (revised 2000), and should be applied for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2003, as part of the IASBs project to improve International Accounting Standards, the IASB released revisions to the following standards that supersede the previously released version of those standards: IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, IAS 2, Inventory, IAS 8, Accounting Policy, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, IAS 10, Events after Balance Sheet Date, IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment, IAS 17, Leases, IAS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, IAS 24, Related Party Disclosures, IAS 27, Consolidation and Separate Financial Statements, IAS 28, Investments in Associates, IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures, IAS 33, Earnings per Share and IAS 40, Investment Property. The revised standards
52

Back to Contents


should be applied for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
On February 19th 2004 the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued International Financial Reporting Standard 2 Share-based Payment (IFRS 2) on accounting for share-based payment transactions, including grants of share options to employees. The accounting under IFRS 2 is similar to Financial Accounting Standards 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and 148 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  Transition and Disclosure an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. The objective of IFRS 2 is to provide guidance for the financial reporting by an entity when it undertakes a share-based payment transaction. In particular, the IFRS requires an entity to reflect in its statements of profit and loss and of financial position the effects of share-based payment transactions, including expenses associated with transactions in which share options are granted to employees. IFRS 2 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. All equity settled share based payment transactions that were granted by the Company on or after November 7, 2002 and have not yet vested as of January 1, 2005 (effective date) must be included in any financial statements issued after that date. The management of the Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of this IFRS will have an impact on the IFRS Financial statements.
On March 31, 2004 the IASB issued International Financial Reporting Standard 3 Business Combinations (IFRS 3), and revised Standards IAS 36 Impairment of Assets and IAS 38 Intangible Assets. Under the new and revised standards all business combinations within the scope of IFRS 3 must be accounted for using the purchase method. The pooling of interests method is prohibited. Costs expected to be incurred to restructure an acquired entitys (or the acquirers) activities must be treated as post-combination expenses, unless the acquired entity has a pre-existing liability for restructuring its activities. Intangible items acquired in a business combination must be recognized as assets separately from goodwill if they meet the definition of an asset, are either separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measure reliably. Identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed, must be initially measured at fair value. The amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is prohibited. Instead they must be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. IFRS is similar to the SFAS 141 and 142. We are currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 3 on our consolidated financial statements.
On March 31, 2004 the IASB issued requirements relating to asset disposals and discontinued operations. The requirements are set out in International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. IFRS 5 requires assets that are expected to be sold and meet specific criteria to be measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Such assets should not be depreciated and should be presented separately in the balance sheet. It also requires operations that form a major line of business or area of geographical operations to be classified as discontinued when the assets in the operations are classified as held for sale. These requirements relating to assets held for sale and the timing of the classification of discontinued operations are substantially the same as the equivalent requirements in SFAS 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which was issued in 2001. The type of operation that can be classified as discontinued under IFRS is narrower than under U.S. GAAP. We are currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 5 on our consolidated financial statements.
On March 31, 2004 the IASB issued an Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate Risk. The amendments simplify the implementation of IAS 39 by enabling fair value hedge accounting to be used more readily for a portfolio hedge of interest rate risk (sometimes referred to as a macro hedge) than under previous versions of IAS 39. We are currently evaluating the impact of the amendments on our consolidated financial statements.
We did not consider any other IAS/IFRS pronouncements that are scheduled for adoption after December 31, 2003 to be applicable to the activities of SGL covered by this annual report.
53
Back to Contents
Liquidity
    and Capital ResourcesOverview
    Of Bank Debt And Cash FlowsYear ended December 31,2002
   
   2003(millions of Euros)Short term debt and current maturities
   193.1
   
   83.9Long term debt
   255.4
   
   410.6Total debt
   448.5
   
   494.5Cash and cash equivalents
   (21.5
   )
   (46.1
   )Net bank debt
   427.0
   
   448.4Our net bank debt (which we define as long term debt plus short
    term debt, less cash and cash equivalents) increased  34.5 million
    in 2001, decreased in 2002 by  99.3 million and increased again in
    2003 by 21.4 million to 448.4 million.
On December 20, 2002 we entered intoasyndicated
    credit facility with a number of banks. Our financing arrangements at December
    31, 2003 consisted primarily of short and long-term bank debt with a number
    of financial institutions (329.8 million), a convertible bond (133.7 million), and a syndicated revolving credit facility (31.0 million). The following table summarizes our debt and significant obligations as of December 31, 2003:
Maturing
      in:Less
      than
    
    
    
    AfterObligation
    Total
    
    one
      year
    
    2005
    
    2006
    
    2007
    
    2007(millions
      of Euro)Convertible
      Bond
    133.7
    
    0.0
    
    133.7
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Other financial
      Debt
    360.8
    
    83.9
    
    259.0
    
    4.8
    
    8.4
    
    4.7Financial Debt
    494.5
    
    83.9
    
    392.7
    
    4.8
    
    8.4
    
    4.7Operating and
      Capital leases
    9.1
    
    2.4
    
    1.6
    
    0.9
    
    0.7
    
    3.5Purchase obligations
    3.2
    
    3.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0DOJ and Canadian
      settlementsand
      payments
    61.0
    
    14.2
    
    20.8
    
    19.9
    
    6.1
    
    0.0Other obligations
    70.2
    
    69.8
    
    0.2
    
    0.1
    
    0.1
    
    0.0Total
    638.0
    
    173.5
    
    415.3
    
    25.7
    
    15.3
    
    8.2In line with the strategy to improve capital structures the SGL Group focused on the reduction of working capital and on improvement of cash flow in 2002 and 2003. The key element in 2002 was the reduction of inventories of82.7 million net of currency effects. In addition, at the end of December 2001 and at the end of December 2002, we sold accounts receivable in the amounts of11.4 million and41.2 million, respectively, to financial service companies. Due to the new syndicated credit facility, entered into on December 20, 2002 we discontinued the sale of accounts receivables during 2003.
In connection with the refinancing entered into on December 20, 2002 and the funds provided at the beginning of 2003, the incurred deferred financing costs were capitalized on the balance sheet. On October 20, 2003 we informed the banks that we might be in a breach of one covenant under the syndicated loan facility and asked for a waiver regarding the non compliance on this test. After finalizing the quarterly consolidation in November 2003 and actually performing the test in detail, SGL informed the syndicated banks about the failure to pass the covenant test according to clause 22.4 Total net debt to Consolidated EBITDA for the last twelve months. The lenders under the syndicated credit facilities agreement have agreed to waive the exercise of their rights resulting from this default until December 30, 2003 in a first waiver letter and in a second waiver letter, until
54
Back to Contents


February 29, 2004. In addition, the lenders under the syndicated credit facility have waived their potential termination rights in connection with the antitrust fine of23.6 million imposed by the European Commission on December 3, 2003 (see Business Description  Legal proceedings Antitrust proceedings) in a waiver letter until February 29, 2004.
On February 9, 2004, we successfully completed our refinancing package totaling866 million. The refinancing concept is based on three pillars: a gross capital increase of around266 million before related costs (33.3 million shares), a corporate bond consisting of subordinated senior notes (the notes) of270 million due in 2012, and a syndicated loan including credit lines and guarantees of up to330 million with a term of five to six years.
The core element of the transaction was the capital increase approved by a large majority of our shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting on January 15, 2004. We were able to set the subscription price at8.0 instead of6.0 as originally planned, thus generating266 million from the capital increase. This resulted in much higher gross proceeds than initially expected and allowed us to reduce the principal of the notes from the originally scheduled300 million to270 million. The placement was a resounding success even though the notes received what we consider to be an unsatisfactory rating (Moodys: Caa1, Standard&Poors: CCC+). Due to strong demand, we were able to place all the notes earlier than expected, and at an interest rate of 8.5%. The third pillar of our financing concept consists of syndicated loans of330 million with a term of five to six years, which include credit lines and guarantees. These lines are granted to us by an underwriting syndicate. Our existing syndicated loan of495 million has now been fully repaid. The loans provide full coverage for the maximum amount of all antitrust fines, along with any related interest payments and currency hedging costs. Upon closing of the new loan agreement we deposited143.0 million into an escrow account to satisfy interest and principal obligations on our existing convertible bonds through to maturity. We offered the bondholders to purchase the convertible bonds in the amount of133,7 million. If 100% of the holders of our convertible bonds accept our offer, any cash left in the escrow account after such repurchase would be available for our general corporate purposes. A further portion of the proceeds from the new loan agreement (in the amount of125.3 million) is deposited into a separate escrow account to be used exclusively for the purpose of paying fines in connection with antitrust proceedings and related costs. We will classify the amounts in both escrow accounts as restricted cash on our balance sheet. Both escrow accounts will increase our consolidated balance sheet total unless the amounts are used to pay the obligations. The loans provide full coverage for the maximum amount of all antitrust fines, along with any related interest payments and currency hedging costs. Our refinancing package therefore covers all known financial risks, creates a balanced maturity structure for our liabilities extending up to 2012 and substantially improves our equity base. It enables us to concentrate on our operating activities in the long term. See Item 10, Additional Information-Material Contracts. On February 9, 2004 we used the new facilities to repay the existing bank debt. For our convertible bond due in 2005 we started in February 2004 a voluntarily tender offering with an acceptance period until April 5, 2004. The equivalent amount for the convertible bond including anticipated remaining interest is reserved in a cash escrow account. The following table summarizes our debt and significant obligations as of February 09, 2004 assuming already the full repurchasing of our convertible bonds:
Maturing in:Less than
   
   
   
   AfterCredit Facilities
   Total
   
   one year
   
   2005
   
   2006
   
   2007
   
   2007(millions of Euro)Term Facility A
   25.0
   
   5.0
   
   10.0
   
   2.5
   
   2.5
   
   5.0Term Facility C
   20.0
   
   2.3
   
   4.7
   
   4.7
   
   8.3
   
   0.0Revolving Credit Facility
   42.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   42.0Letter of Credit Facilities
   140.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   140.0Subtotal German Facility
   227.0
   
   7.3
   
   14.7
   
   7.2
   
   10.8
   
   187.0U.S: Senior Facility*
   91.2
   
   0.9
   
   0.9
   
   0.9
   
   0.9
   
   87.6BNP Paribas Poland**
   13.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   13.0Senior notes
   270.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   270.0Total
   601.2
   
   8.2
   
   15.6
   
   8.1
   
   11.7
   
   557.6*
    $ 116 million
      converted into Euro at prevailing exchange rate of 1.27.55
Back to Contents


**
    In addition
      our Polish subsidiaries entered into a credit facility agreement with BNP
      Paribas Bank Polska S.A. in the amount of Polish Zloty 60 million. This
      facility is governed by Polish Law. PLN 60 million converted into Euro at
      prevailing exchange rate of 4.61.On May 3, 1999 we pleaded guilty to charges of price fixing raised at the initiative of the DOJ. As a result, SGL is obligated to pay $ 135 million in fines and has guaranteed the payment of an additional $ 10 million in fines to be paid by the Chairman of the Executive Committee over the next six years. We have settled most of the claims arising from related civil lawsuits alleging damages from the activities upon which the DOJs antitrust action was based. We believe economically reasonable settlements will be reached in the remaining lawsuits. In April 2002 the Company reached an agreement with the DOJ resulting in a revision to the payment plan for the antitrust penalties assessed in 1999. This agreement extended the payment period for this liability until 2007, delaying payment from 2002  2003 under the original payment plan to 2004  2007 under the revised payment plan as shown in the maturity table in this section. The full outstanding amount including interest charges starting June 2004 and the related future cash outflow for our hedging are fully deposited in a cash escrow account after the refinancing completed February 9, 2004.
In mid-July 2001,
    the European Commission imposed a fine of80.2
    million for alleged anticompetitive practices in the graphite electrodes market.
    We believe that the amount of this fine is unjustified. In particular, we
    believe that the European Commission is assessing fines twice for certain
    alleged violations. We have filed an appeal against the Commissions
    decision. Payment of the fine has been suspended pending final judgment in
    the appeal. Appeals of this type may take two years or longer to be decided.
    Appellants must typically provide security for the amount of the contested
    fine when filing an appeal. We have used funds drawn under the letter of credit
    facility of our old syndicated credit facility to provide this security. Presently
    we are in the process to exchange this guarantee with the newly committed
    guarantee package as described under the new refinancing completed on February
    9, 2004.
As part of its investigation of the graphite industry for anti-competitive behavior between 1992 and 1998, which has been ongoing since 1997, the European Commission imposed a fine of27.8 million on SGL in December 2002 with regard to its Graphite Specialties activities. We do not believe this fine to be justified and filed an appeal against the decision with the European Court in March 2003. The maximum amount including interest to be paid is already included in the letter of credit facility of the new financing package.
In connection with the proceedings described above, the European Commission continued its investigations into other carbon and graphite products (for acts during the period through the late 1990s) and, in May 2003, the European Commission filed complaints against SGL and other specialty graphites manufacturers regarding allegations related to the Electrical and Mechanical Carbon and Graphite Products area of our business. In this proceeding, the Commission imposed a fine of23.64 million on December 3, 2003. We do not believe this fine to be justified and filed an appeal against the decision with the European Court in February 2004. As part of the new refinancing agreement the full amount including maximum accumulative interest until 2007 is captured in a cash escrow account.
56
Back to Contents

Consolidated cash flows
The following table shows our consolidated cash flows (adjusted for currency fluctuations) for the three years ending December 31, 2003:
2003
    
    2002
    
    2001(in
      millions)Cash
      flows from operating activities:Net profit (loss)
      before taxes
    (64.3
    )
    (27.2
    )
    (65.8
    )(Gain) /loss
      on sale of property, plant and equipment
    0.2
    
    (2.8
    )
    1.0(Gain) / loss
      on sale of equity investments
    (3.6
    )
    (1.0
    )
    Depreciation
      and amortization expense
    75.9
    
    81.4
    
    86.8Write-downs
      on non-current assets
    
    
    
    
    9.8Taxes paid
    (3.8
    )
    (22.3
    )
    (13.6
    )Changes in provisions,
      net
    23.4
    
    (2.8
    )
    16.3Change in working
      capital, net of changes in basis ofconsolidation:Inventories
    5.2
    
    82.7
    
    (26.8
    )Write-downs
      on inventories
    
    
    
    
    15.0Trade
      receivables
    (22.9
    )
    44.7
    
    33.8Trade
      payables
    (5.5
    )
    6.8
    
    6.2Other
      operating assets/liabilities
    13.1
    
    (10.4
    )
    30.0Cash provided
      by operating activities before payment of antitrustfines
    17.7
    
    149.1
    
    92.7Payments relating
      to antitrust proceedings
    (14.9
    )
    (10.1
    )
    (36.9
    )Cash provided
      by (used in) operating activities
    2.8
    
    139.0
    
    55.8Cash
      flows from investing activities:Acquisition
      of property, plant and equipment and intangibleassets,
      excluding goodwill
    (46.3
    )
    (53.6
    )
    (96.1
    )Proceeds from
      sale of property, plant and equipment andintangible
      assets
    2.2
    
    7.8
    
    3.8Cost of acquisitions
    (1.7
    )
    (0.7
    )
    (5.7
    )Proceeds from
      sale of non current financial assets
    5.7
    
    5.6
    
    5.5Cash used in
      investing activities
    (40.1
    )
    (40.9
    )
    (92.5
    )Cash
      flows from financing activities:Net change in
      financial liabilities
    60.6
    
    (87.6
    )
    36.5Dividends paid
    0.0
    
    (0.2
    )
    (0.1
    )Net proceeds
      from capital increase
    1.0
    
    0.8
    
    2.2Cash provided
      by financing activities
    61.6
    
    (87.0
    )
    38.6Cash received
      from first-time consolidation
    0.6
    
    
    
    Effect of foreign
      exchange rate changes
    (0.3
    )
    (1.7
    )
    0.4Net increase
      (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    24.6
    
    9.4
    
    2.3Cash
      and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    21.5
    
    12.1
    
    9.8Cash
      and cash equivalents at end of year
    46.1
    
    21.5
    
    12.157

Back to Contents

Operating cash flows
Our cash provided (used) by operating activities (adjusted for currency effects) totaled2.8 million in 2003, compared to139.0 million in 2002, a net decrease of136.2 million. Key issues for the reduced cash provided by operating activities were the termination of sale of accounts receivables and the reduced possibilities to cut down inventories. As of December 31, 2002 we had sold trade receivables amounting to41.2 million to a financial services company. If we would ignore the sale of receivables at the end of 2002 into account the cash provided by operating activities would have amounted to97.8 million in 2002 and to44.0 million in 2003. Trade receivables decreased by18.3 million  net of effect from the sale of accounts receivables  mainly due to lower sales. Inventories decreased substantially in 2002 by82.7 million net of currency impacts due to a company wide initiative to reduce working capital. Due to the low inventory level at the end of 2002 any further reduction of inventories in 2003 was limited to5.2 million.
The profit before taxes was negatively impacted by16.1 million paid and expensed in 2003 for refinancing costs on the syndicated loan received in January 2003. All costs related to this refinancing were capitalized and written off at year-end 2003. Non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortization of non-current assets decreased from81.4 million in 2002 to75.9 million in 2003. In 2003 and 2002 there was a negative impact on the cash flow from operating activities due to the payment of antitrust liabilities of14.9 million and10.1 million, respectively.
In 2003 and 2002 we reported restructuring expenses amounting to10.4 million and8.3 million in the consolidated income statement, respectively. The restructuring expenses in fiscal year 2003 relate to workforce reduction expenses of3.7 million incurred in Italy, Germany and Poland in the CG Business Area, expenses of2.7 million incurred in the GS Business Area in relation to the closure of a machine shop in France, expenses totaling2.0 million in the CP Business Area due to headcount reduction measures implemented in Germany and France, costs of1.8 million in SGL T for adjustments at HITCO, and miscellaneous expenses amounting to0.2 million. The cash outlays for restructuring in 2003 and 2002 were7.3 million and15.0 million respectively.
Research and development expenses declined by 17.7% to20.9 million in 2003, representing 2.0% (2002: 2.3%) of our consolidated net sales, as a result of a restructuring and efficiency enhancement program. As in previous periods, the main emphasis of our research and development activities had in high technology fields within the SGL T Business Area for the further development of applications for carbon fibers and composites, as well as for the optimization of fuel cell technology components. We also invested in research related to the aerospace industry as well as to high performance carbon-ceramic disc brakes used in sports cars. In the CG Business Area, emphasis was placed on the further development of large diameter graphite electrodes. Research and development expenditures in the GS Business Area were concentrated on developing ultra graphite powder for lithium batteries used in laptop computers, cell phones and other mobile communication devices.
Investing cash flowsCash used for investing activities amounted40.1 million in 2003, compared to40.9 million in 2002 and92.5 million in 2001. The high level in 2001 was mainly due to the construction of our carbon-ceramic brake disc production plant in Meitingen.
Following the completion
    of SGL Ts major capital expenditure programs, we continued to streamline
    capital expenditures in property, plant and equipment as planned. Capital
    expenditures for property, plant and equipment decreased by 21.0 % from41.5
    million in 2002 to32.8
    million in 2003. Compared to the depreciation of64.5
    million the capital expenditures were lower by31.7
    million. Major expenditures were related to replacement and maintenance of
    our plants in Germany, the United States, Poland and Italy. 65% of these
    capital expenditures were attributable to CG, 16% to GS, 7% to CP and 12%
    to SGL T.
Capital expenditures relating to intangible assets increased by1.4 million to13.5 million in 2003 primarily due to the implementation of our new Group-wide common IT platform based on SAP (SGL ONE) on which we spent around9.3 million in 2003. The new system went successfully live in our companies in Spain and North America on January 1, 2004. This new Group-wide IT system will be introduced at our other European companies in the course of 2004.
For financial assets we spent1.7 million in 2003 compared to0.7 million in 2002.
Already in 2002, we began to reduce capital expenditures as part of our strategic priority to increase cash flow and to reduce net debt. We intend to keep capital expenditures in 2004 to a level significantly below depreciation. We expect these expenditures to be limited primarily to replacement
58

Back to Contents


and maintenance. Certain covenants on our new financing agreements entered into on February 3, 2004 limit the capital expenditure for fixed assets excluding goodwill to53.0 million in 2004 and55.0 million in 2005.
Financing cash flows
Our liabilities increased by21.7 to731.9 million in 2003 compared to the decrease by133.6 to710.2 million in 2002. The increase in financial liabilities in 2003 resulted from cash needs for investing activities not sufficiently covered through positive cash flows from operating activities before antitrust payments.
Our corporate debt increased by46.0 million to494.5 million at December 31, 2003 from448.5 million at December 31, 2002 including non-cash effects from US$ exchange rate changes. Excluding the non-cash effect from US$ exchange rate changes the increase was60.6 million. Our corporate debt carried an average interest rate of 4.7% during 2003, compared to an average rate of 4.4% in 2002.
We also received approximately1.0 million in 2003 and0.8 million in 2002 in connection with the issuance of Shares to current and former employees and managers who elected to exercise stock options during those years or who were included into the German share bonus plan for tariff employees.
We believe that cash flows from operations, combined with the available borrowing capacity described above will be sufficient to meet our future capital requirements for the current fiscal year, including scheduled debt principal amortization payments, if we maintain compliance with the financial covenants and other requirements of our credit facilities. Our ability to meet these covenants in 2004 will depend upon a number of operational and economic factors. In the event that we are unable to meet these covenants, we would consider several options to meet our cash flow needs. These options could include further renegotiations with our credit lenders, additional cost reduction, or restructuring initiatives, sale of assets or capital stock, or other alternatives to enhance our financial and operating position.
Due to losses incurred in 1999 through 2003, SGL has not distributed dividends for those years. The payment of future dividends will be dependent on our earnings, the terms of our syndicated credit facility agreement, our financial condition and cash requirements, general business conditions in the markets in which we operate, legal, tax, and regulatory considerations and other factors. See Item 10, Additional Information  Material Contracts
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Our activities in new product development concentrate on high-tech innovations with substantial growth potential. Our primary focus is currently on ceramic brake discs for cars, new energy applications such as graphite powders for lithium batteries and carbon components for fuel cells, and composite structures for aerospace and defense applications. We are also increasing efforts to develop non-sealing applications for our expanded graphite materials. Primarily as a result of our recent growth efforts in those high-tech areas, our research and development expenses increased to31 million in 2001 and following the completion of the development of our ceramic brake disc and the start of operations at our new brake disc production facility in Meitingen decreased to25 million in 2002 and21 million in 2003. This decrease is mostly related to re-structuring efforts in our established business units. The efficiency of our research and development processes has been increased by using more centralized research and development resources and applying targeted innovation techniques.
We conduct research and development activities, both independently and in conjunction with suppliers, customers and others, to develop new products and to improve product quality and manufacturing processes. We carry out research and development activities primarily at our German sites in Bonn and Meitingen and at the U.S. sites located in Gardena and Valencia, California. Our research and development activities are decentralized and closely linked to the business units. At the same time, our research and development staff is actively sharing knowledge and experience across business units thus making effective use of the overall research and development resources within the Group.
Supported by a well educated technical staff in the manufacturing facilities, research activities are a fully integrated part of the SGL Groupæs organization. As a result, we are able to adapt our products quickly to the changing requirements of the markets in which we compete and also successfully enter into new product segments. We have recently developed large diameter graphiteelectrodes for use
  in ultra high power (UHP) furnaces, which contribute to a more efficient and
  more
59

Back to Contents


cost effective EAF
steel process. In early 2001, we became the first supplier in the world to introduce
a 32-inch (800mm) diameter electrode at a customers facility. In the past two years we have also established a leading position as supplier of ceramic brake disks for automotive applications based on novel material developments. In addition, the effort to cooperate closely and continuously with our key customers during the improvement process ensures a high level of product and service quality. We sponsor educational and informal programs for our customers and create problem solving teams to improve customers operations.
Further R&D projects in 2003:CG: In the year under review, we focused our efforts on a large project designed to improve the quality of our graphite electrodes. Building on our broad application expertise and our product knowledge, we now offer customers solutions with even better product and process features. The selective use of forming techniques is helping us to continuously optimise production processes. Particularly energy-intensive processes such as longitudinal graphitization can be optimized in terms of process length and product yield. Our investigations have also improved our understanding of the design of blast furnaces. We will continue to use forming techniques for process optimization.
We rounded off our range of furnace linings by introducing a microporous quality with low thermal conductivity and maximum resistance to pig iron. This enables our customers to save energy in their blast furnace operations. In cooperation with SINTEF, we also developed and patented a process for determining cathode consumption in the electrolysis process. This new process allows realistic estimates of the useful life of aluminium cells, thus improving product development efficiency.
GS: In the area of isostatically pressed materials, we successfully positioned a new brand for pressure sintering on the market. The standardization of block measurements was a crucial step in development, leading to cost savings and improved capacity utilization during carbonization. In the area of extruded materials, we successfully concluded the development of a new brand for nuclear engineering applications.
CP: We have developed a hard rubber lining with an elongation at tear ten times that of the current state of the art. As this minimizes susceptibility to cracking, hard rubber linings can now also be used in road tankers, opening up new areas of application.
A wide variety of floor coatings are available for use with concrete subsurfaces. At present, different products are employed for different application stages. We have now succeeded in combining primer, scratch filler and topcoat for the first time to produce a two-component system in a simple modular design. This makes both logistics and application much easier. SGL ACOTEC is the first provider of an epoxy module concept on the market.
SGL T: Broader market penetration of our carbon-ceramic brake discs depends on further reductions in material and process costs. The successful conclusion of enhancements to carbon fibers from our production facility in Scotland for use in carbon-ceramic brake discs was a crucial step in this process. This means that we now cover the entire value chain, from fibers through to the finished component.
The German governments new technical regulation on air pollution (TA-Luft) prescribe much lower leakage limits for sealing joints in the chemical and petrochemical industries. To meet these requirements, we have developed and successfully launched innovative seals and sealing systems based on expanded graphite. These new sealing systems reduce emissions, thus also making a major contribution to environmental protection.
Carbon fiber diffusion
    layers ensure equal distribution of hydrogen and oxygen in fuel cells. We
    substantially improved the homogeneity and thickness consistency of gas diffusion
    layers by optimizing all steps in production. Our customers are now able to
    build more efficient fuel cell stacks. This development will enable us to
    further cement our already excellent market position in the field of gas diffusion
    layers.

Trend Information
Economic revival becoming visible
We are expecting to see the start of a moderate recovery in 2004 that should have a positive effect on the global economy. The upturn in growth in the United States and the economic recovery in Japan should now be followed by gradual recovery in the Euro-zone. However, there are risks
  associated with these
  forecasts. We expect that investment demand in the chemicals, plant and process
60

Back to Contents


technology and semiconductors
industries will only start to pick up as the year progresses. In the steel industry,
in contrast, we are forecasting steady development throughout the year based
on 2003 trends. On the whole, we anticipate a further significant improvement
in the Groups result from operations year-on-year. We expect our cost-cutting measures, higher prices for graphite electrodes, demand-driven improvement at GS and a further substantial increase in sales revenue and result at SGL Technologies to have a positive effect.
CG: Stable demand
We do not expect any significant change in the healthy demand for steel in the United States, Europe and Asia in 2004, and we believe that sales volumes of graphite electrodes will remain more or less stable as a result. Our order books are confirming these projections and we are assuming that our production will run near full capacity utilization. We do not anticipate any major changes to the volumes of cathodes and carbon electrodes sold. The consolidation of the graphite electrodes industry, which began in 2003, has resulted in a tightening in supply. In light of these developments, we believe that we will be able to further increase graphite electrode prices. We have hedged our expected net position from deliveries invoiced in US dollars and raw material purchases denominated in US dollars for our European business using currency forwards at a rate of approximately $1.15/1for the year 2004 as a whole. Pressing ahead with our restructuring program will further improve our cost position. Consequently, we are forecasting a further improvement in our result.
GS: Initial signs of a recovery in demand
We are anticipating a moderate economic recovery in our customer industries (mechanical engineering, metal processing and semiconductor technology) in the course of 2004. Incoming orders and booked business are beginning to pick up in the U.S. In addition to stronger demand, key drivers will be the continued aim to increase the efficiency in our plants and additional savings to be implemented as part of our SGL Excellence initiative.
CP: Business reorganization
At the end of 2003, we started an extensive review of the strategic orientation of our CP Business Area. The systems approach that CP has followed since it was founded in 2000 must be reviewed and aligned with the radical shift in some customer behavior. As a preliminary step, we have adapted the business structure of CP to changed market conditions by segmenting the business into Surface Protection (SP) and Process Technology (PT). We will also further reduce headcount and streamline the administration in the SP segment and are currently reviewing further strategic options.
SGLT: Further reduction
in losses
For 2004 as a whole, we are forecasting a further increase in sales revenue especially from our carbon fibers and carbon-ceramic brake discs. Quality enhancements and improvements in production are expected to generate additional savings. Increase in sales combined with further cost reductions should enable us to reduce losses significantly.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
At the time we do not use off-balance sheet financing arrangements, related to the securization of receivables or access to assets through special purpose entities or variable interest entities. At the end of 2002 we have sold receivables to a third party finance company of41.2 million, without any recourse. This has reduced SGL Carbons net financial debt by about the same amount. These sales of receivables were eliminated completely by the end of 2003.
SGL Group companies provide standby letters of credit to support associated and related Group companies. Performance bonds and guarantees of advanced payments received guarantee the fulfillment of contractual commitments of partners in a consortium where SGL may be a partner. In the event of non-performance under the contract by the consortium partner(s), the Company will be required to pay up to an agreed upon maximum amount.
Furthermore, the Company has provided indemnifications in connection with divestment of business entities, which protect the buyer from tax, legal, and other risks related to the purchased business entity. Provisions have been provided for in the financial statements in the event that the Company is required to make a payment under these indemnifications. In addition, provisions have also been established for the non-contingent component of the outstanding guarantees. Most of the guarantees of the Company have fixed or scheduled expiration dates, and in the Management of the Companys experience, such guarantees are rarely drawn upon. For additional information with
61

Back to Contents


respect to the Companys outstanding guarantees, see Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Rental and lease obligation relating to land and buildings, IT equipment, motor vehicles and other items of property, plant and equipment amounted to9.1 million and12.3 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
SGL has provided a guarantee to the European Commission regarding the antitrust fine imposed on graphite electrodes of80.2 million. A provision was accrued on the balance sheet to provide for the estimated payment. The major part of the guarantee obligation of35.5 million at December 31, 2003 (December 31, 2002:45.0 million) represent the difference between the guarantee and the accrued provision.
At December 31, 2003 and 2002 there were also call-in obligations of USD 3.8 million and USD 3.6 million for shares in an unconsolidated subsidiary.
Tabular
  disclosure of contractual obligations
Maturing in:Less than
   
   
   
   AfterObligation
   Total
   
   one year
   
   2005
   
   2006
   
   2007
   
   2007(millions of Euro)Convertible Bond
   133.7
   
   0.0
   
   133.7
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0Other financial Debt
   360.8
   
   83.9
   
   259.0
   
   4.8
   
   8.4
   
   4.7Financial Debt
   494.5
   
   83.9
   
   392.7
   
   4.8
   
   8.4
   
   4.7Operating and Capital leases
   9.1
   
   2.4
   
   1.6
   
   0.9
   
   0.7
   
   3.5Purchase obligations
   3.2
   
   3.2
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0DOJ and Canadian settlementsand payments
   61.0
   
   14.2
   
   20.8
   
   19.9
   
   6.1
   
   0.0Other obligations
   70.2
   
   69.8
   
   0.2
   
   0.1
   
   0.1
   
   0.0Total
   638.0
   
   173.5
   
   415.3
   
   25.7
   
   15.3
   
   8.2For details and a description see ITEM 5 B Liquidity and capital resources and the Note 25 to the financial statements.
62
Back to Contents
ITEM 6.   DIRECTORS,
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Senior Management
In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), SGL has two separate boards of directors. These are the Vorstand, or Board of Management, which we refer to as our Executive Committee, and the Aufsichtsrat or Supervisory Board. The two boards are separate; no individual may be a member of both boards.
The Executive Committee is responsible for managing our business in accordance with applicable laws and with our articles of association (Satzung).
The principal function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the Executive Committee. It is also responsible for appointing and removing the members of the Executive Committee. Certain transactions, such as purchases and sales of real estate, commencement or discontinuance of business lines, the granting of guarantees, or the purchase or sale of equity interests, require the prior consent of the Supervisory Board if the transaction goes beyond our ordinary course of business. To ensure that these functions are carried out properly, the Executive Committee must, among other things, regularly report to the Supervisory Board with regard to current business operations and future business planning. The Supervisory Board is also entitled to request special reports at any time. The Supervisory Board oversees our management but is not permitted to make management decisions.
The members of the Executive Committee and the members of the Supervisory Board are solely responsible for and manage their own areas of competency (Kompetenztrennung). In carrying out their duties, the individual board members must exercise the standard of care of a diligent and prudent businessman. In complying with this standard of care, the boards must take into account a broad range of considerations, including the interests of SGL and its shareholders, of employees and of creditors.

As a general rule under German law, a shareholder has no direct recourse against the members of the Executive Committee or the Supervisory Board in the event that they are believed to have breached a duty toward SGL. Apart from insolvency or other special circumstances, only SGL has the right to claim damages from members of either board. We may only waive these damages or settle these claims if at least three years have passed and if the shareholders approve the waiver or settlement at the shareholders meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast, provided that opposing shareholders do not hold, in the aggregate, one tenth or more of our share capital and do not have their opposition formally noted in the minutes maintained by a German notary.
Executive Committee
Our Executive Committee currently consists of five members (the total number is determined by the Supervisory Board) who are appointed by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act.
Pursuant to our articles of association, any two members of the Executive Committee or one member of the Executive Committee together with the holder of a general power of attorney (Prokura) may bind SGL.

The Executive Committee must report regularly to the Supervisory Board, in particular, on proposed business policy and strategy, profitability and on the current business of the SGL Group as well as on any exceptional matters that may arise from time to time.

The members of the Executive Committee are appointed by the Supervisory Board for a maximum term of five years. They may be reappointed and have their term extended for one or more terms of five years. Under certain circumstances, such as a serious breach of duty or abona fidevote of no confidence by the shareholders meeting, a member of the Executive Committee may be removed by the Supervisory Board prior to the expiration of his or her term. A member of the Executive Committee may not attend to, or vote on, matters relating to proposals, arrangements or contracts between himself and the SGL Group.

According to our articles of association, board decisions are made by a simple majority of the votes, as long as a larger majority is not required by law. In the event of a tie, the vote of the chairman of the Executive Committee is decisive. In practice, our Executive Committee reaches its decisions by consensus.

63

Back to Contents
The following table shows the current members of our Executive Committee, including the year in which they were appointed and the end of their term:
YearName
   Appointed
   End of Term
   Title
   Other activitiesRobert J. Koehler
   
   1994
   
   December 2006
   
   Chairman of the Executive
   
    Member
      of the Supervisory Board ofCommittee
   
    Benteler
      AG(1), Paderborn; Wacker-Chemie
      GmbH, Munich; Pfleiderer AG,Neumarkt;
      New Russia Fund (INGBARINGS),
      Luxembourg; AXALebensversicherungs
      AG, Cologne;Heidelberger
      Druckmaschinen AG,HeidelbergTheodore H. Breyer
   
   1999
   
   June 2005
   
   Member of the Executive
   
   Member of the Supervisory Board (withinCommittee
   
   SGL Group) of HITCO CARBONCOMPOSITES Inc., Gardena, USA; SGLCARBON LLC, Charlotte, USADr. Hariolf Kottmann
   
   2001
   
   March 2007
   
   Member of the Executive
   
   Member of the Supervisory Board or otherCommittee
   
   Control Bodies (within SGL Group) ofSGL ACOTEC GmbH(1), Siershahn; SGLCARBON ASIA PACIFIC Sdn Bhd(1),Malaysia; SGL CARBON Japan Ltd.(1),Tokyo, Japan; SGL TOKAI CARBONLtd.(1), Shanghai, China; SGL CARBONFar East Ltd.(1), Shanghai, ChinaDr. Bruno Toniolo
   
   1996
   
   December 2004
   
   Member of the Executive
   
   Member of the Supervisory Board orCommittee
   
   Committee other control bodies (withinSGL Group) of Radion Finanziaria S.p.A.,Milan, Italy; SGL CARBON Finance,Dublin, Ireland; SGL CARBON S.A., LaCoruna, Spain; SGL CARBON S.p.A.,Milan, Italy; SGL CARBON GmbH(1),Meitingen; SGL CARBON Polska S.A.(1),Ratibor, Poland; SGL ACOTEC GmbH,SiershahnDr. Klaus Warning
   
   1997
   
   June 2006
   
   Member of the Executive
   
   Member of the Advisory Board of theCommittee
   
   Committee University of Ilmenau; Memberof the Executive Committee of theEuropean Carbon and GraphiteAssociation (ECGA), Brussels, Belgium;Member of the Advisory Board ofCommerzbank in the State Hessen,Frankfurt am Main(1)
    Chairman of
        the Supervisory
Board.The members
    of the Executive Committee may be contacted at SGLs business address.Robert J. Koehler has served as Chairman of the Executive Committee since SGLs transformation into a stock corporation in 1994. From 1992 until that time, he served as Chairman of the Board of Managing Directors of SGL CARBON GmbH. Prior to joining the SGL Group, he held various positions with the Hoechst Group. From 1989 to 1991, Mr. Koehler was Head of Corporate Planning of Hoechst AG, and from 1987 until 1989, he served as President of Hoechst Colombiana S.A. From 1985 to 1987, he was responsible for the Industrial Division of Hoechst U.K. Limited and was a member of the Management Committee. Prior to serving as Director of the Chemical Division of Hoechst U.K. Limited from 1975 to 1985, he was Product Manager of Organic Chemicals at Hoechst AG from 1971 to 1975. In addition to his activities at SGL, he also serves as a member of the supervisory boards of Benteler AG, Paderborn (Chairman); Wacker-Chemie GmbH, Munich; Pfleiderer AG, Neumarkt; Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG, Heidelberg; and New Russia Fund (ING BARINGS), Luxembourg.
Theodore H. Breyer was appointed to the Executive Committee in 1999. In addition to this appointment, he took over the responsibility for the global Carbon and Graphite business area effective January 1, 2002. In 1970, Mr. Breyer joined the Caltex Petroleum Corporation. Between 1974 and 1995, Mr. Breyer held various positions at Hoechst Celanese, most recently as Vice President and General Manager for Bulk Pharmaceuticals Products of the Specialty Chemicals Group. In 1995, Mr. Breyer joined the SGL Group. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Breyer served as Chairman of our
64

Back to Contents
Carbon and Graphite North America business unit. In addition to his activities at SGL, he also serves, within the SGL Group, as a member of the supervisory boards of HITCO CARBON Composites Inc., Gardena, USA and SGL CARBON LLC, Charlotte, USA.
Hariolf Kottmann was appointed as a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. In addition to this appointment, he took over the responsibility for our global Graphite Specialties business area effective January 1, 2002. Prior to joining the SGL Group, Mr. Kottmann acted as Executive Vice President of Celanese Ltd. (Dallas, Texas). Mr. Kottmann has also held several management positions as divisional head of research and development, divisional head of production and head of divisions with Hoechst AG or affiliated companies. In addition to his activities at SGL, he also serves, within the SGL Group, as chairman of the supervisory boards of SGL ACOTEC GmbH, Siershahn, SGL CARBON ASIA PACIFIC Sdn. Bhd., Malaysia, SGL CARBON Japan Ltd., Tokyo, Japan, SGL TOKAI CARBON Ltd., Shanghai, China, and SGL CARBON Far East Ltd., Shanghai, China.

Bruno Toniolo was appointed as a member of the Executive Committee in 1996 and is responsible for finance and accounting. Between 1992 and 1995, he served as Chairman of our Carbon and Graphite Europe business unit and was Managing Director of SGL CARBON S.p.A., Italy. Prior to joining the SGL Group in 1983, he held positions as Controller and Treasurer at Singer S.p.A. and Kodak S.p.A. in Italy. In addition to his activities at SGL, he also serves, within the SGL Group, as a member of the supervisory boards of Radion Finanziaria S.p.A., Milan, Italy, SGL CARBON Finance, Dublin, Ireland, SGL CARBON S.A., La Coruna, Spain, SGL CARBON S.p.A., Milan, Italy, SGL ACOTEC GmbH, Siershahn as well as Chairman of the Supervisory Board of SGL CARBON GmbH, Meitingen and SGL CARBON Polska S.A., Ratibor, Poland.

Klaus Warning was appointed as a member of the Executive Committee in 1997 and in responsible for our SGL Technologies business area. Prior to joining the SGL Group, he acted as a member of the board of management and Senior Vice President of Hoechst Celanese Corp. in the United States. Mr. Warning has also held several management positions, including in research and development, with Hoechst AG. In addition to his activities at SGL, he also serves, within the SGL Group, as a member of the advisory board of the University of Illmenau, as member of the executive committee of the European Carbon and Graphite Association (ECGA), Brussels, Belgium and as a member of the advisory board of Commerzbank in the State of Hessen, Frankfurt am Main.
Other Senior Management
The table below
    sets forth the SGL Groups senior executive officers, the year they were
    appointed and their positions within the SGL Group:

Name
   
   Year Appointed
   
   Management PositionDr. Hans-Joachim
    Bühler
   
   2004
   
   Managing Director  SGL Acotec CorrosionProtection business unitReinhard Damerow
   
   1992
   
   Group Coordination  TreasurySten Daugaard
   
   2004
   
   Executive Vice President  FinanceWilhelm Hauf
   
   2001
   
   Group Coordination  AccountingDr. Joachim Heins-Bunde
   
   1992
   
   Group Coordination Corporate PlanningDr. Konstantin Krämer
   
   2004
   
   Managing Director  SGL Acotec CorrosionProtection business unitGernot Hochegger
   
   1997
   
   Graphite Specialties Europe business unit2002
   
   Managing Director  SGL TechnologiesDr. Thomas Kosack
   
   2000
   
   Corrosion Protection business unit (until 01/ 04)Helmut Mühlbradt
   
   1989
   
   Group Coordination  Human
       Resources and LegalDr. Jan Verdenhalven
   
   2001
   
   Managing Director  SGL TechnologiesThomas Werner
   
   2000
   
   Group Coordination  Information ServicesMr. Bühler joined SGL as Managing Director of SGL Acotec and Head of Business Line Surface Protection of the Corrosion Protection business unit in January 2004. Prior to joining the SGL Group he held various managing positions in the construction as well as in the chemicals industry.

Mr. Damerow joined SGL as Head of Finance and Accounting in 1992. In 2001 he took over the newly formed position as Head of Group Treasury. Prior to joining the SGL Group, he held the position of Head of the Securities Department of Hoechst AG.

65

Back to Contents

Mr. Daugaard joined SGL as Executive Vice President Finance at January 1, 2004. Prior to joining the SGL Group he has worked in different treasury and general manager positions in the engineering and manufacturing industry, as well as in the automotive and airline industry in Europe and the United States.

Mr. Hauf was appointed Head of Group Accounting in 2001. From 1994 until 2001, he was Controller of the Carbon and Graphite Europe business unit. He joined SGL Group in 1992 as a member of the Corporate Planning and Coordination Department. Prior to joining the SGL Group, Mr. Hauf was in the Central Auditing Department of Hoechst AG.

Mr. Heins-Bunde has served as Head of Corporate Planning and Coordination since 1992. He joined SGL Group in 1982, holding various positions in sales, business unit management and central coordination.

Mr. Hochegger was appointed Chairman of the Graphite Specialties Europe business unit in 1997. From 1995 until 1997, he was Chairman of the Specialty Graphite business area, and prior to that position, he served as Chairman of the Specialty Graphite North America business unit. Mr. Hochegger joined the SGL Group in 1965 and has served in various research, marketing and general management positions. Effective January 1, 2002, Mr. Hochegger was appointed Managing Director of SGL Technologies.

Mr. Krämer
    was appointed Managing Director of SGL Acotec at the beginning of January
    2004. He joint the SGL Group in 2001 as Head of Corporate Development. Prior
    to joining the SGL Group, Mr. Krämer held positions as project manager
    and practice group leader in a consulting company.

Mr. Kosack was appointed Chairman of the Corrosion Protection business unit at the beginning of 2000 and held this position until January 2004. He joined the SGL Group in 1997 as Strategic Controller of the former Process Equipment and Linings business unit. Prior to joining the SGL Group, Mr. Kosack was responsible for the European polyethylene business of Hoechst AG.

Mr. Mühlbradt
    joined SGL as Head of Human Resources and of the Legal Department in 1989.
    Prior to joining the SGL Group, he held similar positions with other companies
    of the Hoechst Group.

Mr. Verdenhalven was appointed Managing Director of SGL Technologies in May 2001. He joined the SGL Group in March 2000 as Head of Corporate Controlling and Development. Prior to joining the SGL Group, he held several management positions with Hoechst AG and a consulting company.

Mr. Werner joined the SGL Group as Chief Information Officer in 2000. Prior to joining the SGL Group, he held similar positions including operations research with other international companies.
Supervisory Board
Our Supervisory Board currently consists of twelve members, six of whom were elected by the shareholders in the general meeting in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Corporation Act and six of whom were elected by the employees in accordance with the Co-Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz).

A member of the Supervisory Board elected by the shareholders may be removed by a simple majority vote at a general meeting of the shareholders. A member of the Supervisory Board elected by the employees may be removed by a majority of at least three-quarters of the votes cast by the relevant class of employees. The Supervisory Board appoints a chairman and a deputy chairman from among its members. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board must be elected by a majority of two-thirds of the members of the Supervisory Board. If this majority is not reached in the first vote, the chairman will be elected in a second vote solely by the representatives of the shareholders. At least half the members of the Supervisory Board must be present to constitute a quorum. Unless otherwise provided for by law or the articles of association, resolutions are passed by a simple majority of the Supervisory Board. In the event of a tied vote, another vote is held. In the event of a second tied vote, the chairman has a tie-breaking vote.

The members of the Supervisory Board are each elected for a term of approximately five years (the term expires at the end of the general meeting of shareholders in which the shareholders discharge the Supervisory Board for the fourth fiscal year after the beginning of the members term.

66
Back to Contents
The year in which the members term begins is not counted in this calculation). The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is fixed by our articles of association.
The following table shows the current members of our Supervisory Board, the years in which they were first elected to the Supervisory Board of SGL or its predecessor companies, and their principal occupations:
Year first
   
   End ofName
   appointed
   term(1)
   Other activitiesProf. Dr. rer. nat. Utz-Hellmuth
   
   1992
   
   2008
   
   Chairman of the Executive Committee of Degussa AG;Felcht (Chairman)
   
   
   
   
   
   Member of the Management Board of RAG AG; Memberof the Supervisory Board of Gerling-Group GlobaleRückversicherungs-AG(2); Goldschmidt AG(2); SKWMetallurgie AG(2); Degussa Corporation USA(2); Degussa(China) Co. Ltd.(2)Heinz Schroth(3)
   
   1988
   
   2008
   
   Industrial sales manager, SGL ACOTEC GmbHPeter Fischer(3)
   
   1993
   
   2008
   
   Attorney, SGL CARBON AktiengesellschaftDr.-Ing. Claus Hendricks
   
   1996
   
   2008
   
   Former Member of the Management Board of ThyssenKrupp Stahl AG; Member of the Supervisory Board ofPro Lean Consulting AG; SKW Metall Chemie GmbH;Thyssen Schienen Technik GmbH; EdelstahlwerkeWitten- Krefeld GmbH; Krupp Edelstahlprofile GmbHHansgeorg B. Hofmann
   
   1996
   
   2008
   
   Banker, self-employed entrepreneur; Member of theSupervisory
      Board of adv.orga Beteiligungen AG; Equinet AG(2)Juergen Kerner(3)
   
   2002
   (4)
   2008
   
   Authorized representative of IG Metall, administrativecenter Augsburg; Member of the Supervisory Board ofFujitsu-Siemens
      Computers GmbH; IWKA AktiengesellschaftDr.-Ing. Hubert H. Lienhard
   
   1996
   
   2008
   
   Member of the Management Board of Voith AG; Memberof the Supervisory Board of Kaefer Isoliertechnik GmbH& Co. KG; Voith Turbo Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG;Voith Paper Holding GmbH & Co. KG; Voith FabricsInc., USA; Sulzer AG, SwitzerlandJacques Loppion
   
   1993
   
   2008
   
   President du Conseil dAdministration Groupe SNPES.A., France; Member of the Supervisory Board of KMEAG; Algeco S.A., France; Groupe Gascogne, France,S.A.I. Golf, FranceJosef Scherer(3)
   
   2003
   
   2008
   
   Chemical laboratory worker, SGL CARBON GmbHEdelbert Schilling(3)
   
   2003
   
   2008
   
   Technician, SGL ACOTEC GmbHAndrew H. Simon(6)
   
   1998
   
   2008
   
   Advisor and Member of the Supervisory Board of severalcompanies; Member of the Supervisory Board of KaffeePartner Holding GmbH; Associated British Ports plc.,United Kingdom; Brake Bros, Ltd., United Kingdom;Dalkia UK plc, United Kingdom; Ascent InvestmentsLtd.(2),
      United Kingdom; Finning International Inc., CanadaHans-Werner Zorn(3)
   
   2003
   (5)
   2008
   
    Mechanical engineering
      technician, SGL CARBON GmbH(1)
    Terms end upon
        the adjournment of the annual shareholders meeting held in the
    year indicated.(2)
    Chairman(3)
    Employee representatives.(4)
    Appointed on
    September 13, 2002.(5)
    Appointed on
    February 27, 2003.(6)
    Financial Expert
    of Audit CommitteeThe members of the Supervisory Board may be contacted at the Companys business address.
Committees

For the purpose of handling complex issues, the Supervisory Board establishes various committees in line with and on the basis of our articles of association. The Supervisory Board has established a Codetermination Committee, a Personnel Committee, an Ad-hoc Committee, an Audit Committee, a Strategy Committee, a Refinancing Committee and a Technology Committee. The

67
Back to Contents
Supervisory Board may, at its own discretion, establish, permanently or temporarily, other committees. In its resolutions regarding the establishment of other committees, the Supervisory Board is required to expressly outline the tasks of the new committee and its composition and to state whether the new committee shall be entitled to pass resolutions.
The Supervisory Board has established an Audit Committee that has primarily an advisory function. The Audit Committee deliberates on the annual financial statements and proposes the financial statements to the entire Supervisory Board. In addition, the Supervisory Board, upon proposal of its chairman, may resolve that the Audit Committee in its stead give the necessary approval (pursuant to article 3 para. 6 and 7 of the articles of association) for an increase of authorized capital. After discussion with senior management the Audit Committee also prepares the selection of the auditors, who is approved by decision of the annual meeting of the shareholders. In addition to these other tasks, the Audit Committee also determines additional points of emphasis in connection with the audit of financial statements that can expand the scope and object of the audit prescribed by law. The committee also makes certain arrangements with the auditors, makes proposals pertaining to the auditing mandate and to the fee for the preparation of the consolidated and statutory financial statements, deals with questions of risk management, and prepares the discussion of the Executive Committees report on allocation of charitable donations that exceed10,000. The members of the Audit Committee are Andrew Simon (chairman), Utz-Hellmuth Felcht, Jürgen Kerner and Heinz Schroth. Mr. Andrew Simon is the financial expert of the Audit Committee.

All compensation paid by SGL to members of the Executive Committee must be approved by the Personnel Committee. The Personnel Committee comprises three members who meet four times per year or as and when required. The chairman and the vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board are permanent members of the committee. The third member is a member of the Supervisory Board who represents the shareholders and who is elected into the committee by the other members of the Supervisory Board. The members of the Personnel Committee are Utz-Hellmuth Felcht, Hansgeorg Hofmann and Heinz Schroth.
Compensation
We have entered into service agreements with all current members of the Executive Committee. These agreements generally provide for a base salary, an annual bonus plan, a pension plan and fringe benefits. For a discussion of the stock option and similar plans in which the management of the SGL Group participates, see  Management and employee incentive plans. We believe that the service agreements between SGL and the members of the Executive Committee provide for payments and benefits upon termination of employment that are in line with customary market practices. The remuneration of the Executive Committee and the number of shares held are as follows:

Base
      salary
    
    Bonus
    
    SGL
      shares
    
    Stock
      Options2000
      to 2003T 
    T 
    no.
    no.R. J. Koehler
    424
    
    280
    
    10,608
    
    100,000T. H. Breyer
    294
    
    200
    
    13,330
    
    60,000Dr. H. Kottmann
    284
    
    170
    
    5,734
    
    45,000Dr. B. Toniolo
    294
    
    200
    
    3,558
    
    60,000Dr. K. Warning
    294
    
    200
    
    11,340
    
    60,000Total
    1,590
    
    1,050
    
    44,570
    
    325,000The remuneration paid to the members of the Executive Committee in fiscal year 2003, including the variable compensation from the previous year and payments in kind, amounted to2.7 million. In addition, we paid0.1 million to retired members of the Executive Committee or their surviving dependents. Pension provisions for these persons were1.1 million as of December 31, 2003. The active members of the Executive Committee hold shares in SGL CARBON AG as part of their private assets. At December 31, 2003, these totaled 38,690 shares and 17,640 ADRs, corresponding to a total of 44,570 shares.
The aggregate amount of compensation paid by SGL to its senior executive officers who held office in 2003 (excluding members of the Executive Committee; including a 22% variable component) totals1.5 million.

68
Back to Contents
The total remuneration paid to the members of our Supervisory Board amounted to0.3 million. In 2003, the following amounts were payable:
in T
   Base
   
   Additionalremuneration
   remuneration
    TotalProf. Dr. rer. nat. Utz-Hellmuth FelchtChairman
   40
   
   9
   
   49Franz SchafferDeputy Chairman (until April 30, 2003)
   30
   
   4
   
   34Heinz SchrothDeputy Chairman (since April 30, 2003)
   20
   
   5
   
   25Hans-Georg Bartel (died Nov. 20, 2002)
   14
   
   0
   
   14Peter Fischer
   20
   
   1
   
   21Dr.-Ing. Claus Hendricks
   20
   
   5
   
   25Hansgeorg B. Hofmann
   20
   
   11
   
   31Jürgen Kerner
   6
   
   1
   
   7Dr.-Ing. Hubert Lienhard
   20
   
   5
   
   25Jacques Loppion
   20
   
   3
   
   23Lutz Mühring (until April 30, 2003)
   20
   
   2
   
   22Josef Scherer (since April 30, 2003)
   0
   
   2
   
   2Bert Schilling (since April 30, 2003)
   0
   
   2
   
   2Karl-Heinz Schneider
   9
   
   0
   
   9Andrew H. Simon
   20
   
   3
   
   23Hans-Werner Zorn (since Feb. 27, 2003)
   0
   
   5
   
   5Total
   259
   
   58
   
   317Additional remuneration consists of meeting attendance and committee membership allowance. The base remuneration of Supervisory Board members appointed for the first time in 2003 will be paid in 2004. Mr. Hansgeorg Hofman received an additional payment of33,000 in fiscal year under a temporary consultancy agreement concluded with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
In addition, as of December 31, 2003, the members of our Supervisory Board held an aggregate number of 4,222 shares of SGL CARBON AG and 6,400 options to purchase shares of SGL CARBON AG (this concerns only the employee representative members of the Supervisory Board, who participate in the management and employee share incentive plans of SGL).

Approximately 500 key managers are eligible for participation in our annual bonus program. This program provides for annual bonus payments subject to the following factors: (i) the SGL Groups income before taxes, (ii) the operating results of the respective business unit and (iii) the personal performance of the participating manager. Depending on the seniority and the position held by the participating manager, these bonus payments can equal between 25% and 70% of base salary.

Since 1998, a similar bonus plan was introduced for all non-exempt employees in Germany, replacing the previous profit-sharing plan. The bonus payment under this plan can amount up to 20% of an employees yearly base salary and is distributed in form of shares (30% of which are subject to a lock-up of one year). A similar bonus plan for exempt employees generally provides that 50% of the bonus payment be distributed in the form of shares.
Management Incentive Plans
At present, we maintain a total of five different management and employee incentive plans. The Long-Term Incentive Plan, which was introduced in 1996, originally consisted of the Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the SAR Plan) and the Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (the LTCI Plan). While the exercise period of the SAR Plan will not end before 2006, the LTCI Plan with a maturity of three years already ended in 1999. The current LTCI Plan is valid for the period 2002-2004 (the LTCI Plan 2002-2004). Since 1996, a Share Ownership Plan has been set up each year for all non-exempt employees of SGL Group. This was suspended in the year under review due to the capital increase implemented at the beginning of 2004. Furthermore, our annual general meeting on April 27, 2000 resolved on the introduction of a Share Plan (also called Matching Shares Plan) and a Stock Option Plan. The Share Plan was introduced in March 2001. The Stock Option Plan,
69
Back to Contents
implemented in July 2000, replaced the SAR Plan as its successor, whose vesting period ended in 2001, and has a maturity of five years.
SAR-Plan

Under the SAR Plan, the members of the Executive Committee and certain managers of the SGL Group have been granted stock appreciation rights (SARs). Each SAR represents (i) with respect to a participant who is a member of the Executive Committee, the right to receive an amount equal to the difference between the average share price as officially quoted on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on March 16 of the year in which the option is exercised and the respective exercise price, which, ranges from28.29 to97.52 (after dilution-related adjustments due to the capital increase implemented at the beginning of 2004) and (ii) with respect to a participant who is an employee of the SGL Group, the right to purchase one share at the respective exercise price.

One SAR is equivalent to one share. The total number of shares associated with the SAR Plan is 840,500, which represents approximately 3.79% of all shares outstanding. SARs representing a total of 781,200 shares have been allocated to the members of the Executive Committee and 60 senior managers as of January 1, 2004. Of these SARs, 637,350 had been exercised as of December 31, 2003.

Under the SAR Plan, an option representing a specific number of SARs, as determined by the Executive Committee, or by the Supervisory Board if the participant was a member of the Executive Committee, was allocated to each participant at the beginning of the SAR performance cycle (January 1, 1996  December 31, 2000) (an SAR Option). The SARs allocated via this SAR Option vested within the vesting period (January 1, 1997  January 1, 2001) in 5 equal annual installments of 20% each year on January 1 for the preceding financial year. Each vested SAR can be exercised during the period from March 1 to March 15 of each year, but no later than March 15, 2006, or upon termination of service (as described below).

From the net proceeds derived from the exercise of an SAR Option by a member of the Executive Committee, an amount that equals 15% of the gross profit must be applied by the participant for the purchase of the shares in the stock market. For this purpose, we will instruct a financial institution to acquire the shares for the account and in the name of the member of the Executive Committee. SGL or the relevant consolidated subsidiary will provide the financial means to effect the purchase directly to the financial institution from the participants funds derived from the exercise of the SAR. The financial institution will retain these shares on behalf of the member of the Executive Committee for the next twelve months. The remaining net proceeds will be paid to the member of the Executive Committee.

All of the shares purchased by a participant who is an employee of the SGL Group upon exercise of an SAR must immediately be resold by this employee. Exempted from this is a number of shares equivalent to the number of shares that can be purchased with 15% of the gross proceeds from the sale of all the shares. Such retained shares may not be sold and are restricted for a period of twelve months.

If the employment of a participant in the SAR Plan with the SGL Group terminates due to disability, death or termination without cause within one year of a change in control, any vested or non-vested SAR will be deemed exercised as of the date of separation from company. In the case of termination for cause, the participants right to exercise any SAR lapses. The Supervisory Board, at its own discretion and in accordance with the applicable law, may decide that the participant can exercise the vested SARs insofar as they part could have been exercised on the date of termination and were not exercised previously. In the case of retirement, termination without cause, or voluntary termination of employment, the participants right to exercise any non-vested SAR terminates and the SAR lapses. Vested SARs are deemed exercised on the date of separation from the company to the extent that they were exercisable at the date of termination of employment and were not exercised previously. If the employment of a participant who is a member of the Executive Committee terminates voluntarily without dispute within one year of a change in control, all SARs will be deemed exercised on the date of separation from company.
LTCI Plan 2002-2004
Under the LTCI Plan 2002-2004, the members of the Executive Committee and 36 senior managers are granted cash awards by SGL subject to the achievement of certain performance targets over a three-year period. The current plan period is 2002 through 2004. The maximum aggregate award is7.8 million.

70
Back to Contents
The performance target that the SGL Group must reach in order for participating senior managers and Executive Committee members to be entitled to the maximum award under the LTCI Plan was set at a 2.3 to 1 ratio of net debt to EBITDA. The minimum requirement for the payment of any bonus is a ration of 3.6 to 1. The committee that is responsible for the administration of the LTCI Plan 2002-2004 may change these performance targets at the beginning of any year.

Participants in the LTCI Plan 2002-2004 must use a certain amount of the net proceeds of the plan that equals 15% of the gross proceeds to buy shares of SGL. For this purpose, SGL will instruct a financial institution to acquire the shares for the account and in the name of the relevant participant. The Company will provide the financial means to effect the purchase of the shares directly to the financial institution from the participants non-disbursed bonus payments. These shares will subsequently be deposited with the financial institution on behalf of the participant. The remaining proceeds will become due for payment on April 30, 2005.

If the employment of a participant in the LTCI Plan 2002-2004 with the SGL Group terminates due to retirement, disability, death or termination without cause, the participant will have the right to obtain a prorated award proportional to such participants tenure in the LTCI Plan 2002-2004 until the date of termination of service. If the employment of a participant with the SGL Group terminates with reference to a change of control and without cause, the participant will keep his right to obtain the full award as if he had remained with the company until the end of the performance cycle of the LTCI Plan. If a participant terminates employment with the SGL Group due to a voluntary termination for good cause, the participant will have the right to receive a prorated amount proportional to the participants tenure in the LTCI Plan 2002-2004 until the date of termination of service. In all of these cases, the participant is not required to obtain shares of SGL, but will be paid the full net proceeds. In the case of termination for cause or voluntary termination that is not caused by a change of control, the participants right to obtain any LTCI award terminates and such award lapses.

In relation to the means of calculation, the Supervisory Board meeting on December 5, 2003 specified that any capital increase implemented is to be neutralized in the calculation of the performance target. The meeting of the Executive Committee on December 22, 2003 also approved the same measure for senior management. The provisions recognized for the Executive Committee and senior managers in 2002 were reversed during the year under review.
Share Plan
In March 2001, we implemented a share plan (the Share Plan) for the members of our Executive Committee and the top three levels of management below the Executive Committee. Under the plan, participants may invest up to 50% of their annual bonus in shares of SGL. If they hold these shares for at least two years, they will receive the same number of shares (the matching shares) in return for payment of a special bonus in a commensurate amount.

Our Share Plan was adopted by our shareholders at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on April 27, 2000. The maximum number of shares that may be reserved for the issuance of shares under the plan shall not exceed 250,000 new shares provided by authorized capital. The Share Plan was implemented effective March 31, 2001. At the end of March 2003, for the first time 20,508 new shares were issued from the capital increase from authorized capital to the senior managers and officers participating in the Share Plan during the 2001; 6,490 already outstanding shares, acquired in the stock market, were granted to members of the Executive Committee.

The Supervisory Board administers the plan for the members of the Executive Committee. Under the Share Plan, the Supervisory Board is authorized to grant shares in SGL to members of our Executive Committee. The Executive Committee administers the Share Plan for our senior managers and for the senior managers and officers of consolidated companies. Furthermore, under the Share Plan, the Executive Committee is authorized to select, in it own discretion, those senior managers of the Company as well as those members of the management and senior managers of consolidated companies who shall participate in the Share Plan. Level 1, 2 and 3 senior managers of SGL and its consolidated companies selected by the Executive Committee and members of the Executive Committee selected by the Supervisory Board may participate in the plan on a voluntary basis.

In order to participate in the plan, the selected employees and members of the Executive Committee must acquire shares in the stock market in an amount not exceeding 50% of their bonuses under our annual bonus plan at the relevant current price of the shares in the XETRA securities trading system on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange prior to the start of the plan. The shares acquired in the stock market are held for the participants in a blocked custody account for a two-year lock-up

71
Back to Contents
period. The participants may not dispose of the shares during the lock-up period in order to retain their entitlements to be granted matching shares at the end of the plan (as described below).
After the lock-up period, SGL will grant each participant a number of new matching shares from authorized capital (or, for the members of the Executive Committee, from a repurchase of shares) in an amount equal to the number of shares held for the benefit of each participant in the blocked custody account. The contribution in kind by the participants is a claim for the bonus payment payable at the end of the lockup period. After the end of the lock-up period, the participants receive the released shares and the matching shares.

In the event of a change of control, a merger or a change in corporate form, the shares that are blocked in the custody account are immediately released and the payment of the special bonus becomes immediately payable. In the event of a sale of an SGL Group company, the special bonus becomes immediately payable for those participants who will no longer be part of the SGL Group after the sale.

In case of a termination of the employment relationship between the Company and a participant, the blocked shares in the custody account will be immediately released. In case of termination due to retirement, disability, death or termination without cause, the affected participant will receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the special bonus that is proportional to the participants right to receive matching shares at the time of termination. In all other cases of termination, the participant will not receive any cash payment of the special bonus.

The 76 members of Executive Committees and senior managers who participated in the Share Plan as of March/April 2003 have purchased a total number of 58,811 shares in the stock market in connection with the Share Plan.
Stock Option Plan

SGLs shareholders adopted the Stock Option Plan at their annual general meeting held on April 27, 2000. The maximum number of shares that may be reserved for issuance under the plan may not exceed 1,600,000 shares from conditional capital. The options may be granted until the end of the year 2004. The Stock Option Plan was implemented effective July 2000.

The Supervisory Board will administer the plan for the members of our Executive Committee. Under the Stock Option Plan, the Supervisory Board is authorized to grant options on shares to members of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee will administer the Stock Option Plan for approximately 150 senior managers and officers of SGL and its consolidated companies. For this purpose, under the Stock Option Plan, the Executive Committee is authorized to grant options to those senior managers as it determines, and to members of the management and senior managers of its consolidated companies. In each case, the Supervisory Board or the Executive Committee, will offer and transfer new shares upon exercise of the options out of the conditional capital created for that purpose.
The stock options will be allocated as follows:

    executive Committee
      up to 30%;
    senior managers
      of the Company up to 20%;
    members of
      management of consolidated companies up to 20%; and
    remaining senior
      managers of consolidated companies up to 30%.If any of the groups mentioned above is not granted its maximum number of options, the remaining options may be cumulatively distributed to the participants in the next or previous group, in addition to the maximum number of options that are distributed to that group, to the extent that the total volume of subscription rights are exhausted. The Executive Committee or, to the extent that members of the Executive Committee are affected, the Supervisory Board, will decide on the allocation of any remaining options.

However, no more than 30% of the available options may be distributed to members of the Executive Committee.

The options have a term of ten years starting on the date of grant and will expire, without compensation, if they are not exercised before this period elapses.

The options may not be exercised until a two-year qualifying period has elapsed, which period begins on the day following the date of grant, resulting in an exercise period of eight years. During the exercise period, exercise of the options is possible only on trading days during defined trading

72
Back to Contents
windows. For each tranche of options, there will be two trading windows of ten days in which options may be exercised following our public reporting dates. These trading windows will be determined by the Supervisory Board if members of the Executive Committee are granted options, and by the Executive Committee for options granted to the remaining participants.
Options may be exercised only if the SGL Group has met its performance target at the time the options are exercised. The performance target is the increase in the total shareholder return of the shares. The Stock Option Plan defines total shareholder return as the share price plus reinvested dividends plus the value of the options. Total shareholder return must increase by at least 15% against the exercise price for options to be exercisable.

The strike price to be paid by participants under the Stock Option Plan will be calculated based upon the average closing price of the shares on the XETRA securities trading system of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange for the last 20 trading days before the relevant options are granted, without taking into account incidental purchase costs. The minimum amount to be paid will be the proportional interest in SGLs share capital per share.

The options are subject to certain terms and conditions of sale, namely, participants must retain a minimum number of shares of SGL equal to 15% of the gross proceeds (equals the difference between the strike price and the exercise price of all options exercised by the participants) for an additional twelve months. The conditions of the Stock Option Plan provide for protection against dilution.

Granted options will lapse if the participants employment is terminated before the end of the two-year lock-up period. If the employment is terminated after the end of the two-year lock-up period, granted options will not lapse, but they must be exercised as soon as possible. In the event of termination due to a change of control before the end of the lock-up period, the participant will receive a cash payment for the granted options; in the event of such termination after the end of the lock-up period, the options will not lapse and may be exercised immediately.

The number of options granted, and their respective strike prices after dilution-related adjustments due to the capital increase implemented at the beginning of 2004, are as follows:

    as of July
        3, 2000, 234,500 options were granted to the members of the Executive
    Committee and 151 senior managers at a strike price of67.71;
    as of January
        16, 2001, 257,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive
    Committee and 155 senior managers at a strike price of53.08;
    as of January
        16, 2002, 261,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive
    Committee and 170 senior managers at a strike price of20.26;
    as of August
        12, 2002, 247,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive
        Committee and 154 senior managers at a strike price of12.91;
    and
    as of January
        16, 2003, 258,500 options were granted to the members of the Executive
    Committee and 168 senior managers at a strike price of3.61.A total of 1,258,000 options have been granted to participants under the Stock Option Plan. None of these options have been exercised.
Change in Control

In March 2002, the Personnel Committee (Personalausschuss) of the Supervisory Board resolved to enter into a Change in Control Agreement with the members of the Executive Committee, and the Executive Committee resolved to enter such an agreement with certain senior managers.

For the purposes of this agreement with senior management (Executive Committee members and other selected senior managers), a change in control will occur if

    an investor
        or a group of investors directly or indirectly acquires more than 30%
    of the voting rights in SGL;
    the general
        meeting of shareholders consents to a combination by merger with another
        entity, a takeover by another entity or the new formation of another
    entity; or
    the consolidated
    company in which the senior managers are employed leaves the SGL Group.If, following a change in control, SGL or a consolidated company intends to terminate without cause the employment of a manager who is party to the change in control agreement, or if the

73
Back to Contents
manager intends to end the employment relationship with good reasons, the manager will be offered a separation agreement terminating employment with a notice period of three months from the end of the then current month. This offer will lapse if the manager is offered a position appropriate to his qualifications in another SGL Group company.
The settlement under the separation agreement will include payment of three times annual salary for the chairman of the Executive Committee and two times annual salary (in each case including bonuses) for other members of the Executive Committee and senior managers. The term of the agreement runs until December 31, 2004, and the agreement may thereafter be terminated annually at the end of the year. Senior managers may assert a claim for a separation agreement only within 18 months following the change in control.
Board Practices

We have entered into service agreements with all current members of our Executive Committee. These agreements generally provide for base salary, an annual bonus plan, a pension plan and fringe benefits. For a discussion of the stock option and similar plans in which the management of the SGL Group participate, see  Management Incentive Plans. We believe that the service agreements between SGL and the members its Executive Committee provide for ordinary payments and benefits upon termination of employment that are in line with customary market practices.

All compensation paid to the members of SGLs Executive Committee must be approved by the Personnel Committee of the Supervisory Board. The Personnel Committee consists of three members who meet four times annually, or on an as-needed basis. The chairman and the deputy chairman of the Supervisory Board sit on the Committee as permanent members, and the third member is a member of the Supervisory Board who represents the shareholders and is elected to the Committee by the other members of the Supervisory Board. The current members of SGLs Personnel Committee are Utz-Hellmuth Felcht, Hansgeorg Hofmann and Heinz Schroth.

For a discussion of the terms of office of the current members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Committee of SGL, see  Directors and Senior Management.
Employees

At the end of 2003, we employed a global workforce of 6,926 people, 434 less than at the end of the previous year. The drop was primarily due to portfolio adjustments and cost-cutting measures. The number of people employed in our established businesses  Carbon and Graphite, Graphite Specialties and Corrosion Protection  declined by 484 to 6,067 at December 31, 2003 (December 31, 2002: 6,551). Due to the production of components for the new Airbus A-380, the workforce at SGL Technologies grew by 48 to 805 (December 31, 2002: 757).

As a result of these changes, the percentages of the global workforce employed in individual business areas slightly differed compared with the previous year. The percentage of employees in the Carbon and Graphite business area dropped to 41% (2002: 42%) and in the Corrosion Protection business area from 28% in 2002 to 27% in 2003. The percentage of employees in the Graphite Specialties business was 20% (as in 2002 and the percentage of employees in SGL Technologies increased from 10% to 12% of the total. As in the previous year the percentage of employees in Germany was 43% and for the rest of Europe 36%, while the percentage in North America increased to 17% (2002: 16%) and the percentage in other countries declined to 4% (2002: 5%).
Share Ownership

Neither the members of the Supervisory Board and Executive Committee nor any other officers serving in the management of the SGL Group beneficially own 1.0% or more of the outstanding Shares or of the shares of any of SGL's subsidiaries.
74
Back to Contents


ITEM 7. MAJOR
SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
As of April 1, 2004, SGL had 55.835.290 shares outstanding.
The Shares are issued only in bearer form. We are therefore unable to determine how many shares any given shareholder owns. To the best of our knowledge, SGL is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation or by any government, and there are no arrangements known to us that may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of SGL.
As of March 2004, there were 407 registered holders of American Depositary Receipts under our sponsored program with JPMorgan Chase Bank. Our ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Each ADR represents one third of a share.
Under Section 21 of the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz), holders of voting securities of a German company (including SGL) admitted to official trading on a stock exchange within the European Union or the European Economic Area are obliged to notify both the company and the German Federal Supervisory Authority for Financial Services (Bundesanstalt fuer Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht) promptly and in writing of the level of their holdings whenever such holdings reach, exceed or fall below certain thresholds. These thresholds are set at 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% and 75% of a companys outstanding voting rights. If a shareholder fails to notify the company as required, the shareholder will be disqualified from exercising the voting rights attached to its shares, for so long as such failure continues. The German Securities Trading Act contains various rules designed to ensure the attribution of shares to the person who has effective control over the shares.
SGL has received following notifications from major shareholders under Section 21 of the German Securities Trading Act during the last 12 months:
beneficial
    ownership innumber of
   
   % of votingCompany
   date
    of notification
   
   shares
   
   rightsAllianz AG
   April
    23, 2003
   
   n.a.
   
   5.004
   (1)Allianz AG
   July
    7, 2003
   
   n.a.
   
   4.37
   (1)Capital Group Companies
   April
    7, 2003
   
   1,081,682
   
   4.95
   (1)COMINVEST Asset Management GmbH
   October
    10, 2003
   
   n.a.
   
   5.51
   (1)Eureka (Euro) Fund Limited
   March
    2, 2004
   
   3,794,663
   
   6.84
   (2)Morgan Stanley
   October
    24, 2003
   
   1,381,855
   
   6.23
   (1)Morgan Stanley
   October
    30, 2003
   
   1,053,025
   
   4.75
   (1)Morgan Stanley
   December
    8, 2003
   
   1,100,562
   
   4.96
   (1)Morgan Stanley
   November
    26, 2003
   
   1,421,414
   
   6.40
   (1)Morgan Stanley
   February
    6, 2004
   
   2,339,794
   
   4.22
   (2)Oppenheimer Funds
   August
    13, 2003
   
   1,090,513
   
   4.92
   (1)(1)
   based on 22,184,958 shares(2)
   based on 55,462,395 sharesRelated Party Transactions
In the course of its business activities, the SGL Carbon Group renders services to related companies and persons. In turn, these persons and companies deliver goods or render services to the SGL Carbon Group as part of their business. All these transactions are settled on an arms length basis. Receivables from unconsolidated subsidiaries and associates amount to€28.6 million, and the corresponding liabilities amount to€6.2 million. Details are presented in the notes to the relevant balance sheet and income statement items.
In August 2001, Paul W. Pendorf was appointed Chief Executive Officer of HITCO CARBON Composites, Inc. Mr. Pendorf has a 6% minority interest in this company. The SGL Carbon Group granted Mr. Pendorf a loan, secured by the proceeds from the future sale of his shares in HITCO, to finance the purchase price. The related shareholders agreement of August 3, 2001, which was replaced and updated by a substantially similar agreement on September 5, 2003, also provides, among other things, for additional options that can be exercised by either side in certain specific cases or (with the exception of HITCO) after no more than three years at a price fixed according to a specific formula. Specifically, SGL CARBON LLC and HITCO hold a call option granting them the right to acquire
75
Back to Contents


Mr. Pendorfs shares in HITCO, and Mr. Pendorf holds a put option granting him the right to sell his HITCO shares to SGL CARBON LLC. Mr. Pendorf may only exercise his option on or after September 5, 2006. Mr. Pendorf is also a shareholder of AMT II Corp. (AMT II), a company that entered into a management services agreement with HITCO in 2001. This agreement was amended and replaced in the summer of 2003 by a new agreement that calls for a manager to be made available on a temporary basis. In addition, an option agreement from August 2001 was terminated, whereby an option of AMT II to acquire 43% of the shares of HITCO expired.
Mr. Hansgeorg Hofman received an additional payment of€33 thousand in fiscal year 2003 under a temporary consultancy agreement concluded with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
At December 31, 2003 and 2002 there were also call-in obligations of USD 3.8 million and USD 3.6 million for shares in an unconsolidated subsidiary.
Interest of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
76

Back to Contents


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Item 18.
Export Sales
In 2003 approximately 68% of all products produced by the SGL Group in Germany, having an estimated total value of€384.4 million, and approximately 10% of all products produced by the SGL Group in the United States, having an estimated total value of€21.0 million, were exported to other countries.
Legal Proceedings
We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the legal proceedings described below in which a final decision is still pending. However, in light of the nature of the allegations, the unspecified amounts of the damages sought and the potential for treble damages in antitrust suits, liabilities arising from these proceedings could substantially exceed the provisions we have established for this purpose and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Risk Factors  Risks relating to our business  We are party to several antitrust proceedings.
Antitrust Proceedings
SGL was subject to an investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice in connection with allegations of price fixing in the graphite electrodes industry. This investigation culminated in a negotiated plea agreement, pursuant to which SGL pleaded guilty on June 16, 1999 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania to a violation of the U.S. Sherman Act. SGL was fined a total of $145 million, consisting of $135 million to be paid by SGL and $10 million to be paid by the Chairman of our Executive Committee, Mr. Robert J. Koehler. SGL has now paid Mr. Koehlers fine in its entirety. SGL has made payments of its fine in the aggregate amount of $55.75 million through September 30, 2003. The payment terms for SGLs fine have been restructured and extended twice; the remainder of the fine is now scheduled to be paid in additional installments through March 2007. In connection with an investigation by Canadian antitrust authorities, SGL was fined C$12.5 million on July 18, 2000 after entering into a plea agreement. To date, about half of this amount (C$6.5 million) has been paid, and the other half is payable in two installments of C$3.0 million, each until 2005.
We have also been subject to investigations by the competition directorate of the European Commission. Like the DOJ investigation in the United States, these investigations refer primarily to acts occurring in the 1990s. Unlike the investigations by the DOJ and the Canadian authorities, each of which concluded in a single plea agreement covering all carbon and graphite products, the European Commission is investigating individual groups of carbon and graphite products separately. On July 18, 2001, two years after the plea agreement in the United States, the European Commission imposed an€80.2 million fine on SGL with respect to graphite electrodes, which bears interest at 6.04% annually and is secured by a bank guarantee. We are currently appealing the total amount of this fine before the European Court of First Instance in Luxembourg. Our appeal contends primarily that the fine includes amounts penalizing the same actions more than once and that the total amount of the fine is disproportionate. We are expecting a decision at first instance in the first half of 2004.
The European Commission has also conducted a separate investigation of similar allegations with respect to specialty graphites (isostatic graphite and extruded graphite) for the period between 1992 and 1998. We cooperated fully with the Commission and were assessed a fine of€27.75 million on December 17, 2002, which currently bears interest at 4.75%. We are also appealing the total amount of this second fine, on substantially the same grounds as in the graphite electrodes case. We are expecting a decision on this appeal at the earliest at the end of 2004 or beginning of 2005. To date, we have neither made any payments nor given any security in connection with this proceeding.
In connection with the proceedings described above, the European Commission continued its investigations into other carbon and graphite products (for acts during the period through the late 1990s) and, in May 2003, filed complaints against SGL and other specialty graphites manufacturers regarding allegations related to the Electrical and Mechanical Carbon and Graphite Products area of our business. In this proceeding, the European Commission imposed a fine of€23.6 million on us on December 3, 2003. We are currently appealing the amount of this fine before the European Court
77

Back to Contents


of First Instance. To date, we have neither made any payments nor given any security in connection with this proceeding.
On March 20, 2002, the Korean Fair Trade Commission decided to impose a fine of 963 million Korean won (approximately€0.7 million) against SGL for alleged cartel activities in violation of Korean antitrust laws. We filed an appeal to the KFTC in May 2002. After the KFTC confirmed its original ruling, we appealed this decision to the Seoul High Court in September 2002. This appeal was rejected on September 3, 2003. We filed an appeal against this decision with the Korean Supreme Court on September 16, 2003.
Civil suits resulting from antitrust violations
In July 1997, four separate class action suits were filed against The Carbide/Graphite Group, Inc., UCAR International, Inc. (now GrafTech), SGL and SGL CARBON Corp. (now SGL CARBON, LLC) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. Those suits, which were later consolidated into a single action, alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act and sought unspecified damages on behalf of all persons who purchased graphite electrodes in the United States from the defendants during the period from 1992 through the filing of the litigation. The District Court certified a class consisting of all purchasers of graphite electrodes in the United States during the period from July 1, 1992 through and including June 30, 1997. Seven additional suits against SGL, SGL CARBON Corp. and other defendants, which contained allegations similar to those asserted in the consolidated action, were either filed in or transferred to the District Court. An eighth suit, initially filed in 1998 by Chaparral Steel Co. and two affiliates against SGL, SGL CARBON Corp. and other defendants in a Texas state court, alleged violations of Section 15.05(a) of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, and asserted other claims and sought unspecified damages. A ninth suit, filed by Bethlehem Steel Corp. in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania, also asserted other claims and sought unspecified damages. We have reached settlements in all of these cases. In addition, in 1999 we settled a civil lawsuit filed in Ontario court in Canada by 14 Canadian purchasers of graphite electrodes.
Four additional suits were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against SGL and a number of other graphite electrode manufacturers or their affiliates by predominantly non-U.S.- based purchasers of graphite electrodes. One such action, filed on February 10, 1999, was instituted on behalf of Ferromin International Trade Corp. and a group of graphite electrode purchasers from six countries in Europe and Asia. A second suit, filed on September 24, 1999, was brought on behalf of Broken Hill Proprietary Co., Ltd., an Australian company, and three of its subsidiaries. In a single opinion covering both cases, on June 13, 2001, the District Court granted in part and denied in part the defendants motions to dismiss the plaintiffs claims for lack of standing and lack of subject matter jurisdiction. The District Court dismissed with prejudice the claims of 20 plaintiffs whose purchases of graphite electrodes had no connection to the United States (which claims accounted for the majority of the damages sought by the plaintiffs), but allowed the claims of 13 other plaintiffs to proceed. The 20 plaintiffs appealed the portion of the order dismissing their complaints; the defendants appealed the portion of the order denying their motion to dismiss the claims of the remaining 13 plaintiffs. The Ferromin and Broken Hill appeals were argued on March 11, 2003, but the court has not yet issued an opinion. In addition, an action filed in the District Court by Saudi Iron and Steel Company named SGL and SGL CARBON, LLC as defendants. The District Court dismissed this action without prejudice in July 2001 pending the outcome of the Ferromin and Broken Hill appeals. The order dismissing the case provided that the case would be still considered active in the interim, although no further proceedings have occurred since the order was issued. All of these suits make allegations similar to those in the consolidated action before the District Court and seek similar relief. Arbed, S.A. and four additional graphite electrode purchasers filed another action on February 19, 2002, against defendants including SGL and SGL CARBON Corp. This action was dismissed with prejudice in a decision handed out on August 13, 2003, although the plaintiffs time to appeal that decision will not expire until after judgment is entered with respect to the other defendants.
In addition, in December 1999, Globe Metallurgical, Inc. filed a complaint in the District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against SGL among others, seeking damages for alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act in connection with the sale of carbon electrodes. We have settled this case. In July 2000, Elkem Metals Company, Inc. and Elkem Metals Company Alloy L.P. sued defendants including SGL CARBON Corp. in the District Court for the Southern District of West Virginia, also alleging violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act in connection with the sale of
78

Back to Contents


carbon electrodes. That case was transferred to the District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania for pretrial proceedings and subsequently settled.
In the period between April 10, 2000, and October 2, 2002, five purchasers of isostatic graphite  Industrial Graphite Products, Inc., Ceradyne, Inc., Schutte & Koerting, Inc., Graphite Machining Inc. and Graphite Sales & Machine, Inc.  filed a series of class actions in the District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against defendants including SGL and SGL CARBON Corp. These complaints were consolidated into a single action, which seeks damages for alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act on behalf of all those who purchased non-machined and semi-machined isostatic graphite in the United States from the defendants. We have entered into an agreement settling all of these claims, although final court approval of the settlement is still pending. The settlement hearing is scheduled for May 24, 2004.
On March 27, 2002, two purchasers of carbon cathode block, Northwest Aluminum Company and Goldendale Aluminum Company, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon against, among others, SGL and SGL CARBON Corp. This suit seeks damages for alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act in connection with the sale of carbon cathode block. SGL filed a motion to dismiss this suit for lack of personal jurisdiction; this motion was granted. SGL CARBON Corp. filed a motion to dismiss for improper venue based on a forum selection clause in a contract between the parties. This motion was rejected.
On December 27, 2002, Ceradyne filed another putative class action in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, against defendants including SGL and SGL CARBON Corp. That complaint seeks damages for alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act on behalf of all those who purchased bulk (extruded) graphite products in the United States from the defendants during the period from July 1, 1992, to the present. Since then, four other companies have filed separate complaints, in the District Courts for the District of New Jersey and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, based on substantially identical claims. The various plaintiffs have filed a consolidated complaint that also names SGL CARBON LLC, SGL Carbon GmbH and Robert Koehler as defendants. SGL and SGL CARBON LLC have (separately) moved to dismiss the consolidated complaint on various grounds, including the statute of limitations, the failure to state a claim and, with respect to SGL only, personal jurisdiction. The Courts decision on these motions is still pending.
SGL CARBON LLC, SGL Carbon Corp., and SGL Technic Ltd. (among others) have been named as defendants in an action brought in California Superior Court by the City and County of San Francisco on behalf of a putative class of indirect purchasers of electrical carbon products from January 1, 1990 to the present. The same entities, together with SGL (and others), were also named as defendants in another action brought in California Superior Court by other plaintiffs on behalf of the same putative class (except that, in the latter case, the class period dates back to 1989). Both complaints allege that the manufacturers sued in the action violated Californias Cartwright Act and Unfair Competition Act by conspiring to fix the price of electrical carbon products. The plaintiffs in both cases seek damages in an unspecified amount and other relief. SGL CARBON LLC has filed a demurrer seeking dismissal of each complaint on various grounds, including the statute of limitations and the failure to state a claim. The briefs opposing these demurrers have not yet been submitted. SGL and SGL CARBON LLC, have also been named as defendants in an action brought in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey on behalf of a putative class of direct purchasers of electrical carbon products during the period January 1, 1990 through December 31, 2001. SGL CARBON LLC has been served with this complaint but has not yet had to respond.
Other proceedings
In 1987 a U.S. federal court in Portland, Oregon rendered a judgment in favor of American Insurance in the amount of $1.3 million against the defendant Keramchemie GmbH (now SGL ACOTEC GmbH). Arguing that this judgment was invalid because the Portland court lacked jurisdiction to hear the case, Keramchemie refused to pay. American Insurance then commenced litigation in the courts at Koblenz, Germany to obtain enforcement of the judgment. After the trial court ruled in favor of American Insurance, that ruling was appealed to the Higher Regional Court. This appeal, in turn, was rejected, and SGL ACOTEC GmbH has appealed that holding.
After a decision of its Special Committee on June 4, 1998, the Italian National Social Security Agency informed SGL CARBON S.p.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of SGL, that SGL CARBON S.p.A. was not entitled to certain payments it had received from the Italian government from 1991 to 1993 under a law providing for reimbursements to corporations that used reduced operating time. It is
79

Back to Contents


possible that the National Social Security Agency could impose civil sanctions against SGL CARBON S.p.A. To cover these potential sanctions, we have established provisions in the amount of€1.2 million.
In addition, from time to time, SGL and its subsidiaries are parties to or targets of lawsuits, claims, investigations and other proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect any liabilities that may arise from these proceedings to have a material effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Dividend Distributions
Dividends are jointly proposed by the Executive Committee and the Supervisory Board. They are approved for payment with respect to the prior financial year by the shareholders at the annual general meeting in the following year. Dividends approved at the annual general meeting are payable on or after the business day following the annual general meeting. Since all Shares are in bearer form, dividends are either remitted to the depositary bank (Depotbank) on behalf of the shareholder, or, in the case of shareholders holding physical certificates, are paid through the paying agents appointed by SGL against presentation of the relevant dividend coupon. Details of the paying agents are published in the German Federal Gazette (Bundesanzeiger).
Except as described herein, holders of ADRs are entitled to receive dividends on the Shares represented by the ADRs evidenced by such ADRs. Any cash dividends payable to such holders are paid to JPMorgan Chase Bank of New York as Depositary in Euros and, subject to certain exceptions, converted into U.S. dollars. The amount of dividends received by holders of ADRs will be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. See Item 3. Key Information  Selected Financial Data Exchange Rates.
Dividends paid on Shares and dividends paid to holders and beneficial owners of ADRs are subject to deduction of German withholding tax. See Item 10, Additional Information  Taxation.
The payment of future dividends will be dependent on SGLs earnings, the terms of our syndicated credit facility agreement and the terms and conditions of the senior notes, its financial condition and cash requirements, general business conditions in the markets in which it operates, legal, tax and regulatory considerations and other factors. There can be no assurance as to particular amounts that would be paid from year to year. See Item 10, Additional Information  Material Contracts.
Significant Changes
See Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements.
80
Back to Contents


ITEM 9. THE
OFFER AND LISTING
Offer and Listing Details
Nature of Trading Market and Stock Price History
The table below shows the high and low sales prices of the SGLs American Depositary Receipts on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.
Year Ended
   
   
   
   
   Average Daily$ per ADR(1)(2)
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowDecember 31, 1998
   44.13
   
   19.25
   
   3,200December 31, 1999
   28.75
   
   13.25
   
   2,800December 31, 2000
   37.25
   
   16.25
   
   700December 31, 2001
   22.00
   
   4.60
   
   1,200December 31, 2002
   8.45
   
   1.60
   
   1,600December 31, 2003
   6.95
   
   2.78
   
   10,400
Average DailyQuarter Ended
   $ per ADR(1)(2)
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowMarch 31, 2001
   22.00
   
   10.70
   
   2,300June 30, 2001
   14.45
   
   9.60
   
   1,100September 30, 2001
   11.60
   
   4.60
   
   1,300December 31, 2001
   8.25
   
   6.00
   
   1,400March 31, 2002
   8.45
   
   6.20
   
   1,300June 30, 2002
   7.85
   
   6.00
   
   1,200September 30, 2002
   6.96
   
   1.95
   
   1,900December 31, 2002
   3.25
   
   1.60
   
   2,800March 28, 2003
   5.30
   
   2.78
   
   7,300June 30, 2003
    5.50
   
   5.00
   
   2,721September 30, 2003
   6.98
   
   5.69
   
   19,155December 31, 2003
   6.70
   
   5.65
   
   10,627March 31, 2004
   8.00
   
   3.71
   
   39,282(1)
   Source: JP Morgan/Bloomberg.(2)
   Each ADR represents one third of one share.(3)
   Rounded to the nearest 100.81
Back to Contents


Month Ended
   
   
   
   
   Average Daily$ per ADR(1)(2)
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowOctober 31, 2002
   3.25
   
   1.60
   
   3,300November 30, 2002
   2.80
   
   2.15
   
   3,900December 31, 2002
   3.07
   
   2.60
   
   1,100January 31, 2003
   4.60
   
   2.78
   
   2,700February 28, 2003
   4.30
   
   3.57
   
   2,600March 31, 2003
   5.34
   
   4.26
   
   15,976April 30, 2003
   4.98
   
   4.26
   
   2,543May 31, 2003
   5.50
   
   4.36
   
   4,267June 30, 2003
   5.15
   
   4.08
   
   1,352July 31, 2003
   6.42
   
   4.95
   
   33,286August 31, 2003
   6.98
   
   5.87
   
   13,062September 30, 2003
   6.92
   
   5.50
   
   10,443October 31, 2003
   6.70
   
   5.69
   
   7,000November 30, 2003
   6.30
   
   4.31
   
   20,342December 31, 2003
   6.00
   
   4.80
   
   10,677January 31, 2004 (4)
   8.00
   
   5.52
   
   18,050February 29, 2004 (4)
   6.78
   
   4.25
   
   33,437March 31, 2004 (4)
   4.44
   
   3.40
   
   62,574(1)
   Source: JP Morgan/Bloomberg.(2)
   Each ADR represents one third of one share.(3)
   Rounded to the nearest 100.(4)
   ADR prices after February 12, 2004, present the ADR price after payment of net proceeds due to the capital increase of shares in January 2004The table below shows the high and low sales prices in euro of SGLs shares on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange/XETRA for the periods indicated.
Year Ended
   
   
   
   
   Average DailyEuro per Share(1)
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowDecember 31, 1998
   127.30
   
   49.10
   
   106,900December 31, 1999
   78.80
   
   36.20
   
   71,400December 31, 2000
   115.00
   
   55.00
   
   85,400December 31, 2001
   72.00
   
   15.10
   
   98,700December 31, 2002
   28.90
   
   5.10
   
   110,800December 31, 2003
   13.76
   
   5.51
   
   242,41682

Back to Contents


Average DailyQuarter Ended
   Euro per Share(1)
   
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowMarch 31, 2001
   72.0
   
   34.7
   
   63,400June 30, 2001
   51.2
   
   31.6
   
   100,300September, 2001
   41.5
   
   15.1
   
   65,700December 31, 2001
   28.9
   
   17.9
   
   110,800March 31, 2002
   28.9
   
   18.8
   
   95,600June 30, 2002
   25.8
   
   18.1
   
   73,100September 30, 2002
   20.4
   
   5.50
   
   93,900December 31, 2002
   9.60
   
   5.10
   
   192,000March 31, 2003
   13.8
   
   7.80
   
   173,000June 30, 2003
   10.99
   
   7.46
   
   187,633September 30, 2003
   13.76
   
   9.27
   
   193,745December 31, 2003
   12.81
   
   8.26
   
   358,373March 31, 2004 (3)
   12.45
   
   8.10
   
   672,731(1)
   Source: JP Morgan/Bloomberg.(2)
   Rounded to the nearest 100.(3)
   Share
       prices after January 22, 2004, present the share price after our capital
       increase in January 2004Share
      prices before January 1999 reported in Deutsche Mark were converted into
    Euro at the official fixed conversion rate of DM 1.95583 per€1.00.
Average DailyMonth Ended
   Euro per Share(1)
   
   Trading Volume(3)High
   
   LowOctober 31, 2002
   9.67
   
   5.10
   
   175.200November 30, 2002
   8.26
   
   6.30
   
   229.500December 31, 2002
   9.50
   
   7.50
   
   171.300January 31, 2003
   12.25
   
   7.75
   
   216.000February 28, 2003
   11.46
   
   9.50
   
   129.900March 31, 2003
   13.77
   
   11.35
   
   159.400April 30, 2003
   9.97
   
   8.34
   
   191,328May 31, 2003
   10.99
   
   7.72
   
   199,288June 30, 2003
   9.83
   
   7.46
   
   172,458July 31, 2003
   11.50
   
   9.27
   
   221,111August 31, 2003
   13.76
   
   10,96
   
   189,270September 30, 2003
   13.47
   
   10.45
   
   169,405October 31, 2003
   12.81
   
   10.24
   
   158,011November 30, 2003
   12.17
   
   8.26
   
   440,521December 31, 2003
   10.85
   
   8.32
   
   514,445January 31, 2004 (3)
   12.45
   
   9.39
   
   632,190February 29, 2004 (3)
   12.25
   
   10.05
   
   623,356March 31, 2004 (3)
   10.71
   
   8.10
   
   756,316(1)
   Source: JP Morgan/Bloomberg.(2)
   Rounded to the nearest 100.(3)
   Share prices after January 22, 2004, present the share price after our capital increase in January 2004.On January 15, 2004, an extraordinary general meeting took place in Wiesbaden. Our shareholders approved a capital increase (approval of 99.6%) in the form of the issue of 33,277,437 new shares as proposed by the SGL Carbons management. This resolution opened the way for a comprehensive three-part financing package (capital increase, senior notes and syndicated loans) worth€866 million (for further information, see Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital Resources and Note 19 of the financial statements). The subscription offer was published on January 21, 2004 (record date). In this context, existing shareholders could subscribe three new shares for two existing shares of SGL Carbon at the price of€8.00 per share. The subscription period, including the beginning of subscription rights trading, started on January 22,
83
Back to Contents


2004. From that date, the shares were traded without their previously related subscription rights. This led to a decrease in the share price from this date. The end of trading of subscription rights was on February 3, 2004. The new shares were added to the existing listing of SGL Carbon shares on February 6, 2004. As of that date, the number of our outstanding shares amounted to 55,462,395 (compared to 22,184,958 before the capital increase).
The entire share capital of SGL consists of a single class of shares. All shares are in bearer form and freely transferable. All shares are listed under the trading symbol SGL and have an identical ISIN-Code (DE0007235301). The shares are listed in Germany on the Frankfurt, Berlin/Bremen, Du ̈sseldorf, Hamburg, Hanover, Munich and Stuttgart stock exchanges. Since March 18, 1996, the Shares have been included in the MDAX Index. On March 24, 2003, the new index model of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange came into effect. SGL remained in the MDAX, which now consists of 50 companies.
On February 19, 2004, we paid net proceeds of $1.57294 per ADR to holders of our ADRs under our ADR program on the record date of February 12, 2004 (ratio: 3 ADRs:1 ordinary bearer share). We did not conduct a public offering of subscription rights in the United States. Instead, our depositary bank, JP Morgan Chase, sold the rights outside the United States on behalf of ADR holders and paid the net proceeds from the sale to the ADR holders as described above.
The ADRs, each representing one third of one share, are listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol SGGand have traded on the NYSE since June 5, 1996. On March 11, 2004, we had 1,532,508 outstanding ADRs. The ADRs are issued under the terms of a Deposit Agreement, dated June 4, 1996, as amended as of February 22, 2000, among SGL, JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly the Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners from time to time of the ADRs issued thereunder.
Plan of DistributionNot applicable.
Markets
Not applicable.
Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
Dilution
Not applicable.
Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
84

Back to Contents
ITEM 10.   ADDITIONAL
  INFORMATION
Share Capital
Not applicable.
Memorandum
    and Articles of Association
Registration
    and Corporate Purpose
SGL is registered
    in the commercial register (Handelsregister) of the local court (Amtsgericht)
    in Wiesbaden, Germany under the number HRB 9448. SGLs Articles of Association
    provide that the purpose of SGL is to operate as a holding company for a group
    of firms, particularly those that manufacture and market:

    any kind of
      carbon products, especially industrial products of natural and artificial
      carbon and graphite,
    materials and
      products on the base of carbon or graphite, such as fibers, composite materials,
      foils and process equipment including industrial facilities,
    other ceramic
      materials and products,
    corrosion resistant
      materials, and
    other substances
      and products that can be produced or extracted in connection with these
      fields of activities.SGL may also itself
    engage in activities described above and may make resources and funds available
    to companies in which it holds an interest. In addition, SGL may establish,
    acquire, take holdings in or consolidate other companies, and is authorized
    to take shares in any kind of company, especially for the purpose of investing
    Group funds.
Corporate
    Governance
German corporate
    governance practices generally stem from the provisions of the German Stock
    Corporate Act (AktG), the German Codetermination Act
    (MitBestG) and the German Corporate Governance Code
    revised in May 2003. German standards differ from the corporate governance
    listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic companies which have been adopted
    by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE and approved by the SEC as described
    below:
German stock corporations
    (Aktiengesellschaft) have three corporate organs  a general meeting
    of shareholders, an executive committee (Vorstand) and a supervisory board
    (Aufsichtsrat). The German Stock Corporation Act requires a clear segregation
    of duties between management and oversight functions and therefore prohibits
    simultaneous membership on both boards. Members of the executive committee
    and the supervisory board must exercise the standard of care of a prudent
    and diligent business person when carrying out their duties. In complying
    with this standard of care, members must not only take into account the interests
    of shareholders, as would typically be the case with a U.S. board of directors,
    but also the interests of other constituents, such as the companys employees,
    and, to some extent, the public interest.
The executive committee
    is responsible for managing the company and representing it in its dealings
    with third parties. The executive committees functions are comparable
    to those performed in the ordinary course of business by the senior executives
    of a U.S. company. However, the members of the executive committee of a German
    stock corporation, including its chairman or speaker, are regarded as peers
    and share a collective responsibility for all management decisions.
The supervisory
    board oversees the companys executive committee and appoints its members.
    Members of the supervisory board can generally not be involved in the day-to-day
    management of the company. However, the companys articles of association
    or its supervisory board must specify matters of fundamental importance which
    will require the approval of the supervisory board. Matters requiring such
    approval include decisions or actions which have a fundamental impact on the
    companys assets, financial position or results of operations.
Supervisory boards
    of German stock corporations consist of shareholder representatives and of
    labor representatives. Traditionally, the shareholder representatives on the
    supervisory board have good knowledge about the operations of the company.
    Depending on the companys total number of employees, up to one half
    of the supervisory board members are being elected by the companys employees.
    Traditionally, the chairman is a representative of the shareholders. In case
    of a tie vote, the supervisory board chairman may cast the decisive tie-breaking
    vote.
85

Back to Contents
In recent history,
    there has been a trend towards selecting shareholder representatives for supervisory
    boards from a wider spectrum of candidates, including representatives from
    non-German companies, in an effort to introduce a broader range of experience
    and expertise and a larger degree of independence. German law also has several
    rules applicable to supervisory board members which are designed to ensure
    a certain degree of independence of the boards members. In addition
    to prohibiting members of the executive committee from serving on the supervisory
    board, German law requires members of the supervisory board to act in the
    best interest of the company. They do not have to follow direction or instruction
    from third parties. Any service, consulting or similar agreements between
    the company and any of its supervisory board members must be approved by the
    supervisory board.
In February 2002,
    a German government commission promulgated a Corporate Governance Code which
    subsequently was revised in May 2003. It contains additional corporate governance
    rules applicable to German AGs. While these rules are not legally binding,
    companies failing to comply with the Codes recommendations must disclose
    publicly how their practices differ from those recommended by the Code. Some
    of the Codes recommendations are also directed at ensuring independence
    of supervisory board members. Specifically, the Corporate Governance Code
    recommends that the supervisory board should take into account potential conflicts
    of interest when nominating candidates for election to the supervisory board.
    Similarly, if a material conflict of interest arises during the term of a
    member of the supervisory board, the Corporate Governance Code recommends
    that the term of that member be terminated. The Corporate Governance Code
    further recommends that at any given time not more than two former members
    of the executive committee should serve on the supervisory board. For nominations
    for the election of members of the Supervisory Board, care shall be taken
    that the Supervisory Board be composed of members who have the required knowledge,
    abilities and expertise for their tasks. The Corporate Governance Code also
    includes the suggestion for the supervisory board members to meet without
    any representatives of the executive committee attending, whenever necessary.
With one exception,
    German corporate law does not mandate the creation of specific supervisory
    board committees. According to the codetermination law, German corporations
    are only required to establish what is called a mediation committee with a
    charter to resolve any disputes among the members of the supervisory board
    that may arise in connection with the appointment or dismissal of members
    of the executive committee. The Corporate Governance Code recommends that
    the supervisory board establish an audit committee which would handle the
    formal engagement of the companys independent auditors once they have
    been approved by the general meeting of shareholders. The audit committee
    also addresses issues of accounting, risk management and auditor independence.
    In the majority of the German stock companies supervisory boards have also
    constituted other committees to facilitate the work of the supervisory board.
    A personnel committee is frequently constituted to deal with executive compensation
    and nomination issues as well as service agreements with members of the supervisory
    board. Members of the supervisory board elected by the employees may serve
    on any committee established by the supervisory board, an equal participation
    of shareholder- and employee-representatives, however, is not prescribed.
    All committee members as well as the chairman of the supervisory board are
    elected by the supervisory board itself.
Matters
    Regarding the Powers of Directors
Under German law,
    the members of the Supervisory Board and of the Executive Committee of a stock
    corporation, such as SGL, have a duty of loyalty and care toward the company
    itself. They must act in the best interest of the company, its employees and,
    to a certain extent, the general public, and must exercise the standard of
    care expected from a prudent and diligent businessman in their actions. If
    an action of a member of the Supervisory Board or the Executive Committee
    is challenged, such member bears the burden of proving compliance with the
    applicable standard of care. Board members who violate their duties may be
    held jointly and severally liable for any damages, unless their actions were
    approved by the shareholders meeting.
A member of either
    the Supervisory Board or the Executive Committee may not participate in the
    adoption of any resolution that involves a transaction or settlement of a
    dispute between the company and the member, nor may a board member who is
    also a shareholder vote his or her Shares on any matter that concerns ratification
    of his or her own acts or the release of his or her obligations. The compensation
    of the Executive Committee is set by the Personnel Committee of the Supervisory
    Board and the compensation of the Supervisory Board is set in SGLs Articles
    of Association as determined by the shareholders. Therefore, no member of
    any board may participate in the adoption of a resolution affecting his or
    her own compensation. Pursuant to our corporate governance
86

Back to Contents
guidelines we have
  not granted and do not intend to grant loans to any member of the Supervisory
  Board or the Executive Committee.
Pursuant to Article
    10 of the Articles of Association of SGL, the Executive Committee must have
    the approval of the Supervisory Board in order to enter into the following
    transactions if they exceed SGLs ordinary course of business:

    acquisition,
      disposal or encumbrance of real estate, rights equivalent to real property
      and rights to real estate;
    commencement
      of new or discontinuance of existing lines of production or business;
    issuing of debt
      and long-term borrowing;
    acceptance of
      guarantees, sureties and similar liabilities;
    granting loans
      and other credits;
    opening and
      closing branch offices; or
    purchasing or
      disposing of interests in other companies.The Articles of
    Association of SGL do not specify age limits at which the members of the Supervisory
    Board or Executive Committee of SGL must resign their office. However, it
    is customary for the service contracts between SGL and the members of its
    Executive Committee to provide for retirement at age 65. Neither the members
    of the Supervisory Board nor those of the Executive Committee are required
    to own Shares in order to hold their offices. For further discussion of the
    Supervisory Board and Executive Committee of SGL, see Item 6, Directors,
    Senior Management and Employees.
Matters
    Regarding the Rights Attaching to Shares
The capital stock
    of SGL consists of the Shares, which are ordinary bearer shares without par
    value (Stückaktien). The Shares grant each shareholder an equal right
    to receive dividends and participate in any surplus in the event of liquidation
    in proportion to his or her shareholding. With respect to dividends, Article
    3 of SGLs Articles of Association allows dividend rights, in the event
    of a capital increase, to be limited or even excluded for new issues of Shares.
    No such limitation or exclusion has been implemented as of the date hereof.
    Pursuant to German law, dividends may only be paid out of distributable profits
    as they are shown in the German statutory annual financial statements of SGL,
    and the decision to pay dividends is made by the annual shareholders
    meeting. If a valid resolution to pay out dividends has been made, a shareholders
    right to make a claim to receive such dividends would generally be time barred
    after expiration of the applicable period of limitation. Each Share carries
    one vote, and gives its owner the right to attend, pose questions and speak
    at the shareholders meeting, as well as to file a judicial challenge
    to any resolution adopted. Cumulative voting is not permitted. Although staggered
    terms are not explicitly provided for in German law and are not foreseen by
    SGLs Articles of Association, it would be possible to create such terms.
The Shares grant
    each shareholder a preemptive right to subscribe, in proportion to his or
    her shareholding, to any new issues of Shares. However, pursuant to German
    law, such preemptive rights may be excluded for individual issues of shares
    (including in connection with conditional and authorized capital) by a vote
    of 75% of the share capital in attendance at a shareholders meeting.
    SGL has excluded preemptive rights on certain new issues of Shares in connection
    with its stock option plans. See Item 6 Directors, Senior Management
    and Employees  Management Incentive Plans.
German stock corporations
    may, in certain circumstances, repurchase their own shares. The German Stock
    Corporation Act generally limits share repurchases to 10% of our share capital.
    The Articles of Association of SGL do not prohibit such repurchases. The annual
    general meeting decided in April 2002 to allow SGL to repurchase up to 10%
    of the stock available at that time. The shares of a German stock corporation
    are generally non-assessable, and no provision has been made in the Articles
    of Association of SGL for further capital calls. Neither German law nor SGLs
    Articles of Association contain any provision discriminating against any existing
    or prospective holder of Shares as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial
    number of Shares.
Changes
    to the Rights of Shareholders
In principle, all
    changes to the rights of shareholders require an amendment of the Articles
    of Association by a resolution of the majority of the share capital in attendance
    at the relevant
87

Back to Contents
shareholders
  meeting. In addition, changes to most rights attaching to shares require the
  explicit consent of all those shareholders who are negatively affected by the
  change. There are also certain shareholder rights, such as the right to attend
  a shareholders meeting, that may not be changed under German law, even
  with the shareholders consent. SGLs Articles of Association do not
  provide for any conditions that extend beyond the requirements of law.
Convening
    and Participating in Shareholders Meetings
Pursuant to German
    law, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Committee may call a shareholders
    meeting. In addition, shareholders who together own at least 5% of the outstanding
    Shares may request the Executive Committee to call a shareholders meeting.
    The call to meeting must be published in a business newspaper at least one
    month before the meeting, and must contain the items of the agenda to be addressed
    at the meeting. There is no minimum quorum requirement for shareholder meetings.
According to the
    Articles of Association of SGL, shareholders must, in order to attend and
    vote at a shareholders meeting, deposit their Shares at a designated
    location at least seven days before the shareholders meeting and keep
    them deposited until after the close of the meeting. Deposit is also deemed
    to be made if Shares are blocked in a securities account in favor and with
    the approval of a designated depository for the same time frame. The Articles
    of Association of SGL also provide that if share certificates are not issued,
    the Executive Committee may require shareholders to register with SGL at least
    three days prior to the meeting.
Limitations
    on Rights to Own Shares
No limitations,
    in particular no limitations on ownership by non-residents, exist on the rights
    to own or to vote the Shares of SGL.
Liquidation
    Rights
In accordance with
    the German Stock Corporation Act, if we were liquidated, any liquidation proceeds
    remaining after all our liabilities have been paid off would be distributed
    among our shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares they hold.
Change
    of Control
The Articles of
    Association of SGL contain no provision that would have an effect of delaying,
    deferring or preventing a change in control of SGL in the context of a merger,
    acquisition or corporate restructuring. See also ITEM 6 Change
    in Control for an agreement with certain senior managers.
Disclosure
    of Shareholdings
The Articles of
    Association of SGL do not contain any provision requiring the disclosure of
    share ownership in SGL. However, under the German Securities Trading Act,
    holders of voting securities of a German corporation listed on a stock exchange
    within the European Union must notify SGL of the level of their holding whenever
    such holding reaches, exceeds or falls below certain thresholds, which are
    currently set at 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% and 75% of a companys outstanding
    voting rights. See Item 7, Major Shareholders and Related Party
    Transaction  Major Shareholders If a shareholder fails to
    notify the company or the Federal Supervisory Authority for Securities Trading
    as required, he or she cannot exercise any rights associated with the Shares
    for as long as the default continues.
The German Securities
    Trading Act also contains rules designed to ensure the attribution of shares
    to the person who has effective control over the exercise of the voting rights
    attached to those shares.
In addition, on
    November 30, 2001, the German legislature enacted into law certain amendments
    to the German Securities Trading Act, effective January 1, 2002, that extend
    these reporting requirements to holders of the voting securities of German
    corporations admitted to trading in an organized market (Organisierter Markt)
    of a stock exchange within the European Union or the European Economic Area.
    The amendments also require the holders of 30% or more of the outstanding
    voting rights of a covered security to report such holdings immediately upon,
    or at the latest within seven days of, acquiring such rights.
88

Back to Contents
Material
    Contracts
The following is
    a summary of the material terms of certain financing arrangements to which
    we are or will be a party. The following summaries are not complete and are
    subject to the full text of the documents as attached in Exhibit 2, 3 and
    4.
The Senior
    Facilities
We entered into
    a German Senior Facility and a U.S. Senior Facility (collectively referred
    to as the Senior Facilities) in February 2004.
German
    Senior Facility
The German Senior
    Facility was signed on February 3, 2004, with the Company and certain of its
    subsidiaries party thereto (initially including SGL CARBON S.p.A. (Italy)
    and SGL CARBON S.A. (Spain)), as the original borrowers, certain subsidiaries
    of SGL (including all of the Subsidiary Guarantors), as guarantors, Bayerische
    Landesbank, Credit Suisse First Boston International, Deutsche Bank AG, and
    Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein, as mandated lead arrangers, and certain other
    financial institutions party thereto, as the original lenders, Deutsche Bank
    Luxembourg S.A., as facility agent and security agent, and Credit Suisse First
    Boston International, as documentation agent.
The German Senior
    Facility provides for senior term loans consisting of a maximum aggregate
    amount of  227.0 million, consisting of one  25.0 million facility, known
    as Term Loan A, one  140.0 million letter of credit facility, known as Term
    Loan B, one  20.0 million facility, known as Term Loan C, and a multicurrency
    revolving credit facility of  42.0 million, known as the Revolving Facility.
    The German Senior Facility is governed by German law.
Interest
    rates and fees
Advances under
    Term Loan A, the Term Loan B and the Revolving Facility bear interest for
    each interest period at a rate per annum equal to EURIBOR or, in relation
    to any loan made in U.S. Dollars, LIBOR, plus mandatory costs to compensate
    lenders for the costs of compliance with regulatory requirements, if applicable,
    and a variable margin. The initial interest margin for Term Loan A, Term Loan
    B and the Revolving Facility is 2.75%.
The margin on Term
    Loan A, Term Loan B and the Revolving Facility are subject to a margin ratchet.
    The margin will be adjusted downwards at specified increments to reflect any
    changes in the ratio of net debt to consolidated EBITDA as determined on the
    basis of quarterly reports for the previous four quarters, to a minimum margin
    of 1.25% per annum. As long as the necessary quarterly reports are not provided,
    however, the margin will remain at the maximum of 2.75%.
In addition, during
    any period of default under the German Senior Facility, the margin on Term
    Loan A, Term Loan B and the Revolving Facility will be 1.25% above the otherwise
    applicable margin until either the default is cured or the lenders waive the
    enforcement of their rights arising from this default.
Advances under
    Term Loan C bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 7.36%.
We paid customary
    fees to the lenders under the German Senior Facility for making the term loans
    available under the German Senior Facility.
Security
In order to secure
    claims under the German Senior Facility, the Company and various subsidiaries
    have granted a number of security interests for the benefit of the lenders
    and the other secured parties, including:

    pledges of shares
      held by the Company in SGL CARBON Beteiligung GmbH, SGL ACOTEC GmbH, SGL
      CARBON GmbH, SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH; by SGL ACOTEC GmbH in KCH Beteiligungs
      GmbH; and by SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH in SGL BRAKES GmbH;
    pledges of bank
      accounts held by SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft, SGL CARBON GmbH, SGL CARBON
      Beteiligung GmbH, SGL ACOTEC GmbH, SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH, SGL BRAKES GmbH
      and KCH Beteiligungs GmbH;
    security assignments
      of accounts receivable by SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft, SGL CARBON GmbH,
      SGL CARBON Beteiligung GmbH, SGL ACOTEC GmbH, SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH, SGL
      BRAKES GmbH and KCH Beteiligungs GmbH;89

Back to Contents

    security transfers
      of movable fixed assets and inventory held by SGL CARBON GmbH, SGL ACOTEC
      GmbH, SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH and SGL BRAKES GmbH;
    security assignments
      of intellectual property rights by SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft, SGL CARBON
      GmbH, SGL CARBON Beteiligung GmbH, SGL ACOTEC GmbH, SGL TECHNOLOGIES GmbH,
      SGL BRAKES GmbH and KCH Beteiligungs GmbH;
    mortgages over
      real property belonging to SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft and SGL ACOTEC
      GmbH;
    pledges of a
      bank account into which  125.3 million have been deposited to fund potential
      antitrust fines; and
    pledges of a
      bank account into which  143.0 million have been deposited to fund the repurchase
      of the 3.5% convertible bond including accrued interest thereon.In addition, various
    security interests were be granted in those jurisdictions in which our material
    subsidiaries are located, including Austria, Canada, England, France, Italy,
    Poland, Scotland, and Spain.
Furthermore, the
    German Senior Facility provides that all subsidiaries that contribute at least
    5% of the EBITDA or the sales revenues of the SGL Group shall become party
    to the agreement, and that they shall give guarantees and grant security over
    their assets, and that their shares shall be pledged.
Use of proceeds
    and maturity
Term Loan A was
    used to fund, in part, the Transactions. The amortization schedule for Term
    Loan A provides for semi-annual payments and a final maturity on December
    31, 2008.
Term Loan B is
    a letter of credit facility that shall serve to refinance earlier letters
    of credit granted in favour of the European Union in connection with fines
    imposed by EU competition authorities. These letters of credit may be issued
    in a total amount of  140.0 million. They are to be returned to the lending
    banks if the EU waives its requirement that we provide the letters of credit.
    The Term Loan B terminates on December 31, 2008. To the extent the letters
    of credit have not been returned at that point, they shall be secured with
    a corresponding cash account. If the EU reduces the fines, any existing letter
    of credit will be replaced by another in the reduced amount.
Term Loan C serves
       to refinance a loan granted by KfW (Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau).
        The amortization schedule for Term Loan C provides for semi-annual repayments

    and a final maturity on September 30, 2007. The Revolving Facility may be
        drawn at any time up to one month before December 31, 2008, the termination

    date for the Revolving Facility, for general corporate purposes except payment
        of antitrust fines, to make or declare any dividend or repay capital
       contributions
    or any other payment in respect of share capital, or to refinance the convertible
        bond due 2005 or to repay other financial indebtedness incurred after
       the
    signing of the German Senior Facility.
Voluntary
    and mandatory prepayment
Except with respect
      to Term Loan C, we may cancel all remaining commitments and prepay any
      amounts
    owed under an available commitment in a minimum amount of  500,000, which
      represents one integral multiple of  250,000. We may provide cash collateral
    to reduce the issuing banks letter of credit proportion under the letters
    of credit issued under Term Loan B. We may prepay the whole or any part of
    Term Loan C in a minimum amount of  5.0 million. We may also cancel any amount
    owing to any single lender that makes a claim for additional payments relating
    to increased bank regulatory capital costs or tax gross-ups.
We are required
    to repay the loans under the German Senior Facility in full or in part in
    certain circumstances, including:

    the disposal
      of assets other than in the ordinary course of business or specific exceptions
      as defined in the German Senior Facility;
    the receipt
      of insurance proceeds in excess of  1.0 million or, when aggregated with
      the insurance proceeds of the SGL Group from claims made in the immediately
      preceding twelve months,  7.5 million, to the extent that they are not applied
      in the towards the replacement, reinstatement, repair, or satisfaction of
      business interruption losses within six months of receipt;
    50% of excess
      cash flow, to the extent it exceeds  7.5 million as calculated under the
      provisions of the German Senior Facility, for each financial year; and90

Back to Contents

    100% of the
      net proceeds from the issuance of any debt securities issuance and 75% of
      the net proceeds arising from any equity securities issuance.Undertakings
    and restrictive covenants
The German Senior
    Facility includes a number of undertakings and restrictive covenants typical
    for credit facilities of this nature, including:

    restrictions
      on disposals of assets, unless permitted under the German Senior Facility;
    restrictions
      on changes of the financial year;
    requirement
      to maintain and protect intellectual property rights; and
    prohibition
      of acquisitions, mergers, joint ventures or similar transactions, unless
      permitted under the German Senior Facility.Above a certain
    leverage ratio, the German Senior Facility requires the Company, to the extent
    permissible by German law, to recommend not to make and not to propose to
    make any dividend, return on capital, repayment of capital contributions or
    certain other distributions. In addition, in the event the Company distributes
    a dividend, it will repay to the lenders a part of the principal of the credit
    in the same amount as the dividend payment within 30 days after payment of
    the dividend.
Financial
    covenants
The German Senior
    Facility provides for a number of financial covenants typical for credit facilities
    of this nature, pursuant to which SGL has to meet certain conditions regarding
    net worth, interest cover, leverage ratios and other financial ratios at all
    times during the term of the German Senior Facility.
Events of
    default
The German Senior
    Facility contains provisions typical for credit facilities of this nature,
    specifying the extent to which certain actions or omissions by us will or
    can constitute a default under the agreement including breaches of covenants
    or failure to pay interest or principal on loans under the credit facilities
    as they become due.
In the event of
    a default that is not cured or waived by the banks, the agreement provides
    the lenders with certain remedies that may be exercised at the election of
    lenders representing a majority of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding principal
    amount under the facilities. In particular, these remedies include acceleration
    of all outstanding amounts, cancellation of all remaining commitments and
    enforcement of security interests that we have granted.
In addition, we
    will be in default if any new antitrust proceedings are instituted against
    any member of the SGL Group or if any antitrust fines in an aggregate amount
    exceeding  2.5 million are assessed against any member of the SGL Group by
    administrative authorities, or if any existing fines are increased by that
    amount. Should this default occur, however, the lenders may not immediately
    accelerate the loans. Rather, the German Senior Facility requires them, before
    accelerating, to negotiate with us in good faith for up to 30 days with a
    view to continuing the German Senior Facility.
U.S. Senior
    Facility
The U.S. Senior
    Facility among the Company, SGL CARBON LLC, as borrower, and certain subsidiaries
    of the Company, as guarantors, Credit Suisse First Boston International, Deutsche
    Bank Luxembourg S.A. and Dresdner Bank AG, as lead arrangers, certain other
    financial institutions party thereto, as the original lenders, and Credit
    Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, was signed on February 3, 2004.
The U.S. Senior
    Facility consists of a senior term loan in a maximum aggregate amount of $116
    million and is governed by New York law.
Interest
    rates and fees
Amounts drawn under
    the U.S. Senior Facility bears interest for each interest period at a rate
    per annum equal to either:

    the greater
      of (i) the prime rate as determined from time to time to be in effect at
      the office of the administrate agent and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective
      Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%; plus the applicable margin of
      2.0%, applicable on such date to the U.S. Senior Facility; or91

Back to Contents

    LIBOR plus the
      applicable margin of 3.0%, applicable on such date to the U.S. Senior Facility.In addition, during
    any period of default under the U.S. Senior Facility the applicable margin
    on the U.S. Senior Facility will be 1.25% above the otherwise applicable margin
    until either the default is cured or the lenders waive the enforcement of
    their rights arising from this default. We paid customary fees to the lenders
    under the U.S. Senior Facility for making the term loans available under the
    U.S. Senior Facility.
Security
In order to secure
    claims under the U.S. Senior Facility, SGL CARBON LLC and various of its subsidiaries
    have granted a number of security interests for the benefit of the lenders
    and the other secured parties. These interests are the same as, and pari
    passuwith, the security granted to the lenders under the German Senior
    Facility. See  German Senior Facility  Security.
Furthermore, the
    U.S. Senior Facility provides that all subsidiaries that become additional
    guarantors under the German Senior Facility shall become party to the U.S.
    Senior Facility as an additional guarantor.
Use of proceeds
    and maturity
The U.S. Senior
    Facility serves to refinance a portion of existing indebtedness of the SGL
    Group. The amortization schedule of the U.S. Senior Facility provides for
    repayment of 1% of the principal per year for the first five years, 47.5%
    of the principal on June 30, 2009, and the remaining 47.5% on December 31,
    2009.
Voluntary
    and mandatory prepayment
Subject to certain
    conditions described in the U.S. Senior Facility, we may prepay part or all
    of U.S. Senior Facility without premium or penalty. Partial prepayments may
    be made in minimum amounts of $1.0 million and in integral multiples of $0.5
    million.
We are required
    to repay the loans under the U.S. Senior Facility in full or in part in certain
    circumstances, including:

    the disposal
      of assets other than in the ordinary course of business or specific exceptions
      as defined in the U.S. Senior Facility;
    the receipt
      of insurance proceeds in excess of  1.0 million or, when aggregated with
      the insurance proceeds of the SGL Group from claims made in the immediately
      preceding twelve months,  7.5 million, to the extent that they are not applied
      in the towards the replacement, reinstatement, repair, or satisfaction of
      business interruption losses within six months of receipt;
    50% of excess
      cash flow, to the extent it exceeds  7.5 million as calculated under the
      provisions of the U.S. Senior Facility, for each financial year; and
    100% of the
      net proceeds from the issuance of any debt securities issuance and 75% of
      the net proceeds arising from any equity securities issuance.Restrictive
    covenants
The U.S. Senior
    Facility includes a number of undertakings and restrictive covenants typical
    for credit facilities of this nature, including:

    restrictions
      on disposals of assets, unless permitted under the U.S. Senior Facility;
    restrictions
      on changes of the financial year;
    requirement
      to maintain and protect intellectual property rights; and
    prohibition
      of acquisitions, mergers, joint ventures or similar transactions, unless
      permitted under the U.S. Senior Facility.Above a certain
    leverage ratio, the U.S. Senior Facility requires the Company to the extent
    permissible by German law, to recommend not to make and not to propose to
    make any dividend, return on capital, repayment of capital contributions or
    certain other distributions. In addition, in the event the Company distributes
    a dividend, it will repay to the lenders a part of the principal of the credit
    in the same amount as the dividend payment within 30 days after payment of
    the dividend.
92

Back to Contents
Financial
    covenants
The U.S. Senior
    Facility provides for a number of financial covenants typical for credit facilities
    of this nature, pursuant to which SGL has to meet certain conditions regarding
    net worth, interest cover, leverage ratios and other financial ratios at all
    times during the term of the U.S. Senior Facility.
Events of
    default
The U.S. Senior
    Facility contains provisions typical for credit facilities of this nature,
    specifying the extent to which certain actions or omissions by us will or
    can constitute a default under the agreement including breaches of covenants
    or failure to pay interest or principal on loans under the credit facilities
    as they become due.
In the event of
    a default that is not cured or waived by the banks, the agreement provides
    the lenders with certain remedies that may be exercised at the election of
    lenders representing a majority of more than 50% of the then outstanding principal
    amount under the facilities. In particular, these remedies include acceleration
    of all outstanding amounts, cancellation of all remaining commitments and
    exercise of security interests that we have granted.
In addition, we
    will be in default if any new antitrust proceedings are instituted against
    any member of the SGL Group or if any antitrust fines in an aggregate amount
    exceeding  2.5 million are assessed against any member of the SGL Group by
    administrative authorities, or if any existing fines are increased by that
    amount. Should this default occur, however, the lenders may not immediately
    accelerate the loans. Rather, the U.S. Senior Facility requires them, before
    accelerating, to negotiate with us in good faith for up to 30 days with a
    view to continuing the U.S. Senior Facility.
Intercreditor
    Agreement
General
To establish the
    relative rights of certain of the creditors under our financing arrangements,
    certain members of the SGL Group, including the Issuer, the Company and the
    Subsidiary Guarantors, entered into an Intercreditor Agreement with the lenders
    under the Senior Facilities, the senior agent, the senior security agent,
    the security agent or agents and trustee for the holders of the notes and
    a trustee for the holders of the convertible bonds, among others.
Convertible
    Bonds
The Intercreditor
    Agreement provides that the holders of the convertible bonds will benefit
    on a pari passuand pro rata basis from the same guarantees and security
    as the holders of the notes and that recoveries thereunder will be applied
    on a pro rata basis among these creditors under the Intercreditor Agreement.
    However, the holders of the convertible bonds will have no right to take any
    action (or to participate in the giving of any direction related to such action)
    in respect of such guarantees and security, including without limitation,
    the right to initiate, conduct or terminate any enforcement action or to instruct
    the trustee or to vote or consent in respect thereof and any action taken
    by or on behalf of the holders of the notes with respect to the guarantees
    or security will be binding on the holders of the convertible bonds.
Order
    of priority
The Intercreditor
    Agreement provides that outstanding debt of members of the SGL Group will
    have the following priority:

    first, Senior
      Indebtedness;
    second, Indebtedness
      under the Guarantees and the guarantees of the convertible bonds; and
    third, Indebtedness
      under the Funding Loan.The priority of
    the notes and the convertible bonds is not governed by the Intercreditor Agreement
Payments
    under the Guarantees of the notes and the Funding Loan
Payment by the
    Guarantors under their Guarantees will be permitted except as set forth under
     Suspension of Payments below.
Payment by the
    Company of the principal of the Funding Loan will be prohibited other than
    (i) as permitted by the terms of the Designated Senior Indebtedness, (ii)
    with the consent of the
93

Back to Contents
Majority Senior
  Lenders and the consent of the trustee and (iii) subject to 
  Suspension of Payments below, at any time when the Funding Loan
  has become due and payable in full as described under Delayed
  maturity of the Subsidiary Guarantees of the notes and the Funding Loan.
  Payment by the Company of interest and other amounts (excluding principal) under
  the Funding Loan will be permitted except as set forth under 
  Suspension of payments below.
Suspension
    of Payments
Payments under
    the Guarantees or the Funding Loan, as applicable, will be subject to suspension
    as follows:
(1)
    if
      any payment event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of
      the relevant obligor has occurred and is continuing; or(2)
    if
      an event of default (other than a payment event of default) with respect
      to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant obligor has occurred
      and is continuing and the trustee for the notes has received a stop notice
      from the relevant agent under any such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying
      the relevant event of default and that permitted payments under the Guarantee
      or Funding Loan, as applicable, are suspended until the earliest of:a)
    the date falling
      179 days after the date of receipt by the trustee for the notes of the stop
      notice;b)
    the date on
      which the relevant event of default is cured, waived or otherwise no longer
      continuing;c)
    the date on
      which the stop notice is withdrawn; andd)
    the payment
      in full in cash or cash equivalents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)
      of the relevant Designated Senior Indebtedness.The foregoing will
    not prohibit the Guarantors from paying and the holders of notes from receiving
    certain permitted junior securities (which include
    equity securities of the Company and subordinated debt securities of any Guarantor)
    or payments made from the trusts.
Delivery
    of stop notices
Any Designated
    Senior Indebtedness acting as one class may serve a stop notice. However,
    only one stop notice may be served in any period of 360 days. Such stop notice
    may only be withdrawn with the consent of the Majority Senior Lenders.
Delayed
    maturity of the Subsidiary Guarantees and of the Funding Loan
The Intercreditor
    Agreement requires that the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Funding Loan each
    provide that, prior to the repayment of all obligations in respect of Designated
    Senior Indebtedness, the obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees and Funding
    Loan are not due (and no demand may be made on the relevant obligor) until:
i.
    a default in
      payment of any amounts due under the indenture, the notes or the Guarantees
      has occurred and is continuing; andii.
    either (i)
      179 days has elapsed since the date of any default under the notes occurring
      on or prior to such payment default or (ii) if earlier, (A) certain insolvency
      events in respect of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, with respect to
      the Subsidiary Guarantees, or the Company, with respect to the Funding Loan,
      have occurred, (B) a Senior Declared Default has occurred and is continuing
      or (C) the applicable lenders have taken any Enforcement Action in respect
      of any Senior Indebtedness.This delayed maturity
    provision contained in the Intercreditor Agreement may not be amended without
    the consent of the Majority Senior Lenders.
Because the obligations
    of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees and the obligations
    of the Company under the Funding Loan will not be due until the occurrence
    of the events described above, the trustee may not make a demand under or
    bring any Enforcement Action on the Subsidiary Guarantees or on the Funding
    Loan, as applicable (including but not limited to the commencement of insolvency
    proceedings with respect to the relevant obligor) until such time.
Designated
    Senior Indebtedness, Enforcement Action,
    Senior Declared Indebtedness and Indebtedness
    each have the meaning set forth in Exhibit 2.
94

Back to Contents
Majority
    Senior Lenders means: (1) with respect to clause (1) of the definition
    of Designated Senior Indebtedness, the lenders under the German Senior Facility
    and/or the US Senior Facility, voting as one class, holding together more
    than 50.0% of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness under both facilities
    (ii) with respect to clause (2) of the definition of Designated Senior Indebtedness,
    the lenders under such Designated Senior Indebtedness, voting as one class,
    holding together more than 50.0% of such aggregate outstanding Indebtedness
    and (iii) with respect to clause (3) of the definition of Designated Senior
    Indebtedness the relevant majority specified in the credit agreement(s) governing
    such Designated Senior Indebtedness.
The Company Guarantee
    is not subject to delayed maturity and, although subordinated in right of
    payment, is full and unconditional.
Subordination
    on insolvency
The Intercreditor
    Agreement provides that, in the event of certain insolvency events, all obligations
    in respect of a Guarantor under a Guarantee and the Company under the Funding
    Loan, as applicable, are subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash
    or cash equivalents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) of all obligations
    of the relevant obligor under all Senior Indebtedness. Any payments of any
    kind, including by way of set-off or otherwise on the Guarantee of the relevant
    obligor and the Funding Loan must be paid to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness
    in accordance with their interests.
Turnover
The Intercreditor
    Agreement requires holders of the notes and the holder of the Funding Loan
    to turn over to the agent for the holders of Senior Indebtedness any payments
    received in breach of the foregoing restrictions in the Intercreditor Agreement.
    The agent will apply the proceeds first to the relevant Senior Indebtedness
    and then to the relevant subordinated indebtedness.
Enforcement
    of security
The trustee for
    the notes may enforce its security over the Funding Loan at any time. The
    security agent for the notes may enforce its security over the shares of the
    Pledged Entities from and after the date the Subsidiary Guarantees have become
    due, unless, at that time, the lenders under any Designated Senior Indebtedness
    have taken Enforcement Action with respect to the relevant share security
    and are pursuing such action in a diligent and reasonable manner. Any instruction
    to the security agent by the holders of notes in respect of enforcement in
    respect of their share security must be given by the holders of more than
    50.0% of the notes. In the event the lenders under any Designated Senior Indebtedness
    have issued conflicting instructions to the security agent, the security agent
    will follow the instructions of the senior lenders.
Release
    of Subsidiary Guarantees and security
Subject to the
    following paragraph, if the agent for holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness
    requires any release of any Subsidiary Guarantee or share security in connection
    with any Enforcement Action under the security documents, all parties will
    enter into such documents as the agent for lenders of Designated Senior Indebtedness
    may reasonably require. If any asset is to be sold by way of any Enforcement
    Action under the security documents, the agent for lenders of Designated Senior
    Indebtedness will (subject to the requirements of the following paragraph)
    be authorized to release security over that asset (but not the proceeds thereof)
    and, if a member of the SGL Group has been sold, to release it from liabilities
    as a guarantor or borrower and to release any related security.
The holders of
    notes will be required to authorize any release described in the previous
    paragraph only if the following conditions have been satisfied:
i.
    the holders of notes have approved the release; orii.
    the
      shares of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor (or the shares of any direct
      or indirect holding company of such guarantor) are sold or otherwise disposed
      of pursuant to any Enforcement Action taken by the agent for the holders
      of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the relevant assets are sold pursuant
      to any Enforcement Action under the security documents by the Senior Lenders
      and:a)
    such sale is
      for consideration all or substantially all of which is in the form of cash
      or cash equivalents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);95

Back to Contents
b)
    concurrently
      with the completion of such sale or disposal, the claims and security interests
      of the senior lenders against the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor and its
      Subsidiaries are irrevocably and unconditionally released (and not assumed
      by the relevant purchaser or any affiliate thereof);c)
    the sale is
      either made pursuant to a public auction or is otherwise made for fair market
      value as certified by an independent internationally recognized investment
      bank selected by a representative of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness;
      andd)
    the proceeds
      of such sale are concurrently with the completion of such sale delivered
      to the agent for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for application in accordance
      with the Intercreditor Agreement (first to holders of Senior Indebtedness
      and then to the holders of the notes and the holders of convertible bonds).Amendment
    of Deposit Accounts
We have agreed
    not to amend the Deposit Accounts without the consent of the trustee for the
    holders of the notes. See Deposit Accounts.
Other
    Provisions
The Intercreditor
    Agreement contains other standard provisions including subrogation, grant
    of certain authority to the senior lenders to prove for and file claims in
    respect of the Guarantees and the Funding Loan, and restrictions on assignment.
Governing
    Law
The Intercreditor
    Agreement will be governed by New York law.
Funding Loan
After closing date
    of the note offering, the Issuer made the Funding Loan to the Company with
    the gross proceeds of the notes. Interest on the Funding Loan will accrue
    at a rate (including a margin) necessary to fund interest on the notes (including
    default interest), if applicable, Additional Amounts, and certain other payments
    relating to the costs of administration of the Issuer and the issuance of
    the notes. Interest will be payable in cash, semi-annually in arrears two
    business days prior to each interest payment date on the notes.
Pursuant to the
    Intercreditor Agreement, the Funding Loan will be subordinated in right of
    payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantees in respect
    of the notes. Under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company may make payments
    of interest and fees (including Additional Amounts) under the documents governing
    the Funding Loan subject to the suspension of payment in certain circumstances.
    Prior to the repayment in cash or cash equivalents of all obligations in respect
    of Senior Indebtedness, the principal under the Funding Loan is not due (and
    no demand may be made on the Company therefor) until:
(1)
    a default in
      payment of any amounts due under the indenture, the notes or the Guarantees
      has occurred and is continuing; and(2)
    either (i) 179
      days has elapsed since the date of any default under the notes occurring
      on or prior to such payment default or (ii) if earlier, (A) certain insolvency
      events in respect of the Company have occurred, (B) a Senior Declared Default
      has occurred and is continuing or (C) the applicable lenders have taken
      any Enforcement Action in respect of any Senior Indebtedness.Since the obligations
    of the Company under the Funding Loan will not be due until the occurrence
    of the events described above, the Issuer may not make a demand under or bring
    any Enforcement Action on the Funding Loan, including but not limited to the
    commencement of insolvency proceedings, with respect to the Company until
    such time. Payments of principal and interest are subject to customary payment
    blockage provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement. See 
    Intercreditor Agreement.
3.5% Convertible
    Bonds
On September 18,
    2000, the Company issued convertible bonds in the amount of  133.6 million
    with a maturity date of September 18, 2005. The convertible bonds bear interest
    at an annual rate of 3.5% payable annually. The convertible bonds are unsecured
    and rank pari passuall other senior unsecured obligations of the Company
    with the exception of obligations ranking in priority according
96

Back to Contents
to provisions of
  law. The terms and conditions of the convertible bonds include undertakings
  by the Company that are customary for such convertible bonds, including, among
  others, negative pledge provisions.
The negative pledge
    provides that until such time as principle and interest, as well as cash amounts
    payable under or in respect of the convertible bonds, have been paid and all
    obligations to deliver shares have been fulfilled, the Company will not provide
    any security upon its assets for any present or future capital market indebtedness,
    including any guarantee or indemnity in respect thereof, unless the convertible
    bonds at the same time share pari passuand pro rata in such security
    or unless such other security as may be approved by an independent accounting
    firm as being equivalent security has been made available to the holders of
    the convertible bonds.
As a result of
    the application of this negative pledge provision, we are providing equivalent
    security and guarantees for the benefit of the convertible bonds, at the same
    time, and on a pari passuand pro rata basis, as the security and guarantees,
    we are providing for the benefit of holders of the notes issued. However,
    the holders of convertible bonds will have no right to take any action (or
    to participate in the giving of any direction related to such action) in respect
    of such security and guarantees, including without limitation, the right to
    initiate, conduct or terminate any enforcement action or to instruct the trustee
    or to vote or consent in respect thereof. See Risk Factors 
    The Guarantors and the Security for the benefit of the notes will also be
    granted, on a pari passuand pro rata basis, for the benefit of the
    holders of our convertible notes.
The convertible
       bonds can be converted at any time into fully paid-up, no face value bearer

    shares of the Company. Bondholders may exchange the convertible bonds, each
       of which has a nominal value of  1,000, at a conversion price of  89.10
      per
    shares.
We cannot redeem
    the convertible bonds prior to maturity except under limited circumstances.
    We can call the convertible bonds upon a change of control. We can also call
    the convertible bonds at par if our shares trade at least 30% above the conversion
    price. In case of such a call, bondholders have the right to convert the convertible
    bonds into shares within 30 days before the call becomes effective.
Polish Facility
The Polish Facility
    was most recently amended on December 18, 2003, and is by and among certain
    of our subsidiaries in Poland, SGL CARBON S.A. (Poland) and SGL CARBON Polska
    S.A. (Poland) (now merged into SGL CARBON Polska S.A. (Poland)) and SGL CARBON
    Angraph Sp. z.o.o (Poland) as the borrowers and BNP Paribas Bank Polska S.A.
    as the lender.
The Polish Facility
    provides for a revolving credit facility of up to PLN 60.0 million. The Polish
    Facility is used to provide working capital to our Polish subsidiaries. As
    of December 31, 2003, there was PLN 24.3 million ( 5.2 million) of indebtedness
    outstanding under the Polish Facility.
Advances under
    the Polish Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to WIBOR plus
    2.0% (for borrowings denominated in PLN), LIBOR plus 2.0% (for borrowings
    denominated in US Dollars) or EURIBOR plus 2.0% (for borrowings denominated
    in euro). Borrowings under the Polish Facility are subject conditions precedent.
The Polish Facility
    is served by a mortgage on certain Polish real estate and a pledge of the
    share capital of SGL CARBON S.A. (Poland) and SGL CARBON Polska S.A. (Poland),
    which were merged into SGL CARBON Polska S.A. (Poland) as of December 31,
    2003.
The Polish Facility
    terminates on December 30, 2008. Availability under the Polish Facility will
    be decreased to PLN 50.0 million at December 31, 2007.
The Polish Facility
    includes the restrictive covenants, including financial covenants, applicable
    to the borrowing group.
Deposit Accounts
Upon closing we
    deposited  143.0 million into an escrow account to satisfy interest and principle
    obligations on our existing convertible bonds through to maturity (the Convert
    Deposit Account). We offered to purchase the convertible bonds
    after completion of the Transaction. This collateral account will be classified
    as restricted cash on our balance sheet. We estimate
    that approximately  135 million of the cash placed into the Convert Deposit
    Account will be used to fund the repurchase of the convertible bonds, based
    on a tender at par for principal of the convertible bond plus accrued
97

Back to Contents
interest. If 100%
  of the holders of our convertible bonds accept our offer, any cash left in the
  Convert Deposit Account after such purchase would be available for our general
  corporate purposes.
A portion of the
    proceeds from the Transactions (in the amount of  125.3 million) is deposited
    into a separate escrow account to be used exclusively for the purpose of paying
    fines in connection with antitrust proceedings and related costs (the Antitrust
    Deposit Account and, together with the Convert Deposit Account,
    the Deposit Accounts). We will classify the amounts
    in Antitrust Deposit Account as restricted cash on
    our balance sheet.
The Deposit Agreements
    requires that there is deposited such amount as to be sufficient to provide
    for payment in full of (a) certain antitrust and cartel fines and settlements
    and (b) the remaining interest payments and principal amounts due on any Convertible
    Bonds. Approximately  268 million of the net proceeds of the Transactions
    was used to fund the Deposit Accounts. Interest earned on the Deposit Accounts
    will be added to the applicable Deposit Account. In the event that the funds
    held in the applicable Deposit Account exceed the amount sufficient, in the
    opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
    selected by the Company, to provide for payment in full of the remaining obligations
    under such Deposit Agreements, such amounts will be permitted to be released
    to the Company, at the Companys request, provided that any such amounts
    are used to repay Senior Indebtedness and, if the Senior Indebtedness repaid
    is revolving credit Indebtedness, to reduce commitments with respect thereto
    correspondingly.
The Deposit Accounts
    are assets of the Company and will not be pledged to secure the notes. Therefore,
    in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, or other
    winding-up of the Company, the funds in the Deposit Accounts will be available
    to satisfy the claims of holders of secured Indebtedness (other than the notes
    or the Guarantees).
The Deposit Accounts
    provide that, other than as set forth above, the funds in such accounts may
    not be released other than with the consent of the lenders under the Senior
    Facilities and the holders of the notes.
8.5% Senior
    Notes
On February 9,
    2004, as part of our recent refinancing package, we issued senior notes with
    a total nominal value of  270 million through our finance subsidiary SGL CARBON
    Luxembourg S.A. SGL CARBON AG owns 96.77% of SGL CARBON Luxembourg S.A., while
    SGL CARBON Beteiligung GmbH owns the remaining 3.23%. The notes bear interest
    at 8.5% per annum, payable semi-annually, and mature on February 1, 2012.
    We have applied, through our listing agent, to list the notes on the Luxembourg
    Stock Exchange.
The gross proceeds
    from the issue of the senior notes were on-lent by SGL CARBON Luxembourg S.A.
    to SGL CARBON AG, which used the proceeds, along with existing cash and the
    gross proceeds from the rights issue, to refinance our credit facility in
    place at the time, to fund an escrow account for payments in connection with
    antitrust proceedings, to fund an escrow account for the repurchase of our
    convertible bonds and to pay the expenses and fees related to the transaction.
The notes were
    issued under an indenture among SGL CARBON Luxembourg S.A., SGL CARBON AG,
    the guarantor subsidiaries of SGL CARBON AG and The Bank of New York as trustee
    for the bondholders, in a private transaction not subject to the registration
    requirements of the U.S. Securities Act. The indenture is attached as an exhibit
    to this annual report.
The notes are senior
    obligations of SGL CARBON Luxembourg S.A. and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated
    basis by SGL CARBON AG and certain of our subsidiaries. Each guarantee of
    the notes is a general obligation of each guarantor, is subordinated in right
    of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of that guarantor
    and ranks pari passuin right of payment with any future senior subordinated
    indebtedness of that guarantor.
The obligations
    of SGL CARBON Luxembourg S.A. and of each of the guarantors under the indenture,
    the notes and in certain cases the guarantees are secured by a first-ranking
    security over the loan of the gross proceeds of the issue from SGL CARBON
    Luxembourg S.A. to SGL CARBON AG and by second-ranking pledges over the capital
    stock of the following SGL subsidiaries: SGL CARBON GmbH (Germany), SGL ACOTEC
    GmbH (Germany), SGL CARBON GmbH & Co. KG (Austria), SGL ACOTEC S.A.S.
    (France), SGL CARBON S.p.A. (Italy), SGL CARBON S.A. (Spain), SGL CARBON Polska
    S.A. (Poland), SGL CARBON LLC (Nevada) and SGL Technic Inc. (California).
98

Back to Contents
To comply with
    a negative pledge provision in our convertible bonds, we are providing equivalent
    security and guarantees for the benefit of the holders of our existing convertible
    bonds at the same time, and on a pari passuand a pro rata basis, as
    the security and guarantees we are providing for the benefit of the holders
    of the senior notes.
The indenture under
    which we issued the senior notes contains a number of conditions that are
    typical for this kind of debt instrument but that could substantially limit
    our financial and operating flexibility or, in a case of breach, lead to accelerated
    maturity or termination of the notes. Among other things, these conditions
    limit our ability to:

    incur additional
      indebtedness and issue preferred shares;
    make certain
      restricted payments and investments;
    transfer or
      sell assets;
    enter into transactions
      with affiliates
    create certain
      liens;
    create restrictions
      on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or other
      payments to us;
    issue guarantees
      of indebtedness by our restricted subsidiaries;
    enter into sale
      and leaseback transactions;
    issue or sell
      shares of our restricted subsidiaries;
    merge, consolidate,
      amalgamate or combine with other entities;
    designate restricted
      subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and
    engage in any
      business other than a business permitted under the indenture.Each of these covenants
    is subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications. See Exhibit [2.1]
    to this annual report.
Exchange
    Controls
At the present
      time, Germany does not restrict the export or import of capital, except
      for
    certain direct investments in areas covered by United Nations embargoes and
      certain other countries and individuals subject to embargoes in accordance
      with German law. However, for statistical purposes with certain exceptions,
      every corporation or individual residing in Germany must report to the
      German
    Central Bank any payment received from or made to a non-resident, corporation
      or individual if the payment exceeds  12,500 (or the equivalent in a foreign
      currency). Additionally, corporations and individuals residing in Germany
      must report to the German Central Bank any claims of a resident corporation
      or individual against, or liabilities payable to, a non-resident corporation
      or individual exceeding an aggregate  1.5 million (or the equivalent in a
    foreign currency) at the end of any calendar month. There are no limitations
    on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the Shares
    or the ADRs imposed by German law or the Articles of Association of SGL.
Taxation
  German
          Taxation
The following discussion
    is a summary of the material German tax consequences for beneficial owners
    of Shares or American Depositary Shares who are (i) not German residents for
    German income tax purposes (i.e., persons whose residence, habitual abode,
    statutory seat or place of effective management and control is not located
    in Germany) and (ii) whose Shares do not form part of the business property
    of a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany. Throughout this section
    we refer to these owners as non-German Holders.
This summary is
    based on German tax laws and typical tax treaties to which Germany is a party,
    as they are in effect on the date hereof, and is subject to changes in German
    tax laws or such treaties. The following discussion does not purport to be
    a comprehensive discussion of all German tax consequences that may be relevant
    for non-German Holders. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the
    German federal, state and local tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
    and disposition of Shares or ADRs and the procedures to follow for the refund
    of German taxes withheld from dividends.
99

Back to Contents
Taxation
    in Germany
From 2004 on, a
    corporate income tax rate of 25% plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon, amounting
    to a total of 26.375% applies. According to the transition rules applicable
    in connection with the German tax reform, dated October 23, 2000, and the
    change from the corporate income tax credit system to the new system, a corporate
    income tax reduction in the amount of 1/6 of the distributions of earnings
    that were taxed under the old credit system applies. However, distributions
    after April 11, 2003 and before January 1, 2006 do not trigger corporate income
    tax reduction and for distributions after December 31, 2005 certain restrictions
    apply. German corporations are also subject to profit-related trade tax on
    income, the exact amount of which depends on the municipality in which the
    corporation maintains its business establishment(s). Trade tax on income is
    a deductible item in computing the corporations tax base for corporate
    income tax purposes.
Withholding
    Tax
Generally the dividends
    distributed by SGL are subject to German withholding tax. The withholding
    tax rate on dividends is 20%. In addition, the solidarity surcharge of 5.5%
    on the withholding tax will be retained, resulting in a total withholding
    from dividends of 21.1%. The withholding tax rate may be reduced for non-German
    Holders by an applicable double tax treaty. Under most double tax treaties
    the withholding tax rate is reduced, by way of refund, to 15%. To reduce the
    withholding tax to the applicable treaty rate of 15%, a non-German Holder
    may apply for a refund of withholding taxes paid. The refund amounts to 6.1%
    of the declared dividend for dividend distributions withheld at the rate of
    21.1%. The application for refund must be filed with the German Federal Tax
    Office (Bundesamt für Finanzen, Friedhofstrasse 1, D-53221 Bonn, Germany;
    http://www.bff-online.de). The relevant forms can be obtained from the German
    Federal Tax Office or from German embassies and consulates.
Special Tax
    Rules for U.S. Holders
Under the United
    States-German Income Tax Treaty, the withholding tax rate is reduced to 15%
    of the gross amount of the dividends for shareholders holding less than 10%
    in SGL. Otherwise, the withholding tax rate is reduced to 5%. Therefore, in
    most cases eligible U.S. holders will be entitled to receive a repayment from
    the German tax authorities equal to 6.1% of the declared dividend. Accordingly,
    for a declared dividend of 100, an eligible U.S. holder initially will receive
    78.9 (100 minus the 21.1% withholding tax). The eligible U.S. holder is then
    entitled to a refund from the German tax authorities of 6.1 and will, as a
    result, effectively receive a total of 85 (i.e., 85% of the declared dividend).
    Thus, the eligible U.S. holder will be deemed to have received a dividend
    of 100, subject to German withholding tax of 15.
Dividend
    Refund Procedure for U.S. Holders
A new simplified
    collective refund procedure has been introduced, the so-called Datenträgerverfahren.Financial institutions which deal with dividend distributions of SGL (for
    example, custodian banks or clearing offices) or SGL itself may apply to participate
    in this procedure at the German Federal Tax Office. Upon acceptance, the participant
    may electronically file collective refund claims with the German Federal Tax
    Office.
Individual claims
    for refund may be made on a special German form, which must be filed with
    the German Federal Tax Office, Friedhofstrasse 1, 53221 Bonn, Germany (http://www.bff-online.de).
    Copies of the required form may be obtained from the German Federal Tax Office
    at the same address or from the Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany,
    4645 Reservoir Road, N.W., Washington D.C. 20007-1998. Alternatively, the
    form can be downloaded from the following website: www.bff-online.de.
Claims must be
    filed within a four-year period from the end of the calendar year in which
    the dividend was received.
As part of the
    individual refund claim, an eligible United States holder must submit to the
    German tax authorities the original bank voucher (or certified copy thereof)
    issued by the paying entity documenting the tax withheld, and an official
    certification on IRS form 6166 of its last United States federal income tax
    return. IRS Form 6166 may be obtained by filing a request with the Internal
    Revenue Service Center in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Foreign Certification
    Request, P.O. Box 16347, Philadelphia, PA 19114-0447. Requests for certifications
    must include the eligible United States holders name, Social Security
    Number or Employer Identification Number, tax return form number, and tax
    period for which the certification is requested. Requests for certification
    can include a
100

Back to Contents
request to the Internal
  Revenue Service to send the certification directly to the German tax authorities.
  If no such request is made, the Internal Revenue Service will send a certification
  on IRS Form 6166 to the eligible United States holder, who then must submit
  this document with its claim for refund.
Capital Gains
Under German domestic
    tax law, capital gains derived by a non-German Holder from the sale or other
    disposition of Shares or ADRs are subject to tax in Germany, the tax base
    being 50% of the capital gains in respect of an individual non-German Holder
    and 5% of the capital gains in respect of a corporate non-German Holder provided
    that such non-German Holder has held, directly or indirectly, Shares or ADRs
    representing 1% or more of the registered share capital of SGL at any time
    during the 5-year period immediately preceding the disposition.
Under most double
    tax treaties, a non-German Holder will not be liable for German income tax
    on capital gains realized or accrued on the sale or other disposition of Shares
    or ADRs. This applies also under the United States-German Income Tax Treaty.
Individuals owning
    at least 25% of the Shares who gave up residence in Germany and have become
    residents of the United States can be liable for German tax on capital gains
    under the United States  German Treaty if certain prerequisites are
    met.
Inheritance
    and Gift Tax
Under German law,
    German gift or inheritance tax will generally be imposed on transfers of Shares
    or ADRs by a gift or on the death in the following situations:

    The donor or
      transferor, or the heir, donee or other beneficiary, was domiciled in Germany
      at the time of the transfer or, with respect to German citizens who are
      not domiciled in Germany, the donor, transferor or beneficiary has not been
      continuously outside of Germany for a period of more than 5 years; or
    The shares or
      ADRs subject to such transfer form part of a portfolio that represents 10%
      or more of the registered share capital of SGL and that has been held directly
      or indirectly by the donor or transferor himself or together with a related
      party.The few German
    estate tax treaties currently in force, including the treaty with the United
    States, usually provide that German gift or inheritance tax may only be imposed
    in situations falling under the first condition above.
Other Taxes
No German transfer,
    stamp or other similar taxes apply to the purchase, sale or other disposition
    of Shares or ADRs by non-German Holders. As a result of a judicial decision,
    the German net worth tax (Vermögensteuer) was abolished.
United
    States Taxation
This section describes
    the material United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing
    of Shares or ADRs. It applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder (as defined
    below) and holds the Shares or ADRs as capital assets for tax purposes. This
    section does not address all material tax consequences of owning and disposing
    of Shares or ADRs. It does not address special classes of holders, some of
    whom may be subject to other rules, including:

    tax-exempt entities,
    certain insurance
      companies,
    broker-dealers,
    traders in securities
      that elect to mark to market method of accounting for securities holdings,
    investors liable
      for alternative minimum tax,
    investors that
      actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting stock,
    investors that
      hold shares or ADRs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction,
      or
    investors whose
      functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.101

Back to Contents
This section is
    based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue
    Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations,
    and published rulings and court decisions, as currently in effect, as well
    as on the Treaty. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive
    basis.
In addition, this
    section is based in part upon the representations of JPMorgan Chase Bank,
    the depositary for our American Depositary Receipt program. Assuming that
    each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be
    performed in accordance with its terms for United States federal income tax
    purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADRs, you will generally be treated
    as the owner of the Shares represented by those ADRs. Exchanges of Shares
    for ADRs, and ADRs for Shares, generally will not be subject to United States
    federal income tax.
You are a U.S.
    holder if you are a beneficial owner of Shares or ADRs and you
    are:

    an individual
      citizen or resident of the United States,
    a corporation
      organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the
      District of Columbia, or
    an estate whose
      income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its
      source, or
    a trust if a
      United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trusts
      administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control
      all substantial decisions of the trust.This discussion
    addresses only United States federal income taxation. U.S. holders should
    consult their tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local
    and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of Shares and ADRs in their
    particular circumstances. In particular, they should confirm that they are
    eligible for the benefits under the Treaty with respect to income and gain
    from the Shares or ADRs.
Taxation
    of Dividends
Under the United
    States federal income tax laws, if you are a U.S. holder, you must include
    in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our
    current or accumulated earnings and profits, as these amounts are determined
    for United States federal income tax purposes. You must include any German
    tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you
    do not in fact receive it. See the paragraph under  German
    Taxation  Special Tax Rules for U.S. Holders for examples
    of how to compute the amount of dividends received. The dividend must be included
    in your gross income when you, in the case of Shares, or JPMorgan Chase Bank,
    in the case of ADRs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The
    dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally
    allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from
    other United States corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution
    that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar
    value of the gross distribution (including German taxes withheld), determined
    at the spot euro/ U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is
    includable in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted
    into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange
    fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment
    in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated
    as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss
    from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Distributions in
    excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for
    United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a nontaxable
    return of capital to the extent of your basis in the Shares or ADRs and thereafter
    as a capital gain.
Subject to certain
    limitations, the German tax withheld in accordance with German law and the
    Treaty and paid over to Germany may be claimed as a foreign tax credit against
    your United States federal income tax liability. To the extent a refund of
    the tax withheld is available to you under German law or under the Treaty,
    the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit
    against your United States federal income tax liability. See German
    Taxation  Dividend Refund Procedure for U.S. Holders above
    for the procedures for obtaining a tax refund.
Dividends distributed
    by us will generally constitute income from sources outside the United States
    and will generally be categorized as passive income
    or financial services income, each of
102

Back to Contents
which are treated
  separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign
  tax credit allowable to you.
The United States
    Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom ADRs are released may
    be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits.
    Accordingly, the creditability of German withholding tax on dividends could
    be affected by future actions that may be taken by the United States Treasury.
Taxation
    of Capital Gains
Upon a sale or
    other disposition of Shares or ADRs, you will recognize capital gain or loss
    for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference
    between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the Shares or ADRs.
    This gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss, and will be
    treated as long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in the Shares
    or ADRs exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
    significant limitations. If you are an individual U.S. holder of Shares or
    ADRs, any capital gain generally will be subject to tax at preferential rates,
    provided certain holding periods are met.
Recent U.S.
    Tax Law Changes Applicable to Individuals
Recent U.S. tax
    legislation generally has reduced the rates of tax payable by individuals
    (as well as certain trusts and estates) on many items of income. Under the
    Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (the 2003
    Act), the marginal tax rates applicable to ordinary income generally
    have been lowered effective January 1, 2003. Furthermore, for capital assets
    held for over one year and sold or exchanged on or after May 6, 2003, but
    in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009, the maximum rate of tax
    generally will be 15% (rather than the higher rates of tax generally applicable
    to most types of ordinary income). Finally, qualified dividend
    income received by individuals in taxable years beginning after
    December 31, 2002, and beginning before January 1, 2009, generally will be
    taxed at the rates applicable to these capital gains (i.e., a maximum rate
    of 15%) rather than the rates applicable to other items of ordinary income.
    For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally
    includes dividends paid on shares in U.S. corporations as well as dividends
    paid on shares in certain non-U.S. corporations if, among other things, (i)
    the shares of the non-U.S. corporation (including ADRs backed by such shares)
    are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States,
    or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible with respect to substantially
    all of its income for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with
    the United States which contains an exchange of information program (the United
    States-Germany Income Tax Treaty has been identified by the United States
    Treasury as a qualifying treaty). We currently anticipate that dividends paid
    by us with respect to the shares or ADRs should constitute qualified
    dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that
    U.S. holders who are individuals should be entitled to the reduced rates of
    tax, as applicable. However, the precise extent to which dividends paid by
    non-U.S. corporations will constitute qualified dividend income
    and the effect of such status on the ability of a taxpayer to utilize associated
    foreign tax credits is not entirely clear at present. It is anticipated that
    there will be administrative pronouncements concerning these provisions in
    the future. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding
    the impact on their particular situations of the provisions of the 2003 Act.
Passive Foreign
    Investment Company
We believe that
    SGL is not currently a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However,
    an actual determination of PFIC status is fundamentally factual in nature
    and must be made annually as of the close of each fiscal year and is therefore
    subject to change. We urge you to consult your own tax advisers regarding
    possible application of the PFIC rules to your ownership and disposition of
    Shares or ADRs.
U.S. Information
    Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments
    on the ADRs or Shares and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of ADRs
    or Shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible
    U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will
    not apply to you, however, if you furnish a correct taxpayer identification
    number or certificate of foreign status or if you are otherwise exempt from
    backup withholding. U.S. holders who are required to establish their exempt
    status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9 (Request
    for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Non-U.S. holders generally
    will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding. However,
    such holders may be required to provide certification of
103

Back to Contents
non-U.S. status
  in connection with payments received in the United States or through certain
  U.S. related financial intermediaries.
Backup withholding
    is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld as backup withholding may be
    credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain
    a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules
    by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any
    required information.
Dividends
    and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
Statements
    by Experts
Not applicable.
Documents
    on Display
We are subject
    to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
    as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other
    information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Members of the general
    public may read and copy these materials, including this annual report and
    the exhibits thereto, at the SECs Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth
    Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SECs regional offices
    at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511, and
    233 Broadway, New York, New York 10274, and may also obtain copies of the
    materials by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street,
    N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information
    on the operation of the SECs Public Reference Room by calling the SEC
    in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at
    www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information
    regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You may access
    our annual report 2002 and some of the other information we submit to the
    SEC through this website. In addition, you may inspect material we file at
    the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New
    York 10005.
Subsidiary
    Information
Not applicable.
104
Back to Contents


ITEM
    11.
    QUANTITATIVE
    AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKThe global nature of our business exposes our operations, financial results and cash flows to a number of risks, including those listed below.

    Interest
        rate fluctuations. We are exposed to changes in interest rates. Our primary
        interest rate exposure is to fluctuations in short-term European and
    U.S. interest rates.
    Currency
        exchange rate fluctuations. We are exposed to fluctuations between the
        Euro and other major world currencies. The majority of our currency fluctuation
        risk is between the Euro and the U.S. dollar. In addition, we are exposed
        to fluctuations between the euro and the U.K. pound sterling and between
    the euro and the Polish zloty.
    Commodity
        price fluctuations. We are exposed to possible increases in raw material
    prices. We may not be able to pass any such increases on to our customers.
    Credit
        risk. We are exposed to credit risk with respect to the counter parties
        in our transactions. Any of these risks could harm our operating results
    and financial condition. These risks are similar to the risks to which we
    were exposed in the prior year.The tables below
    present certain information regarding our use of derivative financial instruments.
    You should read these tables in conjunction with Item 3, Key Information
     Selected Financial Data  Exchange Rates and the notes
    to our consolidated financial statements. All financial instruments in the
    tables below are used to manage market risks to which we are exposed. We do
    not purchase or sell derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
Interest Rate Risk Management
We are exposed to interest rate risks through our debt instruments. We manage this risk exposure through the use of interest rate swaps and interest rate caps.
The following tables provide information about our derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2003. For our fixed rate and variable rate debt, the table presents principal amounts at the December 31, 2003 exchange rate and the related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity date. Weighted average variable rates are based on implied zero coupon rates in the yield curve. For interest rate swaps and caps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates or strike rates by expected maturity date. Weighted average variable rates are based on the implied forward rates as of December 31, 2003. The information is presented in euro equivalents, which is our reporting currency.

Interest
      Rate Risk ManagementPrincipal
      (Notional) Amount by Expected MaturityAverage
      Interest RateFair
      ValueAfter
    
    
    
    December
      31,2004
    
    2005
    
    2006
    
    2007
    
    2008
    
    2008
    
    Total
    
    2003(
      equivalent
      in millions)Debt, including
      currentportionFixed rate ()
    2.5
    
    138.5
    
    4.8
    
    8.4
    
    0.1
    
    0.5
    
    154.8
    
    153.4Average interest
      rate
    7.20
    %
    3.63
    %
    7.27
    %
    7.32
    %
    4.11
    %
    4.11
    %Variable rate
      ()
    83.7
    
    190.0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    273.7
    
    273.9Average interest
      rate
    4.87
    %
    4.87
    %Variable rate
      (U.S. $)
    
    
    64.2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    64.2
    
    64.2Average interest
      rate
    
    
    3.90
    %Variable rate
      (PLN)
    2.2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    2.2
    
    2.2Average interest
      rate
    7.74
    %Other currencies
    0.4
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    0.4
    
    0.4Other currencies in which we have issued debt are the Chinese Renmimbi Yuan.
105
Back to Contents




Interest
      Rate Risk ManagementPrincipal
      (Notional) Amount by Expected MaturityAverage
      Interest (Swap) Rate/Option Strike PriceFair
      ValueAfter
    
    
    
    December
      31,2004
    
    2005
    
    2006
    
    2007
    
    2008
    
    2008
    
    Total
    
    2003(
      equivalent in millions)Debt, including
      current portionInterest rate
      swapsEUROCapped Swap
    
    
    50.0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    50.0
    
    (0.3
    )Average receive
      rate (variable)
    
    
    2.52
    %Average pay
      rate (variable, capped
      by 5.185%)
    
    
    2.52
    %EUROCapped Swap
    
    
    50.0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    50.0
    
    (1.0
    )Average receive
      rate (variable)
    
    
    2.52
    %Average pay
      rate (variable,capped
      by 4.67%)
    
    
    2.74
    %Interest rate
      optionsEUROCaps purchased
    
    
    70.0
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    70.0
    
    0.0Average strike
      rate
    
    
    6.00
    %Foreign Exchange Risk Management
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risks through sales and purchasing transactions, intercompany loans and the DOJ liability denominated in currencies other than our functional currency, the euro. Although the net impact of foreign currency exposures is partially offset in the aggregate, we hedge certain significant unmatched foreign currency exposure through the use of forward currency contracts and currency options.
By the end of December 2003, the SGL Group had entered into hedging agreements in the amount of USD 97 million to secure the transaction risk in Europe for the 2004 fiscal year. The average exchange rate for these agreements is approximately USD 1.15/EUR 1.00.
The tables below provide information about our significant derivative financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2003. For forward foreign currency exchange agreements, which relate to intercompany financing, the table presents the notional amounts and the weighted average contractual foreign currency exchange rates. For foreign currency options, the table presents the contract amounts and the average foreign currency option strike prices. The foreign currency options entered into by the SGL Group have a term of less than four years.

106
Back to Contents


AverageContractualContract
   
   Forward
   
   Fair ValueAmount
   
   Exchange
   
   December 31,Buy (Sell)
   
   rate
   
   2003( equivalent
    in millions, except for average contractual exchange rate)Forward Foreign Currency ContractsEuroU.S. Dollar
   (146.8
   )
   1.1641
   
   10.759U.S. Dollar
   0.0
   
   0.0
   
   0.0British Pound Sterling
   (46.3
   )
   0.7017
   
   0.371British Pound Sterling
   0.3
   
   0.6977
   
   (0.004
   )Singapore Dollar
   0.2
   
   2.113
   
   0.003Polish Zloty
   11.1
   
   4.6556
   
   (0.284
   )Japanese Yen
   (1.9
   )
   129.20
   
   0.086Contract
    
    Average
    
    Fair
          ValueAmount
    
    Option
    
    December
          31,Buy
        (Sell)
    
    Strike
        Price
    
    2003( equivalent
    in millions, except for average contractual exchange rate)U.S Dollar
        put/euro call *
    (88.1
    )
    0.900
    
    (22.319
    )U.S Dollar
        call/euro put
    93.2
    
    0.8504
    
    0.065*
    The following
        features distinguish these options from standard currency options. The
        option may only be exercised if a knock-in event has
        occurred, based on the following terms: principal amount $79.3 million;
        knock-in level between   0.98
        = $1.00 and   1.115
        = $1.00; strike rate (exchange rate at which dollars must be purchased
        if the euro rises above the knock-in level   0.90
    = $1.00.Commodity Price Risks
We are exposed to commodity price risks through our dependence on various raw materials (petroleum coke, coal tar pitch, petroleum pitch, anthracite coal and natural graphite flake) and energy. We seek to minimize these risks through our sourcing policies and efficient operating procedures. Some of these products are derived from petroleum therefore their prices are affected by the market price of petroleum. Possible increases in the market price of petroleum in 2004 could adversely affect the gross margins of some of our business segments.
In order to secure
      (hedge) the supply of some of our raw materials, since 2001 we were party
      to commodity forward contracts (futures) in the natural gas market. As
      of December 31, 2001 we had a long forward position of natural gas in the
      United States with a negative market value for the SGL Group of  0.7
      million. These forward contracts were to hedge the natural gas supply in
      the United States for the first six months of 2002. In 2002 these contracts
      were changed so that they no longer represent commodity future contracts
      and were treated as normal purchases. As of December 31, 2003 we again
      had a long forward position of natural gas in the United States with a
      positive market value for the SGL Group of0.2
      million.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the possibility that the value of our assets may become impaired if counter parties cannot meet their obligations in transactions involving financial instruments. The total of the amounts recognized in assets represents our maximum exposure to credit risk.
Risk Management System
We identify and manage risks through our Group wide Risk Management System. Certain risks, which are beyond our control, for example, the crisis in Iraq and its ultimate effects, are not covered by the Risk Management System.

107
Back to Contents


The Risk Management System comprises a series of distinct but interlinked planning, monitoring and information systems. These cover all areas of the Group and are continuously adapted to reflect changes in conditions. The Risk Management System is based on an integrated planning process, value-oriented key figure systems and control reports. Our operating units and central service departments are responsible for identifying the respective key risks for the entire medium-term planning period, for determining their financial impact and initial probability of occurrence, and for suggesting measures to be taken. As part of the target-setting meetings between the Executive Committee and the operating units and central service departments, key risks are examined and countermeasures are agreed and introduced. A rolling evaluation of the likelihood of key risks occurring takes place on a quarterly basis; any new risks which may have arisen are identified and countermeasures are examined by the responsible operating units and service departments.
Individual risks are aggregated by Corporate Financial Controlling on a quarterly basis or ad hoc as required, and discussed at meetings of the Executive Committee. For its part, the Executive Committee informs the Supervisory Board about risk development and risk management at regular intervals. In addition, the Internal Audit department examines all components of the risk management system at appropriate intervals in its role as a unit independent of these processes. The areas of responsibility for risk management are set out in Group guidelines.
ITEM
    12.
    DESCRIPTION
    OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIESDebt Securities
As of December 31, 2003, one major debt security, issued by SGL, was outstanding: 133,650 bonds with warrants of  1,000 each were issued as part of a convertible bond on September 18, 2000 at 100% of the principal amount. They bear annual interest at 3.5% on their principal amount. The bonds with warrants can be converted at any time into fully paid-in Shares in the period from October 18, 2000 to September 4, 2005. Each bond with warrant in the principal amount of  1,000 can be converted into 11.2233 Shares subject to adjustment of the conversion price. The bonds with warrants will be repaid on September 18, 2005 at their principal amount, provided that they have not been repaid or converted at an earlier date. The Company plans to repurchase the convertible bonds from the bondholders and has announced a public tender offer on February 25, 2004. The acceptance period for the tender offer expires at 12.00 midnight (Central European Daylight Saving Time), April 5, 2004, unless extended.
Commercial Paper
Of the  200 million commercial paper program that SGL launched in 1996, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 no amounts had been drawn down.

108
Back to Contents


PART II
ITEM
          13.
    DEFAULTS,
    DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIESNot applicable.
ITEM
          14.
    MATERIAL
    MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDSNot applicable.
ITEM
          15.
    CONTROLS
    AND PROCEDURESThe Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, with the assistance of other members of management, performed an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within 90 days prior to the date of this annual report. Based on that evaluation, they concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in this annual report is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
There were no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of the evaluation. No significant deficiencies and material weaknesses were identified that required corrective actions.
ITEM
          16.
    [RESERVED]ITEM
    16A.
    Audit
          committee
financial expert.The
          Supervisory Board has determined that Mr. Andrew H. Simon, chairman
      of the Audit Committee, qualifies as Audit Committee Financial Expert in
      accordance
  with the terms of Item 16.A of Form 20-F. See Item 6-Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Board Practices.
ITEM
    16B.
    Code
    of Ethics.The Company has
    adopted a code of ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the
    Chief Financial Officer and the Head of its Financial Reporting Department,
    as well as to all of the Companys employees performing similar functions
    in and outside Germany and to all other senior financial personnel. The code
    of ethics for financial matters is included in this annual report as Exhibit
    14.
ITEM
    16C.
    Principal
    Accountant Fees and Services.BDO
          has served as SGL CARBON Groups principal independent auditor
          for each of the fiscal years in the two-year period ended December
          31, 2003.
          Fees
          billed or expected to be billed by BDO for professional services for
  each of the last two fiscal years were as follows:
Audit Fees
  SGL CARBON Group
2003
   
   2002k
   
   kAudit fees
   1,395
   
   1,507Audit related fees
   43
   
   50Tax fees
   217
   
   88All other fees
   23
   
   10Total
   1,678
   
   1,655In
        the above table, audit fees are the aggregate fees billed by BDO for professional services in connection with the audit of the Companys consolidated annual financial statements, reviews of interim financial statements, comfort letters, as well as audits of statutory financial statements of SGL CARBON AG and its affiliates. Also included in audit fees are amounts billed for attestation services in relation to regulatory filings and other compliance requirements. Audit-related fees are
        fees billed by BDO for accounting advice on actual or contemplated transactions,
        attestation regarding compliance with certain agreements, employee benefit
  plan audits and other agreed-upon procedures.

109
Back to Contents


Tax fees are fees for tax advice on actual or contemplated transactions, expatriate employee tax services and transfer pricing studies.
In
  the first quarter of 2004 the principal auditor BDO billed another approx. 1.5 million for fees related to reviews in accordance with generally
  accepted auditing standards in the US for meeting requirements set by the underwriter
  in connection with the refinancing of the SGL Carbon Group, which was completed
  by February 9, 2004.
We
        have proposed to the annual meeting to engage Ernst&Young as our
        auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004. Our decision to
        replace BDO,
        our auditors
        for the fiscal years ended Dec. 31, 2002 and 2003, was not the result
        of a disagreement with BDO on any matter of accounting principles or
        practices,
  financial statement disclosure or auditing scope of procedure.
Subsequent
      to the auditors appointment, the Audit Committee awards the contract and proposes to the supervisory board to approve the terms and scope of the audit and monitors the auditors independence.
      In order to assure the independence of the auditors, the Audit Committee
      established a policy of ongoing supervision and pre-approval of permissible
      audit-related and tax services provided by the independent auditor. According
      to this policy, permissible audit-related and tax services are pre-approved
      under the provision that the accumulated fees for such services do not
      exceed 5% of the total fees and the Audit Committee is notified of such
      services
      before they are completed. All other services require pre-approval on a
      case-by-case basis.
ITEM
    16D.
    Exemptions
    from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.Not applicable.
ITEM
          16E.
    Purchase
    of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliate Purchasers.Not applicable.

110
Back to Contents


PART III
ITEM
          17.
    FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTSWe have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.
ITEM
          18.
    FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTSThe
          following financial statements, together with the Reports of BDO Deutsche
          Warentreuhand Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftspru ̈fungsgesellschaft for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft, Wirtschaftspru ̈fungsgesellschaft,
  for the year ended December 31, 2001 are filed as part of this annual report.
PageIndependent
    Auditors Reports
   F-2/F-3Consolidated
    Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and
       2001
   F-4Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002
   F-5Consolidated
         Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002
    and 2001
   F-6Consolidated
       Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity
    for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
   F-7Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
   F-8ITEM
          19.
    EXHIBITSExhibit Number
3(i)
    
    Articles
      of Incorporation (Satzung) of SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft, as amended.10.1
    
    TERM
      FACILITIES AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated 3 February, 2004, between
      SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft and the banks parties thereto10.2
    
    CREDIT
      AGREEMENT dated as of February 3, 2004, among SGL CARBON AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,
      SGL CARBON, LLC, and the banks parties thereto,10.3
    
    INDENTURE
      dated as of February 9, 2004 to the 8,5% Senior Notes due 2012.11
    
    An
      explanation of how earnings per share information was calculated is provided
      in Notes 10 and 33 to our consolidated financial statements filed in Item
      18, Financial Statements.14
    
    Code
      of ethics for Senior Financial Officers21
    
    A
      list of our principal subsidiaries is provided in Item 4, Information
      on the Company Organizational Structure.31
    
    Rule
      13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications32
    
    Section
      1350 Certification
111
Back to Contents


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant certifies that it meets all requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SGL
    CARBON AktiengesellschaftBy:
    
    /s/ Robert
    J. KoehlerRobert
    J. KoehlerChief
        Executive
OfficerChairman
    of the Executive CommitteeBy:
    
    /s/ Dr. Bruno
    TonioloDr.
    Bruno TonioloChief
        Financial
OfficerMember
    of the Executive CommitteeDate: April
    6, 2004
112
Back to Contents


Exhibits
to SGL CARBON AG
Annual Report
on Form
20-F
EXHIBIT
INDEX
Exhibit No.
   
   Exhibit
   
   Sequentially
    Numbered Page3(i)
   
   Articles of Incorporation (Satzung) of the Registrant.10.1
   
   TERM FACILITIES
    AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated 3 February, 2004, between SGL CARBON
    Aktiengesellschaft and the banks parties thereto.10.2
   
   CREDIT AGREEMENT
       dated as of February 3, 2004, among SGL CARBON AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, SGL
    CARBON, LLC, and the banks parties thereto.10.3
   
   INDENTURE dated
    as of February 9, 2004 to the 8.5% Senior Notes due 201214
   
   CODE OF ETHICS for Senior Financial Officers.31
   
   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications32
   
   Section 1350 Certifications
113

SGL
  CARBON AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
  INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Independent
      Auditors Reports
    F-2/F-3Consolidated
      Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and
      2001
    F-4Consolidated
      Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-5Consolidated
      Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and
      2001
    F-6Consolidated
      Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity for the years ended December
      31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    F-7Notes
      to the Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-8F-1

Back to Contents


Independent
  Auditors' Report
To the
  Board of Directors and Shareholders 
  SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
We have audited
  the consolidated balance sheets of SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries
  (,,SGL Group) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated
  statements of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders equity
  for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2003. These
  consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of SGL Group management.
  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated statements
  based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion,
  the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
  material respects, the financial position of the SGL Group as of December 31,
  2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
  years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, in conformity
  with International Financial Reporting Standards.
International Financial Reporting Standards vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States would have affected the result of operations for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2003 and shareholders equity as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 to the extent summarized in notes 34 and 35 to the consolidated financial statements.
Munich, Germany March 1, 2004
  except for notes 34, 35 and 36 as to which the date is April 6, 2004.
BDO Deutsche
  Warentreuhand
Aktiengesellschaft
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

F-2

Back to Contents


Independent
  Auditors' Report
To the
  Board of Directors and Shareholders 
  SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
We have audited
  the consolidated balance sheets of SGL CARBON Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries
  ( ,,SGL Group) as of December 31, 2001 and the related consolidated statements
  of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders equity for the year
  ended December 31, 2001. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility
  of SGL Group management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
  consolidated statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion,
  the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
  material respects, the financial position of the SGL Group as of December 31,
  2001 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended
  December 31, 2001, in conformity with International Accounting Standards.
International
  Accounting standards vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted
  accounting principles in the United States. Application of generally accepted
  accounting principles in the United States would have affected the results of
  operations for the year ended December 31, 2001 and shareholders equity
  as of December 31, 2001 to the extent summarized in note 34 to the consolidated
  financial statements.
Munich, Germany February 28, 2002
KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft
Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

F-3

Back to Contents
SGL
  CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
  Consolidated Statements of Operations (in millions,
  except per share data)
Notes
    
    2003
    
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001US$
    
    Euro
    
    Euro
    
    EuroSales
      revenue
    28
    
    1,319.3
    
    1,046.2
    
    1,112.3
    
    1,233.3Cost of
      sales
    
    
    (1,007.3
    )
    (798.8
    )
    (886.5
    )
    (941.8
    )Gross
      profit
    
    
    312.0
    
    247.4
    
    225.8
    
    291.5Selling
      expenses
    
    
    (178.4
    )
    (141.5
    )
    (139.4
    )
    (154.5
    )Research
      costs
    
    
    (26.4
    )
    (20.9
    )
    (25.4
    )
    (31.1
    )General
      and administrative expenses
    4
    
    (58.3
    )
    (46.2
    )
    (47.5
    )
    (57.8
    )Other
      operating income (net)
    5
    
    0.2
    
    0.1
    
    15.1
    
    10.6Profit
        from operations before costs relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring,
        net
    
    
    49.1
    
    38.9
    
    28.6
    
    58.7Restructuring
      expenses
    6
    
    (13.2
    )
    (10.4
    )
    (8.3
    )
    (41.0
    )Profit
        from operations before costs relating to antitrust proceedings, net
    
    
    35.9
    
    28.5
    
    20.3
    
    17.7Costs relating
      to antitrust proceedings
    6
    
    (24.6
    )
    (19.5
    )
    (22.0
    )
    (35.0
    )Profit
      (loss) from operations
    
    
    11.3
    
    9.0
    
    (1.7
    )
    (17.3
    )Net financing
      costs
    7
    
    (92.3
    )
    (73.3
    )
    (25.5
    )
    (48.5
    )Profit
      (loss) before tax
    
    
    (81.0
    )
    (64.3
    )
    (27.2
    )
    (65.8
    )Income tax
      benefit / (expense)
    9
    
    17.8
    
    14.1
    
    3.6
    
    (29.2
    )Net
      loss for the period before minority interests
    
    
    (63.2
    )
    (50.2
    )
    (23.6
    )
    (95.0
    )Minority
      interests
    
    
    (0.1
    )
    (0.1
    )
    0.0
    
    (0.2
    )Net
      loss for the period
    
    
    (63.3
    )
    (50.3
    )
    (23.6
    )
    (95.2
    )Basic earnings
      per share (EPS) in  
    10
    
    
    
    (2.27
    )
    (1.08
    )
    (4.42
    )Diluted
      earnings per share (EPS) in  
    10
    
    
    
    (2.27
    )
    (1.08
    )
    (4.42
    )1)
    The 2003
      financial figures have been translated for the convenience of the reader
      at an exchange rate of $ 1.2610 to  1.00, the rate on December
      31, 2003.
The
  accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4

Back to Contents
SGL
  CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
  Consolidated Balance Sheets(in
  millions)
ASSETS
    Note
    
    12/31/2003
    
    12/31/2003
    
    12/31/2002US$
    
    Euro
    
    EuroNoncurrent
      assetsIntangible
      assets
    11
    
    124.8
    
    99.0
    
    103.8Property,
      plant and equipment
    12
    
    515.1
    
    408.5
    
    477.3Long-term
      investments
    13
    
    36.2
    
    28.7
    
    33.2676.1
    
    536.2
    
    614.3Current
      assetsInventories
    14
    
    325.3
    
    258.0
    
    288.4Trade receivables
    15
    
    279.1
    
    221.3
    
    208.1Other receivables
      and other current assets
    16
    
    73.3
    
    58.1
    
    60.7Receivables
      and other current assets
    
    
    352.4
    
    279.4
    
    268.8Cash and
      cash equivalents
    17
    
    58.1
    
    46.1
    
    21.5735.8
    
    583.5
    
    578.7Deferred
      tax assets18
    
    160.4
    
    127.2
    
    93.41,572.3
    
    1,246.9
    
    1,286.4EQUITY
      AND LIABILITIESEquity/Minority
      interestsIssued Capital
    
    
    71.6
    
    56.8
    
    56.0Share premium
    
    
    140.6
    
    111.5
    
    111.3Retained
      earnings
    
    
    (1.8
    )
    (1.4
    )
    52.6Accumulated
      deficit/surplus
    
    
    (63.4
    )
    (50.3
    )
    (23.6
    )Equity
    19
    
    147.0
    
    116.6
    
    196.3Minority
      interests
    
    
    0.4
    
    0.3
    
    1.4147.4
    
    116.9
    
    197.7ProvisionsProvision
      for pensions and other employee benefits
    20
    
    237.7
    
    188.5
    
    190.6Other provisions
    21
    
    210.1
    
    166.6
    
    149.2447.8
    
    355.1
    
    339.8Liabilities
    22Financial
      liabilities
    
    
    623.6
    
    494.5
    
    448.5Trade payables
    
    
    124.7
    
    98.9
    
    110.5Other liabilities
    
    
    174.6
    
    138.5
    
    151.2922.9
    
    731.9
    
    710.2Deferred
      tax liabilities
    23
    
    54.2
    
    43.0
    
    38.71,572.3
    
    1,246.9
    
    1,286.41)
    The 2003
      financial figures have been translated for the convenience of the reader
      at an exchange rate of $ 1.2610 to 1.00, the rate on December 31,
      2003.
The
  accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5


Back to Contents
SGL
  CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(in millions)
2003
    
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001US$
    
    Euro
    
    Euro
    
    EuroCash
      flows from operating activitiesNet profit
      (loss) before taxes
    (81.1
    )
    (64.3
    )
    (27.2
    )
    (65.8
    )Adjustments
      to reconcile net profit or loss to net cashprovided
      by operating activitiesLoss on
      sale of property, plant and equipment
    0.3
    
    0.2
    
    (2.8
    )
    1.0Gain/loss
      on sale of equity investments
    (4.5
    )
    (3.6
    )
    (1.0
    )
    0.0Depreciation
      and amortization expense
    91.0
    
    72.2
    
    81.4
    
    86.8Write-downs
      on noncurrent assets
    4.7
    
    3.7
    
    0.0
    
    9.8Taxes paid
    (4.8
    )
    (3.8
    )
    (22.3
    )
    (13.6
    )Change in
      provisions, net
    29.5
    
    23.4
    
    (2.8
    )
    16.3Change in
      Working capital, net of changes in basis of consolidation:Inventories
    6.6
    
    5.2
    
    82.7
    
    (26.8
    )Write-downs
      on inventories
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    15.0Trade receivables
    (28.9
    )
    (22.9
    )
    44.7
    
    33.8Trade payables
    (6.9
    )
    (5.5
    )
    6.8
    
    6.2Other operating
      assets / liabilities
    16.4
    
    13.1
    
    (10.4
    )
    30.0Cash provided
      by operating activities before payment of
      antitrust fines
    22.3
    
    17.7
    
    149.1
    
    92.7Payments
      relating to antitrust proceedings
    (18.8
    )
    (14.9
    )
    (10.1
    )
    (36.9
    )Cash provided
      /used by operating activities
    3.5
    
    2.8
    
    139.0
    
    55.8Cash
      flows from investing activitiesAcquisition
      of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets (excl. Goodwill)
    (58.4
    )
    (46.3
    )
    (53.6
    )
    (96.1
    )Proceeds
      from sale of property, plant and equipment, and
      intangible assets
    2.8
    
    2.2
    
    7.8
    
    3.8Cost of
      aquisitions
    (2.1
    )
    (1.7
    )
    (0.7
    )
    (5.7
    )Proceeds
      from sale of equity investments
    7.2
    
    5.7
    
    5.6
    
    5.5Cash used
      in investing activities
    (50.5
    )
    (40.1
    )
    (40.9
    )
    (92.5
    )Cash
      flows from financing activitiesNet change
      in financial liabilities
    76.4
    
    60.6
    
    (87.6
    )
    36.5Dividends
      paid
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (0.2
    )
    (0.1
    )Net proceeds
      from capital increase
    1.3
    
    1.0
    
    0.8
    
    2.2Cash provided
      by financing activities
    77.7
    
    61.6
    
    (87.0
    )
    38.6Cash received
      from first-time consolidation
    0.8
    
    0.6Effect of
      foreign exchange rate changes
    (0.5
    )
    (0.3
    )
    (1.7
    )
    0.4Net increase/decrease
      in cash and cash equivalents
    31.0
    
    24.6
    
    9.4
    
    2.3Cash and
      cash equivalents at beginning of year
    27.1
    
    21.5
    
    12.1
    
    9.8Cash
      and cash equivalents at end of year
    58.1
    
    46.1
    
    21.5
    
    12.11)
    The 2003
      financial figures have been translated for the convenience of the reader
      at an exchange rate of $ 1.2610 to  1.00, the rate on December
      31, 2003Cash
      flow was adjusted for currency impacts, see Note 24 for additional cash
      flow information.The
  accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6

Back to Contents
SGL
  CARBON AktiengesellschaftConsolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders
  Equity(in Euro millions)
Issued
    
    Share
    
    Retained
    
    thereof
      from
    
    thereof
      other
    
    Unappropriate
    
    Equity
    
    Minority
    
    TotalCapital
    
    Premium
    
    Earnings
    
    currency
    
    comprehensive
    
    surplus/
    
    
    
    intereststranslation
    
    income
    
    AccumulateddefizitBalance
      at Jan. 1, 2001
    54.8
    
    109.5
    
    208.7
    
    15.5
    
    
    
    (36.0
    )
    337.0
    
    2.1
    
    339.1Appropriation
      of net loss for 2001
    
    
    
    
    (36.0
    )
    
    
    
    
    (59.2
    )
    (95.2
    )
    0.2
    
    (95.0
    )Other recognized
      gains and losses
    
    
    
    
    (0.6
    )
    
    
    
    
    
    
    (0.6
    )
    (0.7
    )
    (1.3
    )Capital
      increase
    0.4
    
    1.8
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    2.2
    
    
    
    2.2Exchange
      differences
    
    
    
    
    11.8
    
    11.8
    
    
    
    
    
    11.8
    
    
    
    11.8Balance
      at Dec. 31, 2001
    55.2
    
    111.3
    
    183.9
    
    27.3
    
    0.0
    
    (95.2
    )
    255.2
    
    1.6
    
    256.8Balance
      at Jan. 1, 2002
    55.2
    
    111.3
    
    183.9
    
    27.3
    
    0.0
    
    (95.2
    )
    255.2
    
    1.6
    
    256.8Appropriation
      of net loss for 2002
    
    
    
    
    (95.2
    )
    
    
    
    
    71.6
    
    (23.6
    )
    0.0
    
    (23.6
    )Other recognized
      gains and losses
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    0.0
    
    (0.2
    )
    (0.2
    )Capital
      increase
    0.8
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    0.8
    
    
    
    0.8Exchange
      differences
    
    
    
    
    (36.1
    )
    (36.1
    )
    
    
    
    
    (36.1
    )
    
    
    (36.1
    )Balance
      at Dec. 31, 2002
    56.0
    
    111.3
    
    52.6
    
    (8.8
    )
    0.0
    
    (23.6
    )
    196.3
    
    1.4
    
    197.7Balance
      at Jan. 1, 2003
    56.0
    
    111.3
    
    52.6
    
    (8.8
    )
    0.0
    
    (23.6
    )
    196.3
    
    1.4
    
    197.7Appropriation
      of net loss for 2002
    
    
    
    
    (23.6
    )
    
    
    
    
    (26.7
    )
    (50.3
    )
    0.1
    
    (50.2
    )Other recognized
      gains and losses
    
    
    
    
    2.7
    
    
    
    2.7
    
    
    
    2.7
    
    (1.2
    )
    1.5Capital
      increase
    0.8
    
    0.2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    1.0
    
    
    
    1.0Exchange
      differences
    
    
    
    
    (33.1
    )
    (33.1
    )
    
    
    
    
    (33.1
    )
    
    
    (33.1
    )Balance
      at Dec. 31, 2003
    56.8
    
    111.5
    
    (1.4
    )
    (41.9
    )
    2.7
    
    (50.3
    )
    116.6
    
    0.3
    
    116.9The
  accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7

Back to Contents
SGL
  CARBON Aktiengesellschaft
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements(in millions)
1.
    Summary
      of Accounting PoliciesDescription
    of business
SGL CARBON
    Aktiengesellschaft (SGL Carbon or the company) together
    with its subsidiaries (the SGL Carbon Group) is a global manufacturer
    of carbon and graphite products. See note 28 for further information on business
    activities.
Basis
    of presentation
The consolidated
    financial statements of the SGL Carbon Group have been prepared in accordance
    with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)  formerly
    known as the International Accounting Standards (IASs)  issued by the
    International Accounting Standards Board (IASs), incorporating the interpretations
    issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
    (IFRIC). All standards to be applied for fiscal year 2003 have been complied
    with. References to IFRSs/IASs relate to the IFRSs/IASs in force, as amended.
    Application of the IFRSs/IASs was possible because consolidated financial
    statements prepared in accordance with internationally accepted accounting
    standards such as the IFRSs/IASs qualify as exempting consolidated financial
    statements as defined by section 292a of the HGB (German Commercial Code)
    introduced in 1998.
As in the previous
    year, the 2003 consolidated financial statements were prepared in euros ()
    and are presented in millions of euros (m), rounded to the nearest  0.1
    million.
Consolidation
    methods
The annual
    financial statements of the companies consolidated were prepared in accordance
    with uniform accounting policies. Interim financial statements are used for
    one subsidiary with a differing balance sheet date. Except for four subholding
    companies and two small companies, all financial statements have been audited
    and certified by independent auditors.
Subsidiaries
    are consolidated using the purchase method of accounting, under which the
    acquisition cost of the interests in the subsidiaries is eliminated against
    the equity of the subsidiaries attributable to the parent company at the date
    of acquisition. Hidden reserves or liabilities are recognized, and any remaining
    excess of cost of acquisition over net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill
    from capital consolidation and reduced by straight-line amortization over
    its expected useful life. In accordance with IAS 22, any negative goodwill
    is deducted from goodwill on the face of the balance sheet and amortized in
    other operating income over the useful life of the amortizable asset. Goodwill
    arising prior to 1994 has been charged directly to reserves.
Companies or
    joint ventures representing an interest of between 20% and 50% and over which
    the parent company has a significant influence are accounted for at equity.
Intercompany
    receivables and liabilities, intercompany profits and losses, as well as intragroup
    sales revenue, expenses and income are eliminated. In accordance with IAS
    12, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences
    arising from consolidation.
Foreign
    currency translation
Foreign currency
    receivables and liabilities in the single-entity financial statements are
    translated at the middle rates at the balance sheet date. The associated derivatives
    are measured separately at their fair values at the balance sheet date in
    accordance with IAS 39.
The annual
    financial statements of companies domiciled outside the eurozone are translated
    into euros in accordance with IAS 21. For all SGL Carbon Group companies,
    translation is effected on the basis of the local currency, as the companies
    are classified as foreign entities. Balance sheet items of annual financial
    statements that
F-8

Back to Contents
are not prepared
  in euros are translated at the middle rates prevailing at the balance sheet
  date; income statement items are translated at average rates for the year.
Exchange differences
    resulting from the application of different exchange rates in the income statements
    and the balance sheets, as well as differences from the translation of net
    assets at rates differing from those applied in the prior-year period, are
    taken directly to retained earnings. Changes in the exchange rates of currencies
    that are material to the consolidated financial statements are presented below:
Foreign
      currency
    ISO-Code
    
    Spot
      rate
    
    Spot
      rate
    
    Anual
      average rate1 
      =
    
    
    12/31/2003
    
    12/31/2002
    
    2003
    
    2002US-Dollar
    USD
    
    1.2610
    
    1.0415
    
    1.1309
    
    0.9448British
      Pound
    GBP
    
    0.7070
    
    0.6502
    
    0.6919
    
    0.6288Canadian-Dollar
    CAD
    
    1.6290
    
    1.6385
    
    1.5818
    
    1.4826Polish
      Zloty
    PLN
    
    4.7170
    
    4.0202
    
    4.4561
    
    3.8894Financial
    instruments
The SGL Carbon
    Group uses all standard financial instruments such as interest rate swaps,
    interest rate options, forreign currency forwards and foreign currency options
    only for hedging purposes and to reduce risk.
All financial
    derivatives are measured at cost when the transaction is executed. They are
    subsequently remeasured at their fair values at the balance sheet date. The
    hedged balance sheet items are also measured individually at their fair values
    at the balance sheet date. Presentation in the income statement is based on
    the underlying transaction. Cash flows from future US dollar transactions
    were hedged for fiscal year 2004. The gains or losses on the effective portions
    of the hedges are recorded directly in equity after deduction of deferred
    taxes and reported separately under other comprehensive income.
Intangible
    assets
Purchased intangible
    assets are carried at cost and amortized over an expected useful life of three
    years. Purchased goodwill is capitalized and amortized over its expected useful
    life of 20 years. Internally generated intangible assets are capitalized at
    cost and amortized using the straight-line method over their expected useful
    life where future economic benefits are expected to flow to the Company. Development
    costs are only capitalized in individual cases and are generally expensed
    directly when incurred. The costs incurred in adapting the SAP R/3 system
    to produce an integrated Group-wide system will be capitalized and amortized
    over its estimated useful life following completion in 2004.
Property,
    plant and equipment
Property, plant
    and equipment is capitalized at cost depreciated on a straight-line basis.
    Production costs also include an appropriate share of materials and production
    overheads. Borrowing costs are not included in production costs. Repair costs
    are expensed directly when incurred. Contracts in which the lessee bears all
    significant opportunities and risks from the use of the leased asset, and
    which are hence classified as finance leases, are carried at their fair values
    or, if lower, at the net present value of the minimum lease payments. All
    other leases are treated as operating leases and, as a result, the lease payments
    are expensed when incurred. The range of standard useful lives is as follows:
    buildings 10 to 41 years, technical equipment and machinery 4 to 25 years,
    other equipment, operating and office equipment 3 to 15 years.
Additions to
    items of movable plant and equipment in the first half of the year are depreciated
    at the full-year rate; additions in the second half of the year are depreciated
    at half the full-year rate. Low-value assets are written off in full in the
    year of acquisition and reported as disposals in the statement of changes
    in noncurrent assets. The resulting effects on net assets, financial position
    and results of operations are insignificant.
Noncurrent
    financial assets
Noncurrent
    financial assets are carried at cost, net of any write-downs incurred. Significant
    equity investments are carried at equity. Companies no longer consolidated
    are carried at their net book value. Interest-free and low-interest long-term
    receivables are discounted at a standard market rate for risk-free instruments.
F-9

Back to Contents
Inventories
Inventories
    are carried at cost using the weighted average cost method and written down
    to the lower net realizable value where required. Net realizable value is
    the estimated selling price less the estimated costs of completion and the
    estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Specific valuation allowances
    are also charged for inventory risks. In addition to directly attributable
    costs, production costs also include appropriate shares of materials and production
    overheads, as well as depreciation and write-downs. Directly attributable
    costs include labor costs, including pensions, amortization and directly attributable
    material costs. Borrowing costs are not capitalized. Construction contracts
    whose outcome can be reliably estimated and which have a material effect are
    measured using the percentage of completion method in accordance with IAS
    11.
Advertising
    and sales promotion expenses as well as other customer-related expenses are
    expensed directly when incurred. Provisions are recognized for the estimated
    cost of product warranties after the date of sale of the product concerned.
Receivables
    and other current assets
Receivables
    and other current assets  trade and other receivables  are carried
    at their principal amount, net of any bad debt allowances calculated on the
    basis of the probable default risk. Bills receivable and other long-term receivables
    are discounted.
The carrying
    amounts of assets are reviewed where there are indications that the carrying
    amount of an asset exceeds its value in use or net selling price (impairment
    test). The carrying amount is written down if it is higher than the recoverable
    amount.
Provisions
    for pensions and other employee benefits
Provisions
    for pensions and other employee benefits from defined benefit plans are measured
    by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method and reflect
    future salary and pension increases in accordance with IAS 19. The interest
    component of the addition to pension provisions is carried under net financing
    costs. Payments under defined contribution plans are recognized as expenses
    at the time of payment.
Other
    provisions
Other provisions
    are recognized in accordance with IAS 37 for obligations to third parties
    that will probably be required to be settled, and where the amount of the
    obligation can be reliably estimated. Long-term provisions are discounted.
    Restructuring provisions are recognized where a formal restructuring plan
    has been adopted and publicly announced in sufficient detail. The accounting
    for our stock option plans and recognition of provisions for obligations from
    stock option plans are described in note 31.
The SGL Carbon
    Group recognizes provisions for environmental protection obligations where
    it is probable that such an obligation exists and its amount can be reasonably
    estimated. Any possible insurance compensation payments are not deducted when
    recognizing such liabilities.
Liabilities
Liabilities
    are carried at their notional amount or at the higher redemption amount at
    the balance sheet date. Interestfree or low-interest liabilities due after
    more than one year are discounted to the balance sheet date. One-time fees
    for long-term loan agreements are amortized over the term of the loan agreement.
Deferred
    income
Government
    grants are recognized only if there is sufficient certainty that the SGL Carbon
    Group will comply with the conditions attached to them and that the grants
    will be received. The amounts are carried in deferred income and recognized
    as income as the associated expenses are incurred.
Income
    and expenses
Income and
    expenses of the fiscal year are recognized when realized and incurred. Sales
    revenue is recognized at the time of transfer of risk, generally after delivery
    of the products or rendering of the services, net of any discounts and rebates
    granted. The percentage of completion method in accordance with IAS 11 is
    applied to significant construction contracts. Operating expenses are recognized
    when the service is utilized or at the time when
F-10
Back to Contents
they are incurred.
  Interest income and expenses are accrued. Dividends are generally recognized
  at the time of distribution.
To enhance the
  quality of presentation of earnings power, costs relating to antitrust proceedings
  and restructuring are disclosed separately on the income statement.


Deferred
  taxes
Deferred income
    taxes are calculated using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax
    assets and liabilities are presented separately on the balance sheet to reflect
    the future tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts
    of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and in the tax return.
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the basis of the tax
    rates expected to be enacted when the temporary differences reverse. The effects
    of changes in tax rates are recognized at the time new tax laws are enacted.
    Deferred tax assets are only recognized for tax loss carryforwards where future
    utilization is probable.
Estimates
  and assumptions
Preparation
    of financial statements requires management in certain cases to make estimates
    and assumptions regarding the amounts of receivables, liabilities and provisions,
    the disclosure of contingent liabilities and reported amounts of income and
    expenses. Actual amounts may differ from those estimates.
2.
    Explanation
      of significant differences between German accounting principles and the
      International Accounting Standards in the SGL CARBON GroupThe
  significant differences between the IFRSs/IASs and the German Commercial Code
  (HGB) that are relevant to the SGL Carbon Group are as follows:


    Under the
      HGB, goodwill may be capitalized and amortized over generally 15 years or
      eliminated directly against the reserves (as was the case in the SGL Carbon
      Group until 1994). The IFRSs/IASs require goodwill to be capitalized and
      amortized over a maximum of 20 years. The cost of integrating the company
      acquired is not a component of the cost of acquisition in accordance with
      the IFRSs/IASs. The resulting goodwill and goodwill amortization charges
      are correspondingly lower.
    Under the
      IFRSs/IASs, internally generated intangible assets are capitalized if future
      economic benefits are expected to flow to the enterprise.
    Depreciation
      of movable items of plant and equipment had to be changed to the straight-line
      method of depreciation. Leased items of property, plant and equipment that
      are attributable to the SGL Carbon Group as the beneficial owner in accordance
      with the criteria set out in IAS 17 are capitalized and depreciated. The
      associated liabilities are expensed.
    Leased items
      of property, plant and equipment that are attributable to the SGL Carbon
      Group as the beneficial owner in accordance with the criteria set out in
      IAS 17 are capitalized and depreciated. The associated liabilities are expensed.
    Foreign
      currency translation under the HGB is based on the imparity principle: foreign
      currency receivables must be translated at the rate prevailing at the transaction
      date or at the lower rate at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency liabilities
      must be translated at the rate prevailing at the transaction date or at
      the higher rate at the balance sheet date. The IFRSs/IASs require all foreign
      currency receivables and liabilities to be translated at the middle rate
      at the balance sheet date. Any resulting gains and losses are recognized
      in income.
    Deferred
      taxes are recognized and measured using the balance sheet liability method
      in accordance with IAS 12, in contrast to the HGB. Under this method, assets
      and liabilities from amounts of future income taxes recoverable or payable
      must be recognized using the future enacted tax rates.F-11
Back to Contents
This also
      includes the recognition of deferred tax assets from tax loss carryforwards
      if it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the
      deferred tax asset can be utilized.
    Under the
      IFRSs/IASs, pension provisions are calculated to reflect future salary and
      pension increases (projected unit credit method). A corridor approach
      is used for the recognition of actuarial gains and losses. Under German
      law, the provision is calculated using the net present value method in accordance
      with section 6a of the EstG (German Income Tax Act). IFRSs/IASs pension
      provisions are generally higher than HGB pension provisions.
    Recognition
      of provisions under the IFRSs/IASs requires that future utilization of the
      provision is probable. Under the HGB, provisions may also be recognized
      for possible obligations. The IFRSs/IASs do not permit provisions for future
      internal expenses.
    Under the
      IFRSs/IASs, long-term provisions and liabilities must be discounted, producing
      a lower carrying amount. The accrued interest on the liability relating
      to the North American antitrust proceedings calculated each quarter reduces
      net profit or increases net loss before tax in subsequent years compared
      with the HGB result.3.
    Acquisitions
      and basis of consolidationAs of January
    1, 2001, all shares in SGL ACOTEC Ltda., São Paulo (Brazil) 
    formerly KCH-ANCOBRAS Ltda.  were acquired in exchange for a 38% interest
    in Larrondo Inversiones S.L. at a purchase price of €1.8 million.
In addition, the interest in SGL ACOTEC (Wuhan) Co. Ltd., Wuhan (China), was increased from 70% to 90%. €0.9 million was paid for the acquisition of the 20% interest to the partner continuing to hold the 10% interest.
Tokai Carbon Co. Ltd., Tokyo (Japan), a third-party enterprise, acquired a 49% interest in the joint venture which has been operating under the name SGL Tokai CARBON Ltd., Shanghai (China), since July 2002. The 51% interest remaining in the hands of SGL Carbon is carried at cost and is not consolidated.
All shares in SGL PanTrac Gesellschaft für elektrische Kontakte mbH, Berlin (PanTrac), were sold to E-CARBON S.A., Brussels (Belgium), a third-party enterprise, and were transferred in January 2003. PanTrac was still fully consolidated in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2002.
The electrical contacts (EC) business belonging to SGL Risomesa S.p.A., Milan (Italy), was sold to the Schunk Group by way of a contract in March 2003 and the company was deconsolidated. The business activities retained by SGL had been previously transferred to SGL CARBON Specialties and continue to be consolidated.
SGL ANGRAPH Sp. z o.o, Nowy Sacz (Poland), has been consolidated since the beginning of the fiscal year. Four small Acotec companies are no longer consolidated as they are insignificant in overall for the presentation of net assets, financial position and results of operations of the SGL Carbon Group.
The remaining interests in ZEW Zaklady Elektrod Weglowych S.A., Racibórz (Poland), were acquired in 2003 and the company was then renamed SGL CARBON POLSKA S.A. At the end of fiscal year 2003, SGL CARBON S.A., Nowy Sacz (Poland), was merged with SGL CARBON POLSKA S.A., Racibórz (Poland).
Basis of consolidation
All significant
    subsidiaries under the legal or constructive control of SGL Carbon have been
    consolidated. At December 31, 2003, seven (2002: eight) German and 36 (2002:
    43) foreign subsidiaries were consolidated in addition to SGL Carbon AG. Compared
    with 2002, four foreign subsidiaries were consolidated for the first time,
    and six foreign subsidiaries were merged. In addition, one German and one
    foreign subsidiary were sold, and four foreign subsidiaries were no longer
    consolidated because they were deemed to be insignificant. The two subsidiaries
    consolidated for the first time are companies that were previously unconsolidated.
    26 subsidiaries were not
F-12
Back to Contents
consolidated
  because they are insignificant overall for the presentation of net assets, financial
  position and results of operations. One joint venture was carried at equity.
  The significant consolidated subsidiaries are listed on page 96.
F-13
Back to Contents
Consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet disclosures
Note 28 presents
    a breakdown of sales revenue by Business Area.
4.
    General
      and administrative expensesDuring the
    year under review, general and administrative expenses were reduced further
    compared with the previous year. The savings are primarily due to a reduction
    in variable remuneration components and lower costs at Group companies in
    the United Kingdom and North America resulting from exchange rate effects.
5.
    Other
      operating income/expenses, netOther operating
  income is primarily composed of income from the disposal of noncurrent assets
  (€4.0 million) among other things, resulting from the sale of the electrical
  contacts business, income from the reversal of provisions (€2.9 million),
  the amortization of negative goodwill (€2.7 million), exchange rate gains
  (€1.8 million), income from changes in bad debt allowances on receivables
  (€1.2 million), and insurance compensation (€0.4 million).
The major items of other operating expenses are amortization of goodwill (€6.6 million), exchange rate losses (€4.6 million), additions to provisions (€1.5 million), and losses on the disposal of noncurrent assets (€1.0 million).
6.
    Costs
      relating to antitrust proceedings and restructuring expenses2003
    
    2002
    
    2001€m
    
    €m
    
    €mCost relating
      to antitrust proceedings
    19.5
    
    22.0
    
    35.0Restructuring
      expenses
    10.4
    
    8.3
    
    41.029.9
    
    30.3
    
    76.0The costs relating to antitrust proceedings relate primarily to an increase in the provisions for fines of €27.8 million and €23.6 million imposed by the European competition authorities in fiscal years 2002 and 2003, respectively.
The restructuring expenses in fiscal year 2003 relate to workforce reduction expenses of €3.7 million incurred in the CG Business Area in Italy, Germany and Poland, expenses of €2.7 million incurred in the GS Business Area in relation to the closure of a facility in France in particular, as well as expenses totaling €2.0 million in the CP Business Area due to measures implemented in Germany and France, costs of €1.8 million in SGL T for adjustments at HITCO, and other expenses amounting to €0.2 million.
F-14
Back to Contents
7.
    Net
      financing costs2003
    
    2002
    
    2001€m
    
    €m
    
    €mNet investment
      income
    (4.7
    )
    (1.8
    )
    3.2Interest
      on other securities, other interest and similar income
    3.4
    
    2.2
    
    2.5(thereof
      from subsidiaries )
    (0
      .0 )
    
    (0.2
    )
    (0.0
    )Interest
      on borrowings and other interest expense
    (26.9
    )
    (27.4
    )
    (28.4
    )Interest
      expense relating to the European Commission
    (5.6
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0Imputed
      interest on liabilities from antitrust proceedings
    (6.2
    )
    3.4
    
    (2.7
    )Interest
      component of additions to pension provisions
    (10.5
    )
    (10.4
    )
    (9.9
    )Interest
      expense, net
    (45.8
    )
    (32.2
    )
    (38.5
    )Amortization
      of capitalized financing costs
    (16.1
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0Amortization
      of capitalized costs for the convertible bond
    (1.5
    )
    (0.6
    )
    (0.6
    )Foreign
      currency translation of North American antitrust liabilities
    12.4
    
    16.3
    
    (6.7
    )Foreign
      currency hedging costs for North American antitrust liabilities
    (12.2
    )
    (11.8
    )
    1.6Expenses
      for guarantees to the European Commission
    (2.4
    )
    (0.9
    )
    0.0Other financial
      expenses
    (3.0
    )
    5.5
    
    (7.5
    )Other
      financial expenses / net financial incom e
    (22.8
    )
    8.5
    
    (13.2
    )Total
    (73.3
    )
    (25.5
    )
    (48.5
    )Net financing
    costs include non-cash expenses amounting to €26.6 million. At the end
    of 2003, we deferred the interest potentially payable in connection with the
    European antitrust fines. Other net financing costs/net financial income relate
    to net exchange rate gains and losses on financial transactions and to write-offs
    of refinancing costs totaling €16.1 million capitalized at the end of
    2002/beginning of 2003. The costs incurred in 2003 for the refinancing in
    2004 of the syndicated loans and the high-yield bond were also deferred and
    will be amortized over the estimated term of the loans.
8.
    Other
      disclosuresCosts
      of material
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001€
      m
    
    € m
    
    € mCost of
      raw materials and consumables used and of good purchasedand held
      for resale
    240.0
    
    242.2
    
    297.1Cost of
      purchased services
    58.5
    
    61.3
    
    78.2298.5
    
    303.5
    
    375.3Staff
      Costs
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001€
      m
    
    €
      m
    
    €
      mW ages and
      salaries
    261.1
    
    298.1
    
    326.0Social security
      contributions, retirement and other benefit costs
    84.5
    
    70.1
    
    77.2(thereof
      for pensions)
    (20.5
    )
    (18.7
    )
    (17.3
    )345.6
    
    368.2
    
    403.2F-15
Back to Contents


Other
  taxes
Other taxes
    are reported in the appropriate functional expense. The total expense was
    €6.9 million in 2003 and €9.8 million in 2002.
Breakdown
      of employeesAnnual average
      number of employees
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001Production
      and auxiliary plants
    5,034
    
    5,465
    
    6,103Sales and
      marketing
    593
    
    638
    
    655Research
    232
    
    307
    
    487Administration,
      other functions
    1,218
    
    1,294
    
    1,2467,077
    
    7,704
    
    8,491The reduction
    in the average number of employees is due to the additional restructuring
    measures implemented in the year under review, particularly in the CG and
    CP Business Areas, and to changes in the basis of consolidation.
9.    Income
  tax expense
Deferred tax
    assets from tax loss carryforwards are generally recognized in the IFRS/IAS
    consolidated financial statements on the basis of five-year projected earnings
    before taxes of the individual consolidated companies. The projections reflect
    uncertainties about certain assumptions and other general conditions and,
    in exceptional cases, deferred tax assets from tax loss carryforwards have
    not been recognized.
The
      tax expense is composed as follows2003
    
    2002
    
    2001
      m
    
    
      m
    
    
      mCurrent
      Income tax expenseGermany
    0.1
    
    (2.1
    )
    (5.6
    )Rest of
      World
    (14.4
    )
    (5.7
    )
    (16.8
    )Deferred
      TaxesGermany
    22.0
    
    11.1
    
    (1.6
    )Rest of
      World
    6.4
    
    0.3
    
    (5.2
    )Income tax
      (expense) / income
    14.1
    
    3.6
    
    (29.2
    )Deferred
    tax assets from tax loss carryforwards in Scotland were still not recognized
    in the period under review. As a result of the turnaround in our businesses
    in the USA, a portion of the loss carryforwards there were recognized on the
    basis of a conservative estimate. This turnaround was due to the completion
    of our restructuring program in CG and GS in 2003, and the price increases
    in our core graphite electrode business which were successfully implemented
    in the US market. This led to a tax income of €10.0 million in 2003.
German
  corporations are subject to a standard 25% rate of corporation tax for profits
  distributed and retained. In September 2002, the rate of German corporation
  tax for fiscal 2003 was increased to 26.5%. The impact of this tax increase,
  which was limited to one year, was not of material importance and has therefore
  not been included in the calculation of deferred taxes. A solidarity surcharge
  of 5.5% is added to the corporation tax rate, resulting in an aggregate corporate
  tax rate for 2002 and 2003 of 26.4%. German corporations are also subject to
  a
F-16

Back to Contents


trade tax. The trade tax rate depends on the municipality in which the company has its operating facilities. Trade tax generally amounts to between approximately 15% and 20% of the taxable trading profit, depending on the municipalitys tax assessment rate. Trade tax is deductible as an operating expense in the calculation of the companys income that is subject to corporation tax. Including the average trade tax burden of 12%, the German income tax rate amounts to a total of 38.4%.
m
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001Net
      loss before tax
    (64.3
    )
    (27.2
    )
    (65.8
    )Expected
      tax income at 38.4%
    24.7
    
    10.4
    
    25.3Change
      in expected tax expense due to:-
    non-deductable
      expenses(incl. goowill
      amortization) and tax-exempt income
    (7.3
    )
    (7.6
    )
    (16.4
    )-
    Taxation
      differences at foreign companies
    (0.4
    )
    3.3
    
    (0.5
    )-
    Prior-period
      taxes
    0.4
    
    4.0
    
    (5.2
    )-
    Effects
      of change in tax rate
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (0.7
    )-
    Change in
      valuation allowance against deferred tax assets
    0.7
    
    (11.4
    )
    (31.6
    )-
    Other
    (4.0
    )
    4.9
    
    (0.1
    )=
      Effective tax benefit (+) / (expense)
    14.1
    
    3.6
    
    (29.2
    )Since the
    income tax burden differs from country to country, these taxation differences
    are disclosed separately in the reconciliation above. The prior-period taxes
    are the result of refunds for taxes paid in the past due to successful appeals
    to the tax authorities. The valuation allowance charged on deferred tax assets
    relates primarily to the nonrecognition of deferred tax assets in Scotland
    in fiscal years 2002 and 2003 and the loss carryforwards in the USA, which
    were partially recognized for the first time in 2003. The partial recognition
    of loss carryforwards in the USA in the amount of €10.0 million was offset
    against the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, which was initially
    calculated at €(9.3) million, resulting in the positive balance of €0.7
    million disclosed here.

10.   Earnings
  per share (EPS)
Basic
  earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable
  to SGL Carbon shareholders
  (2003: € (50.3) million; 2002: €(23.6) million; 2001: € (95.2)
  million ) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (2003: 22,148,078;
  2002: 21,813,930 2001: 21,530,563). The weighted average number of shares outstanding
  is calculated from the number of shares outstanding at January 1 plus the new
  shares issued in February 2003 (see note 19).
In both fiscal
    years, share options were outstanding (see note 31). The diluted earnings
    per share in accordance with IAS 33.40 were identical to the basic earnings
    per share; this was due in particular to the net loss recorded in both fiscal
    years.
F-17

Back to Contents


11.   Intangible
  assets
Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,2003
    
    2003
    
    2003
    
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2002
    
    2002
    
    2002Industrial
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Industrialrights,
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    rights,software
      and
    
    
    
    Negative
    
    
    
    softw
      are and
    
    
    
    Negativem
    similar
      rights
    
    Goodwill
    
    goodwill
    
    Total
    
    similar
      rights
    
    Goodwill
    
    goodwill
    
    TotalHistorical
      cost:Balance at Jan. 1
    34.4
    
    132.2
    
    (11.4
    )
    155.2
    
    24.0
    
    140.6
    
    (8.3
    )
    156.3Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (0.3
    )
    (4.5
    )
    4.6
    
    (0.2
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Currency translation
    (1.2
    )
    (11.0
    )
    0.3
    
    (11.9
    )
    (1.0
    )
    (8.5
    )
    (3.1
    )
    (12.6
    )Additions
    12.9
    
    0.6
    
    0.0
    
    13.5
    
    12.0
    
    0.1
    
    0.0
    
    12.1Disposals
    (1.5
    )
    (0.3
    )
    4.1
    
    2.3
    
    (0.6
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (0.6
    )Balance at Dec. 31
    44.3
    
    117.0
    
    (2.4
    )
    158.9
    
    34.4
    
    132.2
    
    (11.4
    )
    155.2Cumulative
      am ortization:Balance at Jan. 1
    21.5
    
    36.9
    
    (7.0
    )
    51.4
    
    18.5
    
    31.3
    
    (4.7
    )
    45.1Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (0.2
    )
    (0.6
    )
    2.9
    
    2.1
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Currency translation
    (1.2
    )
    (4.0
    )
    0.3
    
    (4.9
    )
    (1.2
    )
    (1.8
    )
    0.0
    
    (3.0
    )Additions
    3.8
    
    6.6
    
    (2.7
    )
    7.7
    
    4.8
    
    7.4
    
    (2.3
    )
    9.9Disposals
    (0.5
    )
    0.0
    
    4.1
    
    3.6
    
    (0.6
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (0.6
    )Balance at Dec. 31
    23.4
    
    38.9
    
    (2.4
    )
    59.9
    
    21.5
    
    36.9
    
    (7.0
    )
    51.4Carrying amount
      at Dec. 31
    20.9
    
    78.1
    
    0.0
    
    99.0
    
    12.9
    
    95.3
    
    (4.4
    )
    103.8Industrial
    rights, software and similar rights are mainly comprised of purchased and
    internally developed software. Additions in the year under review relate mainly
    to the development of a standardized Group-wide SAP system (SGL ONE). The
    aim of the SGL ONE project is to replace a large number of legacy systems
    with a single, fully integrated global SAP system. A total of €9.3 million
    was capitalized in 2003 for the SGL ONE project (2002: €4.9 million).
    Negative goodwill is amortized in the income statement over the expected remaining
    useful life. Goodwill amortization is contained in other operating expenses.
    There was no requirement for write-downs from impairment testing.
F-18

Back to Contents


12.   Property,
  plant and equipment
Other
    
    AdvanceTechnical
    
    equipm
      ent,
    
    paymentsLand,
      land
    
    equipment
    
    operating
    
    andrights
      and
    
    and
    
    and
      office
    
    assets
      underm
    buildings
    
    machinery
    
    equipment
    
    development
    
    TotalHistorical
      cost:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2003
    372.0
    
    1,023.9
    
    131.4
    
    29.6
    
    1,556.9Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (1.3
    )
    (1.0
    )
    (2.0
    )
    0.1
    
    (4.2
    )Currency translation
    (16.8
    )
    (53.5
    )
    (2.6
    )
    (1.2
    )
    (74.1
    )Reclassifications
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Additions
    4.9
    
    35.4
    
    3.4
    
    (10.9
    )*
    32.8Disposals
    (3.3
    )
    (35.9
    )
    (7.4
    )
    (0.1
    )
    (46.7
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2003
    355.5
    
    968.9
    
    122.8
    
    17.5
    
    1,464.7Cumulative
      depreciationBalance at Jan. 1,
      2003
    203.7
    
    764.8
    
    110.9
    
    0.2
    
    1,079.6Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (0.7
    )
    (1.8
    )
    (1.5
    )
    0.0
    
    (4.0
    )Currency translation
    (5.3
    )
    (31.0
    )
    (1.9
    )
    0.0
    
    (38.2
    )Reclassifications
    0.4
    
    (0.4
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Additions
    9.4
    
    48.4
    
    6.7
    
    0.0
    
    64.5Disposals
    (3.1
    )
    (35.4
    )
    (7.2
    )
    0.0
    
    (45.7
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2003
    204.4
    
    744.6
    
    107.0
    
    0.2
    
    1,056.2Carrying amount
      at Dec. 31, 2003
    151.1
    
    224.3
    
    15.8
    
    17.3
    
    408.5Historical
      cost:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2002
    395.8
    
    1,106.6
    
    142.5
    
    52.9
    
    1,697.8Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (10.9
    )
    (36.4
    )
    (8.5
    )
    0.0
    
    (55.8
    )Currency translation
    (19.3
    )
    (61.4
    )
    (3.2
    )
    (2.2
    )
    (86.1
    )Reclassifications
    10.1
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (10.1
    )
    0.0Additions
    2.6
    
    43.7
    
    6.1
    
    (10.9
    )*)
    41.5Disposals
    (6.3
    )
    (28.6
    )
    (5.5
    )
    (0.1
    )
    (40.5
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2002
    372.0
    
    1,023.9
    
    131.4
    
    29.6
    
    1,556.9Cumulative
      depreciationBalance at Jan. 1,
      2002
    214.5
    
    811.3
    
    118.3
    
    0.2
    
    1,144.3Change in basis of
      consolidation
    (10.0
    )
    (34.3
    )
    (8.5
    )
    0.0
    
    (52.8
    )Currency translation
    (7.1
    )
    (38.1
    )
    (2.2
    )
    0.0
    
    (47.4
    )Reclassifications
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Additions
    10.3
    
    52.4
    
    8.6
    
    0.0
    
    71.3Disposals
    (4.0
    )
    (26.5
    )
    (5.3
    )
    0.0
    
    (35.8
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2002
    203.7
    
    764.8
    
    110.9
    
    0.2
    
    1,079.6Carrying amount
      at Dec. 31, 2002
    168.3
    
    259.1
    
    20.5
    
    29.4
    
    477.3*
    Balance of additions
      of €19.9 million and reclassifications to operational equipment of €30.8
      million.Investments
    in property, plant and equipment declined by €8.7 million in the year
    under review, from €41.5 million to €32.8 million. Material additions
    relate to the replacement of capital assets for our plants in Germany, the
    United States, Poland and Italy. Capitalized leased assets relate to land
    and buildings and to technical equipment, and amount to €1.1 million at
    December 31, 2003.
F-19

Back to Contents


13.   Noncurrent
  financial assets
OtherInvestments
    
    Noncurrent
    
    noncurrentin
    
    financial
    
    financialsubsidiaries
    
    instruments
    
    assets
    
    Totalm
    
    m
    
    m
    
    mHistorical
      cost:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2003
    32.8
    
    2.5
    
    5.4
    
    40.7Change in basis of
      consolidation
    1.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    1.2Currency translation
    (1.5
    )
    0.0
    
    (0.1
    )
    (1.6
    )Reclassifications
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Additions
    1.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.7
    
    1.7Disposals
    (1.7
    )
    0.0
    
    (0.5
    )
    (2.2
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2003
    31.8
    
    2.5
    
    5.5
    
    39.8Cumulative
      write-dow ns:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2003
    7.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.3
    
    7.5Change in basis of
      consolidation
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Currency translation
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Additions
    3.7
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    3.7Disposals
    (0.1
    )
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (0.1
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2003
    10.8
    
    0.0
    
    0.3
    
    11.1Carrying amount
      at Dec. 31, 2003
    21.0
    
    2.5
    
    5.2
    
    28.7Historical
      cost:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2002
    27.3
    
    2.7
    
    5.2
    
    35.2Change in basis of
      consolidation
    11.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    11.0Currency translation
    (1.7
    )
    0.0
    
    0.1
    
    (1.6
    )Reclassifications
    0.0
    
    (0.3
    )
    0.3
    
    0.0Additions
    0.6
    
    0.1
    
    0.0
    
    0.7Disposals
    (4.4
    )
    0.0
    
    (0.2
    )
    (4.6
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2002
    32.8
    
    2.5
    
    5.4
    
    40.7Cumulative
      write-downs:Balance at Jan. 1,
      2002
    1.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    1.2Change in basis of
      consolidation
    6.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    6.0Currency translation
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.1
    
    0.1Additions
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.2
    
    0.2Disposals
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Balance at Dec. 31,
      2002
    7.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.3
    
    7.5Carrying amount
      at Dec. 31, 2002
    25.6
    
    2.5
    
    5.1
    
    33.2Other noncurrent
    financial assets relate primarily to the capitalized surrender value of reinsurance
    policies. The changes in the basis of consolidation in the year under review
    relate to the carrying amounts of subsidiaries which are no longer consolidated
    due to immateriality. There are no advance payments on noncurrent financial
    assets. In fiscal year 2003, the carrying amount of an unconsolidated subsidiary
    was written down by €3.5 million as the company has streamlined and reorganized
    its activities.
F-20

Back to Contents


14.
    Inventories
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,2003
    
    2002m
    
    mRaw materials
      and supplies
    71.8
    
    83.1Work in
      progress
    137.8
    
    147.9Finished
      goods and goods purchased and held for resale
    47.1
    
    54.5Cost in
      excess of billings
    7.7
    
    9.3Advance
      payments
    0.6
    
    1.1less payments
      received
    (7.0
    )
    (7.5
    )258.0
    
    288.4Cost in excess
  of billings relates to customer-specific production contracts measured at cost.
  The total amount of inventories carried at net realizable value amounts to €1.9
  million. Reversal of write-downs were only recognised to a limited extent.
15.
    Trade receivables
    Dec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,2003
    
    2002€m
    
    €mCustomers
    204.2
    
    198.1thereof
      with more than one year to maturity (2003:
      €2.2 million; 2002: €0.3 million)Subsidiaries
    17.1
    
    10.0221.3
    
    208.1Trade receivables are reported net of specific allowances for doubtful accounts amounting to €7.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and €9.6 million as of December 31, 2002. In the CG segment, valuation allowances in the amount of €4.6 million were charged on receivables from customers in Canada, Switzerland and other receivables. No general valuation allowances were recognized. There were no trade receivables from associates. In fiscal year 2003, the sales of receivables reported in the previous year amounting to €41.2 million were reduced completely.
16.
    Other
      Receivables and other current assetsDec.
      31,
    
    Dec.
      31,2003
    
    2002€m
    
    €mOther
      receivables from subsidiaries
    11.6
    
    2.9Other current
      assets
    46.5
    
    57.8thereof
      with more than one year to maturity (2003: €0.2 million; 2002: €0.0
      million)58.1
    
    60.7Other current
  assets relate primarily to recoverable taxes amounting to €17.5 million,
  positive fair values of financial derivatives totaling €12.9 million, prepaid
  expenses of €3.3 million, insurance claims, short-term loans
F-21

Back to Contents


receivable, purchase price receivables for noncurrent assets sold, and miscellaneous receivables. Due to the new refinancing program approved by the Company in December 2003, the capitalized financing costs for the old syndicated loan were written off at the end of fiscal year 2003. Costs of €0.2 million were deferred as of December 31, 2003 for the refinancing package implemented in 2004.
17.
    Cash and cash equivalents31.12.2003
    
    31.12.2002€m
    
    €mCash
      and bank balances
    46.1
    
    21.4Financial
      instruments
    0.0
    
    0.146.1
    
    21.5The increase
    in cash and bank balances as compared to the prior year is primarily due to
    the increase in SGL CARBON AGs cash and cash equivalents.

18.
    Deferred
      tax assetsDeferred tax
  assets from tax loss carryforwards are recognized in the consolidated IFRS/IAS
  financial statements on the basis of a five-year projection of earnings before
  taxes at the level of the individual consolidated subsidiaries or fiscal entities
  for tax purposes. Uncertainties about certain assumptions and other general
  conditions are reflected in the projection and lead in exceptional cases to
  deferred tax assets from tax loss carryforwards not being recognized.
Tax loss carryforwards relate primarily to accumulated corporation tax loss carryforwards of approx. $199 million in the US and of approx. €139 million in Germany. As the law currently stands, the tax loss carryforwards in Germany can be utilized for an unlimited period. In the US, the tax loss carryforwards expire between 2018 and 2023. These tax loss carryforwards are measured at the expected future tax rates. Valuation allowances are charged on the gross amounts calculated in this way to obtain the amounts likely to be utilized in the future.
Deferred tax assets from loss carryforwards in Scotland were not recognized during preparation of the consolidated IFRS/IAS financial statements. As a result of the turnaround in our businesses in the USA, a portion of the loss carryforwards were recognized on the basis of a conservative estimate. This increased deferred tax assets by €10.0 million in 2003.
Deferred tax
    assets were also recognized for timing differences in profit and loss resulting
    from consolidation adjustments and for temporary differences in carrying amounts
    at the Group subsidiaries resulting from provisions for onerous contracts
    not allowable for tax purposes and for other measurement differences under
    the IFRSs/IASs. In the event of doubts about the tax-deductibility of expenses,
    an equivalent valuation allowance is charged against the calculated deferred
    tax assets. Most deferred tax assets have more than one year to maturity.
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003 are derived from
    tax loss carryforwards or differences between the tax accounts and the IFRS/IAS
    financial statements as follows:
F-22

Back to Contents


Deferred
      tax
    
    Deferred
      taxassets
    
    liabilities€m
    
    €mNoncurrent
      assets
    14.7
    
    18.2Inventories
    0.9
    
    7.2Receivables/other
      assets
    3.0
    
    3.9Pension
      provisions
    9.8
    
    0.0Other provisions
    9.6
    
    5.7Liabilities
    9.9
    
    6.7Comprehensive
      income
    0.0
    
    1.3From tax
      loss carryforwards
    79.3
    
    0.0Total
    127.2
    
    43.0F-23

Back to Contents
19.
    EquityThe classification
  of items of equity is presented in the consolidated statement of changes in
  equity on page F6.


The Companys share capital amounted to €56,793,492.48 as of December 31, 2003 and is composed of 22,184,958 no par-value ordinary bearer shares, each with a notional value of €2.56.
An increase in the share capital of the Company requires a resolution by the Annual General Meeting adopted by a simple majority. Moreover, the Annual General Meeting may authorize the Executive Committee to increase the share capital of the Company with the consent of the Supervisory Board within a period of five years by issuing shares in a certain aggregate amount (authorized capital). Finally, shareholders may approve the creation of conditional capital, but only to issue conversion or subscription rights to holders of convertible bonds, to prepare a merger with another company or to issue stock options to employees and members of the management of the Company or of an affiliated company by way of a consent and authorization resolution. Each of these shareholders resolutions pertaining to the creation of authorized or conditional capital require a majority of three quarters of the share capital represented at the Annual General Meeting when the resolution is passed. The nominal amount of the authorized capital created by the shareholders may not exceed one half of the share capital existing at the time of registration of the authorized capital in the commercial register. The total nominal amount of the conditional capital created by the shareholders, the issuance of which was authorized by the shareholders, may not exceed one half of the share capital existing at the time of the adoption of the resolution relating to the conditional capital increase. The total nominal amount of the conditional capital for the issuance of stock options to employees and members of the management of the Company or of an affiliated company may not exceed 10% of the share capital existing at the time of the adoption of the resolution relating to the conditional capital increase.
Extraordinary General Meeting on January 15, 2004
The Extraordinary General Meeting on January 15, 2004 adopted the following resolutions, among others:


    that the
      Companys share capital will be increased from €56,793,492.48
      by €85,190,238.72 to €141,983,731.20 against cash contributions
      by issuing 33,277,437 no-par value bearer shares;
    that an
      underwriting syndicate will subscribe for the new shares at the notional
      amount of €2.56 per share, with the obligation that they offer the
      shares to the existing shareholders at a ratio of three to two (three new
      shares for two existing shares) and at a subscription price of at least
      €6.00 (the indirect pre-emptive right). The subscription period ended
      two weeks after public notification of the subscription offer in the electronic
      version of the German Federal Gazette;
    that the
      new shares shall carry full dividend rights as of fiscal year 2004; and
    that the
      Executive Committee is authorized, with the consent of the Supervisory Board,
      to determine the additional details of the capital increase and its implementation,
      in particular the subscription price. The underwriters are authorized to
      sell those shares that are not subscribed within the subscription period
      to institutional investors as part of a private placement.The
      resolution relating to the capital increase was registered in the commercial
      register of the Wiesbaden local court on January 16, 2004; the implementation
      of the capital increase was registered on February 3, 2004.Authorized
  capital
The Executive Committee is authorized, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to increase the Companys share capital by a total of up to €6,107,691.52 (authorized capital I) by issuing new shares against cash and/or non-cash contributions on one or several occasions until April 29, 2007. The shareholders are to be granted pre-emptive rights. The Executive Committee is authorized, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to exclude fractional shares from the shareholders pre-emptive rights. Furthermore, the Executive Committee can disapply preemptive rights with the approval of the Supervisory Board
F-24

Back to Contents


(i)
    to
      the extent necessary to enable the holders of options or convertible bonds
      that have been issued by the Company or by a wholly owned direct or indirect
      subsidiary to be granted subscription rights for shares to the same extent
      to which they would be entitled following the exercise of the options or
      conversion rights or after fulfillment of conversion obligations;(ii)
    if
      the new shares are issued to employees of the Company or affiliated companies
      within the meaning of sections 15 ff. of the Aktiengesetz (German Stock
      Corporation Act  AktG). However, for this purpose the share capital
      can only be increased by a total of no more than €1,664,000.00 by issuing
      a total of up to 650,000 new no-par value shares on one or several occasions;(iii)
    if the new shares are issued to employees of the Company or affiliated companies
      within the meaning of sections 15 ff. of the AktG who participate in the
      Matching Shares Plan of the Company. However, for this purpose the share
      capital can only be increased by a total of no more than €587,499.52
      by issuing a total of up to 229,492 new no-par value shares on one or several
      occasions;(iv)
    if
      the new shares are issued as part of a capital increase against non-cash
      contributions for the acquisition of companies, divisions of companies,
      or equity interests in companies; and(v)
    for
      a total of no more than €5,597,299.20 if the new shares are issued
      as part of a capital increase against cash contributions at an issue price
      that is not significantly lower than the market price.The
  Executive Committee is authorized, with the approval of the Supervisory Board,
  to increase the Companys share capital by a total of up to €21,058,304.00
  (authorized capital Ia) by issuing 8,225,900 new no-par value shares against
  cash contributions and/or non-cash contributions on one or several occasions
  until May 2, 2006. The Executive Committee is authorized, with the approval
  of the Supervisory Board, to exclude fractional shares from shareholders
  pre-emptive rights. In addition, the Executive Committee can disapply pre-emptive
  rights entirely with the approval of the Supervisory Board in order to issue
  new shares against non-cash contributions for the purpose of acquiring companies
  or interests in companies.
The Extraordinary General Meeting on January 15, 2004 adopted a resolution to cancel the authorized capital Ia insofar as it permits a capital increase against cash contributions. As a result, a capital increase from authorized capital Ia will only be possible against non-cash contributions in the future. The shareholders instructed the Companys Executive Committee not to register this change to the Companys Articles of Association until after the completion of the capital increase that was resolved by the January 15, 2004 Extraordinary General Meeting has been registered in the commercial register.
Conditional capital
Based on a resolution of the Annual General Meeting on April 27, 2000, the share capital of the Company was conditionally increased by a further €3,840,000.00, composed of 1,500,000 bearer shares with a notional value of €2.56 per share. The conditional capital increase will only be implemented to the extent that holders of warrants relating to bonds with warrants or holders of conversion rights from convertible bonds, which are issued by the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the basis of the authorizing resolution of the Annual General Meeting on April 27, 2000, exercise their option or conversion rights, or to the extent that holders of convertible bonds with a conversion obligation fulfill their conversion obligation, where those convertible bonds are issued by the Company or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the basis of the authorizing resolution of the Annual General Meeting on April 27, 2000. The new shares carry dividend rights as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which they are created through the exercise of conversion rights or options or through the fulfillment of conversion obligations.
Based on a resolution of the Annual General Meeting on April 27, 2000, the share capital of the Company was conditionally increased by an additional nominal amount of up to €4,096,000.00. The conditional capital increase will be implemented only by issuing up to 1,600,000 new shares carrying dividend rights from the beginning of the fiscal year in which they were issued and will only be implemented insofar as the holders of options issued within the scope of the stock option plan of the Company based on the authorization of April 27, 2000, exercise their rights to purchase shares.
Based on a
    resolution of the Annual General Meeting on May 3, 2001, the share capital
    of the Company was conditionally increased by a further €5,520,499.20,
    composed of 2,156,445 bearer shares. The conditional capital
F-25

Back to Contents
increase will
  only be implemented to the extent that holders of bonds with warrants or holders
  of conversion rights from convertible bonds, which are issued by the Company
  or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the basis
  of the authorizing resolution of the Annual General Meeting on May 3, 2001,
  exercise their option or conversion rights, or to the extent that holders of
  convertible bonds with a conversion obligation fulfill their conversion obligation.
  The new shares carry dividend rights as of the beginning of the fiscal year
  in which they are created through the exercise of conversion rights or options
  or through the fulfillment of conversion obligations.
Authorization
  to acquire own shares
By resolution
    of the Annual General Meeting on April 30, 2003, the Executive Committee was
    authorized to acquire, until October 29, 2004, no-par value shares of the
    Company totaling up to 10% of the share capital as of April 30, 2003. The
    purchase price of one no-par value shares (excluding transaction costs) may
    not be more than 10% above or below the average closing price of the Companys
    shares in the XETRA securities trading system (or a comparable successor system)
    on the last five trading days prior to the acquisition or undertaking to acquire
    the shares. If the shares are acquired via a public offering, the purchase
    price per share (excluding transaction costs) may not, as a matter of principle,
    be more than 15% above or below the average closing price of the Companys
    shares in the XETRA securities trading system (or a comparable successor system)
    on the fifth to the ninth trading days prior to the publication of the offering.
    The volume of the public offering can be limited. Where the shares tendered
    to the Company as the result of a public offering exceed the stipulated volume,
    the number of shares accepted must be proportional to the number of shares
    offered. Preferred acceptance of lesser numbers of shares (up to 100 shares
    per shareholder) can be stipulated. Public offerings must comply with the
    regulations of the Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz (German Securities
    Acquisition and Takeover Act), insofar as and to the extent that these are
    applicable.
In addition,
    the Executive Committee was authorized to sell acquired own shares by means
    other than the stock market or an offering to all shareholders if the shares
    are sold at a cash price that is not significantly less than the market price
    of shares of the Company carrying the same rights at the time of the sale;
    this authorization is limited to a total of no more than 10% of the Companys
    share capital. All shares issued in accordance with Article 3 (6) of the Articles
    of Association for which pre-emptive rights have been disapplied in accordance
    with section 186 (3) sentence 4 of the AktG must be included. Also to be included
    are the shares to be issued as the result of the exercise of options or conversion
    rights arising from convertible bonds or bonds with warrants issued in accordance
    with the disapplication of shareholders pre-emptive rights under section
    186 (3) sentence 4 of the AktG. Furthermore, the Company was authorized to
    make available, on the expiry of the two-year lockup period, the own shares
    it acquired to members of the Executive Committee while disapplying pre-emptive
    rights as part of the Matching Shares Plan resolved by the Annual General
    Meeting on April 27, 2000 under agenda item 8. In this case, the shares must
    be offered and transferred by the Supervisory Board. However, no more than
    20,000 shares may be transferred for this purpose. The Executive Committee
    was authorized to offer the own shares for sale while disapplying pre-emptive
    rights to employees of the Company or a Group company. Moreover, the Executive
    Committee was authorized to retire the own shares without an additional resolution
    by the Annual General Meeting. Each of these authorizations can be exercised
    either in full or in part. The own shares may be acquired for one or several
    of the reasons listed.
The Supervisory
    Board can determine that measures taken by the Executive Committee in reliance
    on this resolution by the Annual General Meeting may only be taken with its
    approval. The Executive Committee may use the authorization to allocate acquired
    shares in the context of the Matching Shares Plan only if and to the extent
    that the Supervisory Board has made such a resolution and has given its approval.
    To date, the Executive Committee has not made use of this authorization.

Convertible
  bonds

The Company
    currently has convertible bonds outstanding in the aggregate principal amount
    of 133,650,000, which it issued on September 18, 2000 at par. The bonds
    bear interest at 3.5% annually. The bonds may be converted into shares at
    any time between October 18, 2000 and September 4, 2005. Each bond in the
    amount of 1,000 can be converted into 11.2233 shares (subject to adjustment
    of the conversion price). The bonds will mature on September 18, 2005 provided
    that they have not been repaid or converted at an earlier date. The conditions
    of the convertible bond provide for protection against dilution. The conditional
    capital described above in the amount
F-26

Back to Contents


of up to 3,840.000
  was created in order to collateralize the option rights. The Company plans to
  repurchase the convertible bonds from the bondholders in the context of a public
  tender offer.
Following the
  reclass of retained earnings in the amount of  58,000,000, SGL Carbon
  AGs net accumulated deficit is zero.
  On March 10, 2003, the Company bought 300,000 own shares at  2.56 each. These shares resulted from the capital increase approved on January 31, 2003 by the Executive Committee with the consent of the Supervisory Board on February 11, 2003 and were for use by employees. In March 2003, a total of 20,508 new shares were also issued to employees of SGL Carbon AG and its affiliates as a non-cash contribution as part of the 2001 Matching Shares Plan. The employees participating in the 2001 Matching Shares Plan contributed their bonus claims to the value of  249,582.36 to the Company as a non-cash contribution.  52,500.48 of this amount consisted of issued capital, while the remaining  197,081.88 was credited to the share premium. Following the implementation of the Bonus and Matching Shares Plan, the Companys portfolio has comprised of 264 own shares at the balance sheet date.
On February 4, 2004, the Executive Board resolved to increase the share capital by  896,000 by issuing 350,000 new shares using part of the authorized capital (authorized capital I). The new shares are for use by employees and carry dividend rights for fiscal year 2003. In addition, the Company will issue 22,895 new shares as a non-cash contribution to employees of SGL Carbon AG and its affiliates in March 2004 as part of the 2002 Matching Shares Plan. The new shares carry dividend rights for fiscal year 2004.
20.
    Provisions for pensions and other employee benefitsDec.
      31, 2003
    
    Dec.
      31, 2002
      m
    
      mPension
      provision for corporate commitments
    161.0
    
    158.8Pension
      provision for severance and termination benefits
    15.3
    
    16.4Other
    12.2
    
    15.4188.5
    
    190.6The employees of the SGL Carbon Group are covered by various worldwide pension plans which provide for the retirement benefit to the employee and their spouse. Some of the arrangements are tied to the remuneration level of the employees, others involve fixed amounts that depend on the classification of the employees (in terms of both salary class and grade level in the corporate hierarchy). Certain arrangements also provide for future increases based on indexed inflation.
The different pension plans covering the employees of SGL Carbon AG, SGL Carbon GmbH and SGL Acotec GmbH (formerly SGL Technik GmbH) were standardized as of April 1, 2000. Retirement benefits for employees that arose prior to April 1, 2000 are not affected, and the financial obligations arising under these pension plans remain within the SGL Carbon Group, where they are covered by provisions. The basis of the amended pension plan is the legally independent pension fund for employees of the Hoechst Group, which is funded by employee and employer contributions.
The contributions of the SGL Carbon Group to this pension fund are determined by a certain formula based upon the contributions paid into this pension fund by the employees. The payments by subsidiaries to such defined contribution pension plans are expensed as incurred in the period concerned.
In the case of defined contribution pension plans, the company pays contributions to pension insurance funds on the basis of statutory or contractual provisions. The company has no obligations other than to pay the contributions. Current contribution payments are recognized as operating expenses in the period concerned.
F-27

Back to Contents

The provisions for defined benefit plans are calculated using the projected unit credit method. Measurement is based on the legal, economic and tax circumstances in the country concerned. Most of the obligations from current pensions benefits and entitlements under pension plans in the European companies are covered by the provisions carried on the balance sheet. The North American subsidiaries have country-specific pension plans which are largely covered by pension funds. At certain subsidiaries in the SGL Carbon Group, the provisions also cover amounts for post-employment medical care as well as severance payments. The future benefit obligations are calculated using actuarial methods based on conservative estimates of the relevant parameters. Recognition of actuarial gains and losses uses the 10% corridor rule. Personnel turnover is determined on a company-by-company basis. The actuarial measurements are based on country-specific mortality tables. Pension provisions amounting to around  13 million have a term of less than one year.
The following parameters are applied to the most significant countries, Germany and the USA:
Calculation basis and parameters for pension provisions
German
      Plans
    
    US-Plans2003
    
    2002
    
    2003
    
    2002Discount
      Rate
    5.5
    %
    6.0
    %
    6.75
    %
    6.75
    %Salary growth
    2.75
    %
    3.0
    %
    3.0
    %
    3.0
    %Expected
      rate of return on plan assets
    
    
    
    
    8.5
    %
    9.0
    %Changes in the present value of funded obligations and in plan assets for pension provisions for direct commitments are presented below:
Changes
      in present value of funded obligation
    
    2003
    
    2002€m
    
    €mPresent
      value at Jan. 1
    
    244.8
    
    234.8Current
      service cost
    
    4.7
    
    5.5Interest
      cost
    
    13.6
    
    14.2Acturarial
      gains/losses
    
    0.0
    
    6.6Benefits
      paid
    
    (12.4
    )
    (12.1
    )Changes
      in basis of conso lidation
    
    (3.0
    )
    0.0Exchange
      differences
    
    (13.7
    )
    (4.2
    )Projected
      benefit obligations at Dec. 31
    
    234.0
    
    244.8Changes
      in Plan A ssetsPlan assets
      at Jan. 1
    
    45.3
    
    51.6Return on
      plan assets
    
    3.2
    
    (5.7
    )Contributions
      paid
    
    2.9
    
    2.9Benefits
      paid
    
    (3.4
    )
    (3.7
    )Exchange
      differences
    
    (7.1
    )
    0.2Plan assets
      at Dec. 3 1
    
    40.9
    
    45.3Funding
      Status
    
    193.1
    
    199.5Unrecognized
      actuarial gains/losses
    
    (32.1
    )
    (40.7
    )Provision
      at Dec. 31
    
    161.0
    
    158.8Pension expenses are composed as follows:
F-28

Back to Contents



      m
    
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001Current
      service costs
    
    4.7
    
    5.5
    
    5.1Interest
      cost
    
    13.6
    
    14.2
    
    14.2Expected
      return on plan assets
    
    (3.2
    )
    (4.5
    )
    (5.8
    )Amortization
      of actuarial gains/losses
    
    2.1
    
    0.7
    
    0.2Pension
      expenses from defined benefit plans
    
    17.2
    
    15.9
    
    13.7Pension
      expenses from defined contribution plans
    
    3.3
    
    2.8
    
    3.6Pension
      expenses
    
    20.5
    
    18.7
    
    17.321.
    Other ProvisionsRestructuringStaff
    
    and
      antitrustm
    
    Taxes
    
    costs
    
    risks
    
    Miscellaneous
    
    TotalBalance at Jan. 1, 2003
    
    2.3
    
    43.3
    
    75.8
    
    27.8
    
    149.2Changes in basis of
      consolidation
    
    (0.2
    )
    (0.7
    )
    0.0
    
    (0.7
    )
    (1.6
    )Utilized
    
    (1.6
    )
    (24.6
    )
    (1.3
    )
    (16.1
    )
    (43.6
    )Released
    
    (0.4
    )
    (1.6
    )
    0.0
    
    (5.4
    )
    (7.4
    )Additions
    
    2.7
    
    25.9
    
    19.5
    
    26.0
    
    74.1Other changes
    
    0.0
    
    (2.1
    )
    (1.8
    )
    (0.2
    )
    (4.1
    )Balance at Dec. 31,
      2003
    
    2.8
    
    40.2
    
    92.2
    
    31.4
    
    166.6(thereof with a term
      of less than one year)
    
    (1.5
    )
    (33.1
    )
    (92.2
    )
    (26.8
    )
    (153.6
    )The provisions for taxes contain amounts for tax risks of fiscal years not yet finally assessed by the tax authorities. Provisions for staff costs relate to provisions for annual bonuses, jubilee benefits, partial retirement and outstanding vacation.
Although we filed an appeal with the European Court in relation to the antitrust fine on our electrical contacts activities levied by the EU in December 2003, we have examined the provisions for antitrust risks in their entirety and increased them by  19.5 million (2002:  22.0 million). At the end of 2003, we deferred the estimated interest to be paid in connection with the European antitrust fine and reported this amount under other provisions.
Miscellaneous other provisions relate to various risks, including provisions for bonuses, rebates and burdensome contracts amounting to  6.1 million (2002:  7.2 million), provisions for interest relating to European antitrust proceedings amounting to  5.6 million (2002:  0.0 million), provisions for warranties amounting to  0.3 million (2002:  2.0 million), provisions for environmental costs amounting to  2.4 million (2002:  3.4 million), and provisions for other risks.
F-29

Back to Contents
22.
    Liabilitiesm
    
    Dec.
      31, 2003
    
    Dec. 31,
      2002Financial liabilitiesBank loans and overdrafts
    
    360.8
    
    313.5Convertible and exchangeable
      bonds
    
    133.7
    
    135.0494.5
    
    448.5Trade payables
    
    98.9
    
    110.5thereof due within one
      year  98.9 million (2002:  110.5 million)thereof due to subsidiaries
       0.7 million (2002:  0.4 million)Other liabilitiesCustomer advances received
    
    1.8
    
    0.8thereof due within one
      year  1.8 million (2002:  0.8 million)Payable to subsidiaries
    
    5.5
    
    6.0thereof due w ithin
      one year  5.5 million (2002:  6.0 million)Miscellaneous other
      liabilities
    
    131.2
    
    144.4138.5
    
    151.2Total
    
    731.9
    
    710.2133,650 bonds with warrants of  1,000 each were issued as part of a convertible bond on September 18, 2000 at 100% of the principal amount. They bear interest at 3.5% p.a. on their principal amount. The bonds with warrants can be converted at any time into fully paid-up, no-par value bearer shares of SGL Carbon AG in the period from October 18, 2000 to September 4, 2005. Each bond with warrants in the principal amount of  1,000 can be converted into 11.2233 shares subject to adjustment of the conversion price. In accordance with the new loan agreement, a buy-back offer will be made to the holders of the convertible bonds in 2004.
The weighted average rate of interest on financial liabilities was 4.7% for 2003 (previous year: 4.4%).
Bank loans and overdrafts amounting to  153.7 million as of December 31, 2003 bore interest at fixed rates of up to 7.4%. The remaining bank loans relate mainly to short-term   and USD loans at rates of interest of between 3.9% and 4.9%.
In December 2002, SGL Carbon and various of its German and foreign Group subsidiaries entered into a syndicated loan agreement totaling  510 million with a term of two and a half years. This amount included the bank guarantee to the European Commission and a working capital facility. This was repaid in February 2004 via the new refinancing program.
The refinancing
    program of approximately 866 million that the Company approved in December
    2003 and implemented in January and February 2004 comprises in addition to
    the capital increase the issue of high-yield bonds of approx. 270 million
    and the conclusion of new syndicated loans amounting to around 240 million
    and $116 million. The syndicated loans have been granted subject to the condition
    that the Group complies with standard bank covenants, such as the amount of
    equity, fixed charge coverage and the ratio of net debt to EBITDA and EBITDA
    to interest expense. Non-compliance with the covenants or other obligations
    in the loan agreement may result in
F-30

Back to Contents


additional expenses
  and, if repeated, the lenders could demand repayment of the loan ahead of schedule.
Various assets,
  in particular property, plant and equipment, inventories and receivables were
  pledged as security for the loan.
Based on the
      credit lines in place at December 31, 2003 within the framework of the
      syndicated loans and the amounts used as of the balance sheet date, the
  SGL Carbon Group had credit lines of 41 million available.
In fiscal year 2003, the advance payments received totaling 7.0 million were offset against the corresponding inventories for each individual project (2002: 7.5 million). The other liabilities primarily relate to discounted liabilities for North American antitrust proceedings amounting to 61.0 million (2002: 80.9 million), wages and salaries amounting to 7.6 million (2002: 16.3 million), negative fair values of financial derivatives of 25.3 million (2002: 12.2 million), and taxes amounting to 9.5 million (2002: 6.4 million). Social security liabilities amounted to  8.2 million (2002: 6.7 million).
The maturity structure of the total amounts of financial and miscellaneous other liabilities due in each of the next five years and the remainder thereafter is presented below; these relate to the syndicated loan entered into at the end of 2002 / start of 2003:
With morethan fiveyears
         to2004
   2005
   2006
   2007
   2008
   maturitym
   
   
   
   
   
   mFinancial
      liabilities
    83.9
    
    392.7
    
    4.8
    
    8.4
    
    4.2
    
    0.5Miscellaneous other liabilities
   84.0
   
   21.0
   
   20.0
   
   6.2
   
   0.0
   
   0.0Deferred grants from third parties as defined by IAS 20 amounted to 1.3 million as of December 31, 2003 (2002: 1.6 million). 0.2 million was recognized in income during the year under review. There are no deferred gains on sale and leaseback transactions.
23.   Deferred
tax liabilities
Deferred
        tax liabilities result from differing depreciation and amortization methods
        applied in the tax accounts and in the IFRS/IAS financial statements, from
        capitalized finance leases, and from measurement differences in the carrying
        amounts of inventories between the tax accounts and the IFRS/IAS consolidated
        financial statements. Most deferred tax liabilities have more than one
        year to maturity. Deferred taxes from items consisting of cash flow hedges
        in 2003 charged directly to equity amount to 1.3 million (see also note
        18).
F-31

Back to Contents


Consolidated cash flow disclosures
24.   Disclosures
      on the consolidated cash flow statementThe consolidated cash flow statements present changes in the cash and cash equivalents of the SGL Carbon Group through inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents over the course of a reporting period. Cash flows are classified by operating, investing and financing activities. The effects of first-time consolidation and deconsolidation were eliminated. The presentation is supplemented by a reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents as reported in the balance sheet. The amounts of foreign subsidiaries whose reporting currency is other than the Euro have generally been translated at average rates for the year in the cash flow statement, while cash and cash equivalents are translated at the closing rate, as in the balance sheet.
Cash provided by
  operating activities includes interest received in the amount of 3.4 million and interest paid in the amount of 26.9 million. Net taxes paid after refunds amounted to 3.8 million. Bank loans and overdrafts were increased by 47.6 million for financing purposes, while Group debt fell by 1.3
  million due to the repayment of commercial paper.
  Cash used includes
  payments for the acquisition of companies. A total of 1.7 million was paid for
  the acquisition of noncurrent financial assets.
F-32

Back to Contents


Other disclosures
25.   Commitments and contingencies
There were no
    liabilities on bills as of December 31, 2003 or in the previous year. There
    were guarantee
  obligations of 35.5 million at December 31, 2003 (December 31, 2002: 45.0 million). Other financial obligations from orders relating to approved capital expenditures commitments amounted to 3.2 million and 21.1
  million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Certain of these capital
projects involve expenses to be incurred after more than one year.
A number of collateral
  agreements were entered into with creditors in conjunction with the refinancing
  project at the start of 2003. These entailed the pledging of equity interests
  in the majority of Group companies. The rights of use for intangible assets have
  been assigned for all German companies, and liens entered for SGL CARBON AG and
  two US companies in the amount of 397.5 million. Inventories and movable plant and equipment amounting to 378.1 million were assigned as collateral. For the above-mentioned companies, trade receivables and receivables from unconsolidated subsidiaries totaling 170.3 million were assigned as collateral. In addition, receivables from subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements in the amount of 547.5 million and bank balances amounting to 40.7
  million were pledged as collateral by individual companies. Similar collateral
  agreements will be entered into under the new financing package to be implemented
in 2004.
There were also
    rental and lease obligations for land and buildings, IT equipment, motor vehicles
    and other items of property, plant and equipment amounting to 9.1 million and 12.3
    million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2003, the
    minimal annual lease payments are as follows:
2008 and m
   2004
   
   2005
   
   2006
   
   2007
   
   thereafterOperating
      leases
    2.2
    
    1.3
    
    0.7
    
    0.5
    
    3.3Finance leases
   0.3
   
   0.3
   
   0.2
   
   0.2
   
   0.2- discounts
      included
    (0.1
    )= Present value of finance leases
   1.1There were no payments received from subleases in the two fiscal years. The finance leases relate solely to leased items of property, plant and equipment that were entered into under standard leasing arrangements without special purchase options. There were provisions for environmental protection obligations at a number of the SGL Carbon Groups production sites, principally in North America, in the amount of 2.4 million and 3.4 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
A number of legal actions, court proceedings and law suits are pending or may be instituted or asserted in the future, including those arising from alleged defects in the products of the SGL Carbon Group, from product warranties and environmental protection matters.
Litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual cases cannot be predicted with any certainty. There are reasonable indications to suggest that the SGL Carbon Group may be adversely affected by rulings in certain cases. Identifiable risks are adequately covered by the recognition of corresponding provisions.
Pending antitrust proceedings and claims
The antitrust proceedings in the US and in Canada have been concluded. Following negotiations with the US antitrust authorities, we obtained a payment extension in 2002 for our remaining obligations. According to the original repayment schedule, we would have had to pay a total of $65 million in 2002 and 2003. Under the revised plan, a total of $15 million was repaid in these two years. The postponement of payments totaling $50 million to the period 2004  2007 will further improve the Companys financial position.
In December 2002, the European Commission imposed a fine of 27.75 million on SGL Carbon AG for anti-competitive practices in the graphite specialties market. We have filed an appeal with the European Court of
F-33

Back to Contents


Justice, citing in particular double jeopardy and gross unreasonableness. Additional provisions of 22 million were recognized in 2002 to cover these antitrust risks.
In December 2003, the European Commission imposed a fine of 23.64 million on SGL Carbon AG for anti-competitive practices in the market for electrical and mechanical carbon and graphite products. We have filed an appeal against this decision as well with the European Court of Justice. The provisions for antitrust proceedings, including legal costs have been increased by 19.5 million in this context in 2003.
26.   Related party disclosuresIn the course of its business activities, the SGL Carbon Group renders services to related companies and persons. In turn, these persons and companies deliver goods or render services to the SGL Carbon Group as part of their business. All these transactions are settled on an arms length basis. Receivables from unconsolidated subsidiaries and associates amount to 28.6 million, and the corresponding liabilities amount to 6.2 million. Details are presented in the notes to the relevant balance sheet and income statement items
In August 2001, Paul W. Pendorf was appointed Chief Executive Officer of HITCO CARBON Composites, Inc. Mr. Pendorf has a 6% minority interest in this company. The SGL Carbon Group granted Mr. Pendorf a loan, secured by the proceeds from the future sale of his shares in HITCO, to finance the purchase price. The related shareholders agreement of August 3, 2001, which was replaced and updated by a substantially similar agreement on September 5, 2003, also provides, among other things, for additional options that can be exercised by either side in certain specific cases or (with the exception of HITCO) after no more than three years at a price fixed according to a specific formula. Specifically, SGL CARBON LLC and HITCO hold a call option granting them the right to acquire Mr. Pendorfs
    shares in HITCO, and Mr. Pendorf holds a put option granting him the right
    to sell his HITCO shares to SGL CARBON LLC. Mr. Pendorf may only exercise
his option on or after September 5, 2006.
Mr. Pendorf
    is also a shareholder of AMT II Corp. (AMT II), a company that
    entered into a management services agreement with HITCO in 2001. This agreement
    was amended and replaced in the summer of 2003 by a new agreement that calls
    for a manager to be made available on a temporary basis. In addition, an
    option agreement from August 2001 was terminated, whereby an option of AMT
    II to acquire 43% of the shares of HITCO expired.
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, there were also call-in obligations of $3.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for shares in an unconsolidated subsidiary.
  27.   Information
  on financial instruments
  Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to both a financial asset of one enterprise and a financial liability or equity instrument of another enterprise. According to IAS 32, these include primary financial instruments, such as trade receivables, trade payables, financial assets and financial liabilities. They also include derivatives used to hedge interest rate or foreign currency risks.
Primary financial instruments
    Primary financial instruments are carried on the balance sheet. Financial instruments carried as assets are reported at cost, net of any valuation allowances required. Financial instruments carried as liabilities are reported at their notional amount or at the higher redemption amount.
 The credit or default risk results from the risk that a counterparty is unable to meet its obligations. As we do not generally enter into set-off agreements with our customers, the amounts reported on the balance sheet represent the maximum default risk.
 Foreign currency
        risks arise where receivables or liabilities are denominated in a currency
        other than the companys local currency. Hedging occurs firstly as a
        result of naturally closed positions, where a foreign currency receivable
        in the SGL
        Carbon Group is matched by one or more liabilities in the same currency with
        equivalent maturities and amounts. Derivatives are used only for hedging
        purposes for foreign currency risks not covered by natural hedges.

F-34

Back to Contents

Derivatives
The SGL Carbon Group may be exposed to risks from changes in interest rates and exchange rates during the course of its business activities. Derivatives are used purely for hedging purposes and to reduce such risks. No financial instruments are held for trading purposes. The use of such instruments is governed by internal instructions. Risk is estimated and monitored continuously.
SGL is exposed to foreign currency risks on account of purchase and sale transactions, intragroup loans and the liability to the US Department of Justice that are not denominated in its functional currency (euros). Although aggregate currency risk effects can be partially offset, SGL hedges against certain material foreign currency risks by way of currency forwards and currency options.
A credit risk may take the form of a decline in value of SGLs assets if a counterparty is unable to meet the contractual obligations agreed when a financial instrument was concluded. The sum of the amounts disclosed as assets constitutes SGLs maximum credit risk. To reduce the credit risk, financial instruments are entered into exclusively with internationally recognized financial institutions. In addition, all transactions are monitored by the Companys central finance department.
SGL hedges against credit risks in relation to customer receivables as far as possible (this is only partially the case in the US, for example). Various instruments such as cash in advance, payment bonds, confirmed documentary credits or loan insurance are used. In Q3 2003, receivables totaling 4.0 million mainly relating to two long-term customers in Canada and Switzerland were written off. Whereas no major bad debt losses had been incurred in the whole of fiscal 2002 and in the first half of 2003, the customers in these two isolated cases have gone into receivership or are the subjects of similar proceedings. SGL will leverage the knowledge it has gained from these bad debt losses to further optimize its risk management system.
Notional amounts
The notional amounts are the aggregate of all underlying purchase and sale amounts involving non-Group third parties. The amounts presented in the following table therefore do not represent the amounts exchanged by the parties and, as a result, are not an indication of the SGL Carbon Groups liabilities under these financial instruments.
The notional amounts and fair values of the financial instruments as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:
Notional
      amounts
    
    Fair
      valuesBought
    
    Sold
    
    Total
    
    Total
    
    Total
    
    TotalDec.
      31, 2003
    Dec.
      31, 2003
    Dec.
      31, 2003
    Dec.
      31, 2002
    Dec.
      31, 2003
    Dec.
      31, 2002m
    m
    m
    m
    m
    mForeign currency
      contracts:USD
      currency forwards
    0.0
    
    146.8
    
    146.8
    
    174.2
    
    10.8
    
    5.7GBP currency forwards
    0.3
    
    46.3
    
    46.6
    
    52.6
    
    0.4
    
    0.8Other
      currency forwards
    11.1
    
    2.2
    
    13.3
    
    7.4
    
    (0.2
    )
    0.2Currency options
    93.2
    
    88.1
    
    181.3
    
    192.7
    
    (22.4
    )
    (10.2
    )Participating
      forward contracts
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.8
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Interest rate
      contracts:Interest
      rate swaps
    0.0
    
    100.0
    
    100.0
    
    103.2
    
    (1.3
    )
    (0.7
    )Interest rate options
    70.0
    
    0.0
    
    70.0
    
    15.3
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Currency forwards and options are primarily used to hedge existing and future foreign currency receivables and liabilities. The objective of hedging transactions in the SGL Carbon Group is to reduce the risks from exchange rate fluctuations inherent in its receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency. The underlying transactions in the individual foreign currencies are almost fully hedged on the basis of the net position per currency.
F-35

Back to Contents


The maturities are based on the maturities of the underlying transactions and range from several days to several months.
Up to the start
  of December 2003, hedges were entered into to hedge against the US dollar earnings
  risk for fiscal year 2004. As a result, a total of $97 million is hedged at
  a rate of approximately $1.15/  for 2004.
Forecasted US
  dollar transactions in fiscal year 2004 are hedged by a cash flow hedge. The
  gains on the effective portion of these hedges as of December 31, 2003 are recognized
  directly in equity after deduction of deferred taxes and reported separately
  in other comprehensive income.
The fair value of derivatives is the price at which one party would assume the rights and/or obligations from another party. Fair values are measured as follows on the basis of the market information available at the balance sheet date using standard market valuation methods:


    Currency
      hedges are measured on the basis of reference rates and reflect forward
      premiums and discounts. Currency options are measured using recognized option
      pricing models.
    Interest
      rate contracts are measured on the basis of discounted expected future cash
      flows, with market rates of interest applied for the remaining maturity
      of the instruments.
    Interest
      rate options are measured using recognized option pricing models (incl.
      Black-Scholes).The fair values
    are determined by independent financial service providers. In the case of
    derivatives, there is a credit risk in the amount of the positive fair values
    of the derivatives.
A zero cost
    option was entered into to hedge the USD liability from the antitrust fine.
    The premium to be paid for buying the option matches the premium resulting
    from the sale of the option. This USD option had knocked in at
    December 31, 2003, which means that SGL will have to acquire the USD at $0.90/ .
The SGL Carbon
    Group conducts interest rate option and swap transactions to optimize its
    financing costs. In fiscal years 2003 and 2002, the SGL Carbon Group used
    interest rate swaps to convert part of its financial liabilities from fixed-interest
    liabilities into floating rate liabilities.
Other hedging
    instruments are recognized in accordance with IAS 39.103. Hedges are measured
    at cost at inception. Changes in the fair values of derivatives from subsequent
    remeasurement are recognized immediately as income and the carrying amount
    of the hedged item is adjusted. Gains or losses from the remeasurement of
    interest rate hedges designated as fair value hedges of floating bank loans
    are also recognized as income.
F-36

Back to Contents
28.
    Segment
      reportingThe SGL Carbon
    Group operates in the following areas:

    Carbon
      and Graphite [CG]Graphite
      electrodes and carbon products (electrodes, cathodes, furnace linings)
    Graphite
      Specialties [GS]Products
      for industrial applications, mechanical carbons and electrical contacts,
      carbon fibers/composites
    Corrosion
      Protection [CP]Process
      technology and surface protectionand
    SGL
      Technologies [SGL T]Graphite
      foils, carbon fibers, expanded graphite and fabrics, composites, carbon-ceramic
      brake discs and fuel cell components.External sales
    revenue relates almost exclusively to revenue from the supply of products.
    Trading revenues or other revenues are insignificant. Intersegment revenue
    is generally based on market-driven transfer prices, less selling and administrative
    expenses. In exceptional cases, cost-based transfer prices may be used. The
    Other segment relates to companies that primarily render services to the other
    Business Areas, and includes SGL Carbon AG. Consolidation adjustments relate
    to the elimination of intersegment transactions. Non-cash expenses resulted
    primarily from the increase in antitrust provisions in the amount of  19.5
    million in the Other segment. Certain information on the businesses of the
    SGL Carbon Group is presented below (primary segment reporting format in accordance
    with IAS 14.50 ff).
F-37

Back to Contents


SGLConsolidation
    
    CARBONm
    CG
    
    GS
    
    CP
    
    SGLT
    
    Other
    
    adjustments
    
    Group2003Net sales
      revenue
    558.0
    
    174.3
    
    186.2
    
    124.9
    
    2.8
    
    0.0
    
    1,046.2Inter-segment
      revenue
    363.0
    
    46.4
    
    13.0
    
    3.9
    
    47.7
    
    (474.0
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    921.0
    
    220.7
    
    199.2
    
    128.8
    
    50.5
    
    (474.0
    )
    1,046.2Profit /
      loss from operations *)
    66.4
    
    6.7
    
    (4.3
    )
    (12.0
    )
    (17.9
    )
    0.0
    
    38.9Investment
      in property, plant andequipment
    21.2
    
    5.4
    
    2.2
    
    4.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    32.8Depreciation
      and amortizationexpense
    34.4
    
    13.4
    
    8.4
    
    15.8
    
    0.2
    
    0.0
    
    72.2Capital
      employed
    419
    
    167
    
    106
    
    180
    
    16
    
    0
    
    888Debt
    123.0
    
    48.9
    
    30.9
    
    52.7
    
    239.0
    
    0.0
    
    494.52002Net sales
      revenue
    550.7
    
    195.9
    
    212.4
    
    150.4
    
    2.9
    
    0.0
    
    1,112.3Inter-segment
      revenue
    396.5
    
    44.5
    
    16.3
    
    4.4
    
    44.4
    
    (506.1
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    947.2
    
    240.4
    
    228.7
    
    154.8
    
    47.3
    
    (506.1
    )
    1,112.3Profit /
      loss from operations *)
    51.9
    
    1.9
    
    4.8
    
    (11.7
    )
    (18.3
    )
    0.0
    
    28.6Investment
      in property, plant andequipment
    22.6
    
    6.3
    
    2.5
    
    9.3
    
    0.8
    
    0.0
    
    41.5Depreciation
      and amortizationexpense
    38.5
    
    15.6
    
    9.8
    
    17.2
    
    0.1
    
    0.0
    
    81.2Capital
      employed
    462
    
    199
    
    135
    
    202
    
    (31
    )
    0
    
    967Debt
    103.3
    
    44.5
    
    30.1
    
    45.1
    
    225.5
    
    0.0
    
    448.52001Net sales
      revenue
    619.8
    
    230.7
    
    235.8
    
    135.1
    
    11.9
    
    0.0
    
    1,233.3Inter-segment
      revenue
    364.6
    
    50.9
    
    19.1
    
    3.6
    
    30.3
    
    (468.5
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    984.4
    
    281.6
    
    254.9
    
    138.7
    
    42.2
    
    (468.5
    )
    1,233.3Profit /
      loss from operations *)
    78.9
    
    22.3
    
    12.6
    
    (33.7
    )
    (21.4
    )
    0.0
    
    58.7Investment
      in property, plant andequipment
    45.1
    
    12.6
    
    5.0
    
    26.3
    
    1.6
    
    0.0
    
    90.6Depreciation
      and amortizationexpense
      *)
    38.4
    
    19.2
    
    10.3
    
    17.7
    
    0.3
    
    0.0
    
    85.9Capital
      employed
    569
    
    274
    
    162
    
    203
    
    5
    
    0
    
    1,213Debt
    152.3
    
    73.4
    
    43.4
    
    54.4
    
    215.4
    
    0.0
    
    538.9*)
    before cost
      of antitrust risks and restructuring expenses.F-38

Back to Contents


Europe
    
    
    
    Central
      and
    
    
    
    
    
    SGLexcl.
    
    North
    
    South
    
    
    
    Consolidation
    
    CARBONm
    Germany
    
    Germany
    
    America
    
    America
    
    Other
    
    adjustments
    
    Group2003Net sales
      revenue (by destination)
    197.7
    
    352.1
    
    257.0
    
    51.5
    
    187.9
    
    0.0
    
    1,046.2Net sales
      revenue (by company)Third-party
      customers
    401.5
    
    402.7
    
    234.4
    
    1.6
    
    6.0
    
    0.0
    
    1,046.2Intercompany
      sales revenue
    162.5
    
    260.1
    
    51.1
    
    0.0
    
    0.3
    
    (474.0
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    564.0
    
    662.8
    
    285.5
    
    1.6
    
    6.3
    
    (474.0
    )
    1,046.2Export sales
      from Germany
    384.4
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    384.4Capital
      employed
    316
    
    320
    
    243
    
    0
    
    9
    
    0
    
    888Investments
      in property, plant andequipment
    7.2
    
    16.3
    
    9.2
    
    0.0
    
    0.1
    
    0.0
    
    32.82002Net sales
      revenue (by destination)
    216.6
    
    373.8
    
    281.6
    
    63.4
    
    176.9
    
    0.0
    
    1,112.3Net sales
      revenue (by company)Third-party
      customers
    409.5
    
    422.9
    
    267.8
    
    5.1
    
    7.0
    
    0.0
    
    1,112.3Intercompany
      sales revenue
    179.4
    
    269.5
    
    56.8
    
    0.0
    
    0.4
    
    (506.1
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    588.9
    
    692.4
    
    324.6
    
    5.1
    
    7.4
    
    (506.1
    )
    1,112.3Export sales
      from Germany
    369.3
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    369.3Capital
      employed
    304
    
    338
    
    312
    
    4
    
    9
    
    0
    
    967Investments
      in property, plant andequipment
    17.1
    
    12.1
    
    11.8
    
    0.1
    
    0.4
    
    0.0
    
    41.52001Net sales
      revenue (by destination)
    246.0
    
    409.2
    
    315.8
    
    63.1
    
    199.2
    
    0.0
    
    1,233.3Net sales
      revenue (by company)Third-party
      customers
    457.8
    
    439.7
    
    319.1
    
    8.0
    
    8.7
    
    0.0
    
    1,233.3Intercompany
      sales revenue
    178.3
    
    237.1
    
    53.1
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (468.5
    )
    0.0Total net
      sales revenue
    636.1
    
    676.8
    
    372.2
    
    8.0
    
    8.7
    
    (468.5
    )
    1,233.3Export sales
      from Germany
    360.7
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    360.7Capital
      employed
    404
    
    386
    
    410
    
    4
    
    9
    
    0
    
    1,213Investments
      in property, plant andequipment
    40.0
    
    23.3
    
    26.6
    
    0.0
    
    0.7
    
    0.0
    
    90.6F-39

Back to Contents
29.
    List
      of shareholdingsThe list of
    shareholdings is filed with the Wiesbaden commercial register. It will also
    be available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting of SGL Carbon Aktiengesellschaft
    on April 30, 2004.
30.
    Remuneration
      of the Supervisory Board and Executive Committee of SGL CARBON AGThe remuneration
    for the members of the Executive Committee includes a fixed and a variable
    component. The remuneration of the Executive Committee and the number of shares
    held are as follows:
**Base**
    
    ****
    
    **SGL**
    
    **Stock
      Options****salary**
    
    **Bonus**
    
    **Shares**
    
    **(2000
      bis 2003)****T **
    
    **T **
    
    **no.**
    
    **no.**R. J. Koehler
    424
    
    280
    
    10,608
    
    100,000T. H. Breyer
    294
    
    200
    
    13,330
    
    60,000Dr. H. Kottmann
    284
    
    170
    
    5,734
    
    45,000Dr. B. Toniolo
    294
    
    200
    
    3,558
    
    60,000Dr. K. Warning
    294
    
    200
    
    11,340
    
    60,000Total
    1,590
    
    1,050
    
    44,570
    
    325,000As Mr. T.
    Breyer performs most of this activities in the US, he receives his compensation
    in US-Dollars. His basic contractual salary of  294 thousand and his
    bonus of  200 thousand are expensed in the consolidated financial statements
    at a total of  464 thousand on account of exchange rate effects. Dr.
    H. Kottmanns salary was adjusted to the same base salary as the other
    ordinary Executive Committee members as of April 1, 2003.
The remuneration
    paid to the Executive Committee members in fiscal year 2003, including payments
    in kind, totaled  2,667 thousand.
The members
    of the Executive Committee also receive a variable compensation component
    in the form of rights from management incentive plans. The stock options attributable
    to the members of the Executive Committee include options granted under the
    stock option plan between 2000 and 2003 that have not yet expired (see note
    31).
The total
    remuneration of former members of management and their surviving dependents
    amounts to  0.1 million. Provisions of  1.1 million have been
    recognized for pension obligations to former members of management and their
    surviving dependents. The active members of the Executive Committee hold shares
    in SGL Carbon AG as part of their private assets. At December 31, 2003, these
    totaled 38,690 shares and 17,640 ADRs, corresponding to a total of 44,570
    shares.
The total
    remuneration of the Supervisory Board amounted to  0.3 million. In 2003,
    the following amounts were payable:
F-40

Back to Contents


Base
    
    Additionalin T 
    remuneration
    
    remuneration
    
    TotalProf. Dr.
      rer. nat. Utz-Hellmuth FelchtChairman
    40
    
    9
    
    49Franz SchafferDeputy Chairman
      until April 30, 2003
    30
    
    4
    
    34Heinz SchrothDeputy Chairman
      since April 30, 2003
    20
    
    5
    
    25Hans-Georg
      Bartel (died Nov. 20, 2002)
    14
    
    0
    
    14Peter Fischer
    20
    
    1
    
    21Dr.-Ing.
      Claus Hendricks
    20
    
    5
    
    25Hansgeorg
      B. Hofmann
    20
    
    11
    
    31Jürgen
      Kerner
    6
    
    1
    
    7Dr.-Ing.
      Hubert Lienhard
    20
    
    5
    
    25Jacques
      Loppion
    20
    
    3
    
    23Lutz Mühring
      (until April 30, 2003)
    20
    
    2
    
    22Josef Scherer
      (since April 30, 2003)
    0
    
    2
    
    2Bert Schilling
      (since April 30, 2003)
    0
    
    2
    
    2Karl-Heinz
      Schneider
    9
    
    0
    
    9Andrew H.
      Simon
    20
    
    3
    
    23Hans-Werner
      Zorn (since Feb. 27, 2003)
    0
    
    5
    
    5Total
    259
    
    58
    
    317Additional remuneration
    consists of meeting attendance and committee membership allowances. The base
    remuneration of Supervisory Board members appointed for the first time in
    2003 will be paid in 2004. Mr. Hansgeorg Hofman received an additional payment
    of 33 thousand in fiscal year 2003 under a temporary consultancy agreement
    concluded with the approval of the Supervisory Board.


31.
    Management
      incentive plansAt present,
    SGL has a total of five different management and employee incentive plans.
    The Long-Term Incentive Plan, which was approved in 1996, originally consisted
    of the Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the SAR Plan)
    and the Long- Term Cash Incentive Plan (the LTCI Plan).
    While the exercise period of the SAR Plan will not end before 2006, the LTCI
    Plan had a maturity of three years and ended on December 31, 1998. The current
    Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan is valid for the period 2002-2004 (the LTCI
    Plan 20022004). Since 1996, a Share Ownership Plan has been
    set up each calendar year for all non-exempt employees of SGL Group. This
    was suspended in the year under review due to the capital increase implemented
    at the beginning of 2004. Furthermore, the Companys Annual General Meeting
    on April 27, 2000 resolved to introduce a Share Plan (also called the Matching
    Shares Plan) and a Stock Option Plan. The Share Plan was introduced in March
    2001. The Stock Option Plan, implemented in July 2000, superseded the SAR
    Plan, whose vesting period ended in 2001, and has a maturity of five years.

Stock
  Appreciation Rights Plan (SAR)
  Under the SAR
    Plan, the members of the Executive Committee and certain senior managers of
    the SGL Group have been granted stock appreciation rights (SARs).
    Each SAR represents (i) with respect to a participant who is a member of the
    Executive Committee, the right to receive an amount equal to the difference
    between the average share price as officially quoted on the Frankfurt Stock
    Exchange on March 16 of the year in which the option is exercised and the
    respective exercise price, which, prior to adjustment for dilution, ranges
    from 33.03 to 102.26 and (ii) with respect to a participant who
    is an employee of the SGL Group, the right to purchase one share at the respective
    exercise price.
One SAR is equivalent
    to one share. The total number of shares associated with the SAR Plan is 840,500,
    or approximately 3.79% of all shares outstanding. SARs representing a total
    of 781,200 shares have been allocated to

F-41

Back to Contents

the members of
  the Executive Committee and 60 senior managers as of January 1, 2004. Of these
  SARs, 637,350 had been exercised as of December 31, 2003.

Under the SAR Plan, an option representing a specific number of SARs (a SAR Option), as determined by the Executive Committee, or by the Supervisory Board if the beneficiary was a member of the Executive Committee, was allocated to each beneficiary at the beginning of the SAR performance cycle (January 1, 1996 December 31, 2000). The SARs allocated via this SAR Option vested within the vesting period (January 1, 1997 January 1, 2001) on January 1 for the preceding fiscal year in five equal annual tranches of 20% each. Each vested SAR can be exercised during the period from March 1 to March 15 of each year, but no later than March 15, 2006, or upon termination of service (as described below). Executive Committee members exercising SAR Options must utilize a portion of the net proceeds corresponding to 15% of the gross proceeds to purchase shares of the Company via the stock market. To this end, SGL will instruct a financial institution to acquire the shares for the account and in the name of the member of the Executive Committee. SGL or the relevant consolidated subsidiary will provide the financial means to effect the purchase directly to the financial institution and deduct the amounts from the monies due to the beneficiary exercising the SAR. The financial institution will retain these shares on behalf of the member of the Executive Committee for the next twelve months. The remaining net proceeds will be paid to the member of the Executive Committee.
All of the
    shares purchased by a participant who is an employee of the SGL Group upon
    exercise of an SAR must immediately be resold by this employee. An exception
    is made for the number of shares that must be purchased with 15% of the gross
    proceeds from the sale of all the shares. Such retained shares may not be
    sold and are blocked for a period of twelve months.

Long-Term
  Cash Incentive Plan (LTCI)
Under the LTCI
    Plan 2002  2004, the members of the Executive Committee and 36 senior
    managers are granted cash premiums by SGL provided that certain performance
    targets are met during a three-year period. The current plan period is 2002
    through 2004. The maximum total bonus amounts to 7.8 million. The performance
    target that the SGL Group must reach in order for participating senior managers
    and Executive Committee members to be entitled to the maximum bonus under
    the LTCI Plan was set at a 2.3 to 1 ratio of net debt to EBITDA.
The minimum requirement
  for the payment of any bonus is a ratio of 3.6 to 1. The committee that is responsible
  for the administration of the LTCI Plan 2002  2004 may change this performance
  target at the beginning of any year. Beneficiaries under the LTCI Plan 2002
   2004 must use a portion of the net proceeds of the plan corresponding
  to 15% of the gross proceeds to buy shares of SGL. To this end, SGL will instruct
  a financial institution to acquire the shares for the account and in the name
  of the relevant beneficiary. The Company will provide the financial means to
  effect the purchase of the shares directly to the financial institution from
  the beneficiarys bonus payments. These shares will subsequently be deposited
  with the financial institution on behalf of the beneficiary for a period of
  twelve months. The remaining proceeds will become due for payment on April 30,
  2005.
In relation to
  the means of calculation, the Supervisory Board meeting on December 5, 2003
  specified that any capital increase implemented is to be neutralized in the
  calculation of the performance target. The meeting of the Executive Committee
  on December 22, 2003 also approved the same measure for senior management. The
  provisions recognized for the Executive Committee and senior managers in 2002
  were reversed during the year under review.
  
F-42

Back to Contents


Share
  Plan
In March 2001,
    SGL implemented a share plan (the Share Plan) for
    the members of the Executive Committee and the top three levels of management
    below the Executive Committee. Under the plan, participants may invest up
    to 50% of their annual bonus in shares of the Company. If they hold these
    shares for at least two years, they will receive the same number of shares
    (the matching shares) a special bonus.
The Companys
  Share Plan was adopted by its shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held
  on April 27, 2000. The maximum number of shares that may be reserved for the
  issuance of shares under the plan shall not exceed 250,000 new shares provided
  by authorized capital. The Share Plan was implemented effective March 31, 2001.
  At the end of March 2003, for the first time, 20,508 new shares were issued
  from the capital increase from authorized capital to the senior managers and
  officers participating in the Share Plan during 2001; 6,490 already outstanding
  shares, acquired on the stock market, were granted to members of the Executive
  Committee.
In order to
    participate in the plan, the selected employees and members of the Executive
    Committee must acquire shares on the stock market prior to the start of the
    plan in an amount not exceeding 50% of their bonuses under SGLs annual
    bonus plan at the then current price of the shares in the XETRA securities
    trading system on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The shares acquired in the
    stock market are held for the beneficiaries in a blocked custody account for
    a two-year lock-up period. The beneficiaries may not dispose of the shares
    during the lock-up period if they wish to retain their entitlements to be
    granted matching shares at the end of the plan (as described below).
After the lock-up
    period, the Company grants each participant a number of new matching shares
    from authorized capital (or, for the members of the Executive Committee, from
    a share buy-back) in an amount equal to the number of shares held for the
    benefit of each beneficiary in the blocked custody account. The contribution
    in kind by the beneficiaries consists of a claim for the bonus payment payable
    at the end of the lock-up period. After the end of the lock-up period, the
    participants receive the released shares and the matching shares.
The 76 members
    of the Executive Committee and senior managers who participated in the 2003
    Share Plan as of March/April 2003 have purchased a total of 58,811 shares
    on the stock market in connection with the Share Plan.

Stock
  Option Plan
SGLs
    shareholders adopted the Stock Option Plan at their Annual General Meeting
    held on April 27, 2000. The maximum number of shares that may be reserved
    for issuance under the Plan may not exceed 1,600,000 shares from conditional
    capital. The options may be granted until the end of the year 2004. The Stock
    Option Plan was implemented effective July 2000.
The Supervisory
    Board administers the plan for the members of the Executive Committee. Under
    the Stock Option Plan, the Supervisory Board is authorized to grant options
    on shares to members of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee administers
    the Stock Option Plan for approximately 150 senior managers and officers of
    SGL and its consolidated companies. For this purpose, under the Stock Option
    Plan, the Executive Committee is authorized to grant options to those senior
    managers of SGL as it determines, and to members of the management and senior
    managers of its consolidated companies. In both cases, the Supervisory Board
    or the Executive Committee will offer and transfer new shares upon exercise
    of the options from the conditional capital created for that purpose.

The
      stock options will be allocated as follows:
    Executive
      Committee: up to 30%;
    Senior Managers
      of the Company: up to 20%;
    Members
      of management of consolidated companies up to 20% and
    Remaining
      senior managers of consolidated companies up to 30%.If any of the
  groups mentioned above is not granted its maximum number of options, the remaining
  options may be distributed to the beneficiaries of the next or previous group
  in addition to the maximum number of options that are distributed to that group,
  so that the total volume of options are exhausted. The Executive Committee or,
  to the
F-43

Back to Contents

extent that members
    of the Executive Committee are affected, the Supervisory Board, will decide
    on the allocation of any remaining options. However, no more than 30% of the
    available options may be distributed to the members of the Executive Committee.
The options have a term of ten years starting on the date of grant and will expire, without compensation, if they are not exercised before this period elapses. The options may not be exercised until a two-year lock-up period has elapsed. This period begins on the day following the date of grant, resulting in an exercise period of eight years. During the exercise period, the options can only be exercised on trading days during defined trading windows. For each tranche of options, there will be two trading windows of ten days each in which options may be exercised following our public reporting dates. These trading windows will be determined by the Supervisory Board if members of the Executive Committee are granted options, and by the Executive Committee for options granted to the remaining participants. Options may be exercised only if the SGL Group has met its performance targets at the time the options are exercised. The performance target is the increase in the total shareholder return of SGLs shares. The Stock Option Plan defines total shareholder return as the share price plus reinvested dividends plus the value of the options. Total shareholder return must increase by at least 15% against the exercise price for options to be exercisable.
The exercise
    price to be paid by beneficiaries under the Stock Option Plan will be calculated
    based upon the average closing price of the shares in the XETRA securities
    trading system of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange for the last 20 trading days
    before the relevant options are granted, excluding transaction costs.
The options are subject to certain terms and conditions of sale, namely, beneficiaries must retain a minimum number of shares of SGL equal to 15% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the subscribed shares (which equals the difference between the subscription price and the exercise price of all options exercised by the participants) for an additional twelve months. The conditions of the Stock Option Plan provide for protection against dilution.
The number of options granted, and their respective subscription prices before dilution-related adjustments, are as follows:


    as of July
      3, 2000, 234,500 options were granted to the members of the Executive Committee
      and 151 senior managers at a subscription price of 72.45;
    as of January
      16, 2001, 257,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive Committee
      and 155 senior managers at a subscription price of 57.82;
    as of January
      16, 2002, 261,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive Committee
      and 170 senior managers at a subscription price of 25.00;
    as of August
      12, 2002, 247,000 options were granted to the members of the Executive Committee
      and 154 senior managers at a subscription price of 17.65; and
    as of January
      16, 2003, 258,500 options were granted to the members of the Executive Committee
      and 168 senior managers at a subscription price of 8.35.A total of 1,258,000
    options have been granted to participants under the Stock Option Plan. None
    of these options have been exercised to date.
  Changes in
      the equity compensation plans are as follows:
  Number
        of shares/options
      
      
      Stock
      
      Stock
        OptionSAR
      
      Purchase
        Plan
      
      PlanBalance
        at Jan. 1, 2003
      159,950
      
      74,439
      
      999,500Additions
      
      
      58,811
      
      258,500Expired/Returned
      (16,100
      )
      (2,392
      )Exercised
      
      
      (28,924
      )Balance
        at Dec. 31, 2003
      143,850
      
      101,934
      
      1,258,000Average
        exercise price ()
      45.79
      
      -
      
      35.69Expiration
        dates
      3/15/2006
      
      
      
      2010
        to 2013Fair
        value Dec. 31, 2003/  m
      0.0
      
      0.0
      
      0.0
F-44

Back to Contents



The SAR and Stock
  Option Plans are out of the money. This means that the fair value
  is zero, because the exercise price is higher than the current market price.
  The shares issued under the Share Plan were expensed in the consolidated financial
  statements. The various equity compensation programs resulted in a net expense
  of 0.8 million in fiscal year 2003.
32.
    Exemption
      in accordance with section 264 (3) of the HGBThe following
  companies, which are included in the consolidated financial statements of SGL
  Carbon AG, made use of the provision in section 264 (3) of the HGB: SGL Carbon
  GmbH, Meitingen; SGL Carbon Beteiligung GmbH, Wiesbaden; SGL Technologies GmbH,
  Meitingen; SGL Brakes GmbH, Meitingen; SGL Information-Services GmbH, Augsburg.
33.
    Declaration
      of conformity with the German Corporate Governance Code (section 285 (16)
      of the HGB)SGL Carbon AGs
    Executive Committee and Supervisory Board approved the following declaration
    of conformity pursuant to section 161 AktG in their meeting on September 18,
    2003:
  SGL Carbon
    AGs Corporate Governance Principles comply with the recommendations
    of the Government Commission on the German Corporate Governance Code in the
    version dated May 21, 2003 with the following exceptions:

    Section
      2.3.4.: Internet broadcasting is currently not justifiable for cost reasons.
    Section
      3.8. para. 2: The D&O insurance policy taken out by the Company for
      the Executive Committee and the Supervisory Board does not include a deductible.
      As a matter of principle, we believe that the agreement of a deductible
      is not a suitable method of improving responsible conduct by the Executive
      Committee and the Supervisory Board. In addition, such deductibles are not
      customary abroad or in many German companies.
    Section
      4.2.3. para. 2 sentence 4: The agreement of a cap on stock options by the
      Supervisory Board is irrelevant at present since the value of the options
      issued is extremely low.
    Section
      4.2.3. para. 3 sentence 2: The value of stock options can only be disclosed
      once a generally valid, uniform measurement method exists.
    Section
      5.4.5. para. 2: SGL Carbon AGs Articles of Association provide for
      fixed compensation for Supervisory Board members and additional remuneration
      for members serving on committees. We believe that this provision is appropriate
      for our Company and that it should not be changed in the foreseeable future.Above and beyond
    this, SGL Carbon AGs Corporate Governance Principles comply with almost
    all of the non-binding suggestions made in the Corporate Governance Code.
Wiesbaden,
    March 1, 2004
    SGL CARBON AG
    The Executive Committee

F-45

Back to Contents
34.
    Significant
      Differences between International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
      and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP)The
    SGL Carbon Group prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance
    with German GAAP (HGB) for the years until Dec. 31, 2000. In 2001 the SGL
    Carbon Group adopted IFRS and has prepared its consolidated financial statements
    in accordance with IFRS for all years presented. International Financial Reporting
    Standards (IFRS) differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. The
    significant differences that affect the consolidated net income (loss) and
    shareholders' equity of the SGL CARBON Group are set out below.
Reconciliation
    to U.S. GAAP
The
    following is a summary of the significant adjustments to net income and shareholders'
    equity which would be required if U.S. GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
    Earnings per share have been presented before Cumulative Change in Accounting
    Principles. The translation of the 2003 amounts from Euro into U.S. Dollars
    has been made using the exchange rate as of Decemb er 31, 2003 (1.261 USD
    = 1 ):
All
      numbers in million except per share data
    Note
    2003
    
    2003
    
    2002
    
    2001US-$
    Euro
    Euro
    EuroNet loss
      per IFRS as reported in the consolidated income statement
    
    (63.4
    )
    (50.3
    )
    (23.6
    )
    (95.2
    )Adjustments
      to conform with U.S.-GAAP:Business
      acquisition and goodwill and its diposition
    (a)
    4.3
    
    3.4
    
    5.1
    
    (2.7
    )Internal
      use software and interest capitalization
    (b)
    (4.5
    )
    (3.6
    )
    (3.0
    )
    (0.9
    )Inventory
    (c)
    (0.5
    )
    (0.4
    )
    5.8
    
    3.9Pension
      provision
    (d)
    1.6
    
    1.3
    
    (2.1
    )
    (1.1
    )Incentive
      plans
    (e)
    (1.9
    )
    (1.5
    )
    (2.2
    )
    (4.9
    )Restructuring
      / Early retirement
    (f)
    2.1
    
    1.7
    
    (7.1
    )
    7.9First
      time adoption of IFRS
    (g)
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    (49.3
    )Deferred
      Taxes - IFRS to U.S.-GAAP reconciliation
    (h)
    1.3
    
    1.0
    
    5.1
    
    (5.7
    )Net loss
      in accordance with U.S.-GAAP
    
    (61.0
    )
    (48.4
    )
    (22.0
    )
    (148.0
    )Cumulative
      Change in Accounting Principles
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    9.4
    
    0.0Net loss
      after Cumulative Change in Accounting Principles
    
    (61.0
    )
    (48.4
    )
    (12.6
    )
    (148.0
    )Basic earnings
      per share in accordance with U.S.-GAAP
    
    (2.75
    )
    (2.18
    )
    (1.01
    )
    (6.87
    )Diluted
      earnings per share in accordance with U.S.-GAAP
    
    (2.75
    )
    (2.18
    )
    (1.01
    )
    (6.87
    )Equity per
      IFRS as reported in the consolidated balance sheet
    
    147.0
    
    116.6
    
    196.3
    
    255.2Adjustments
      to conform with U.S.-GAAP:Business
      acquisition and goodwill and its diposition
    (a)
    60.1
    
    47.7
    
    45.2
    
    26.9Internal
      use software and interest capitalization
    (b)
    (3.5
    )
    (2.8
    )
    1.1
    
    4.3Inventory
    (c)
    (0.4
    )
    (0.3
    )
    (0.7
    )
    (7.1
    )Pension
      provision
    (d)
    (32.9
    )
    (26.1
    )
    (26.3
    )
    (11.5
    )Incentive
      plans
    (e)
    (6.4
    )
    (5.1
    )
    (6.7
    )
    (10.0
    )Restructuring
      / Early retirement
    (f)
    3.2
    
    2.5
    
    0.8
    
    7.9First
      time adoption of IFRS
    (g)
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.0Deferred
      Taxes - IFRS to U.S.-GAAP reconciliation
    (h)
    1.3
    
    1.0
    
    0.0
    
    (1.6
    )Equity in
      accordance with U.S.-GAAP
    
    168.4
    
    133.5
    
    209.7
    
    264.1a)
    Business Acquisitions and Goodwill and its dispositionPrior
    to the adoption of IAS 22 (revised 1993) on January 1, 1995, the Group wrote-off
    all goodwill directly to equity in accordance with IFRS existing at that time.
    The adoption of IAS 22 (revised 1993) did not require prior period
F-46

Back to Contents
restatement.
  Accordingly, a U.S. GAAP difference exists with respect to the recognition of
  goodwill and its related amortization before January 1, 1995 and for the amortization
  of goodwill after January 1, 2002. For the purpose of the reconciliation to
  U.S. GAAP, the pre-1995 goodwill was amortized through the statement of operations
  over the estimated useful lives between five and 20 years. Since January 1,
  2002 under U.S. GAAP goodwill is no longer being amortized over the estimated
  useful live but an annual impairment test per SFAS 142 (Goodwill and other
  Intangible Assets) must be performed. Under IFRS positive and negative
  goodwill in the amount of 3.9 million were still amortized in 2003 and
  accordingly a reconciliation difference exists.
The
    SGL CARBON Groups U.S. GAAP unamortized positive goodwill at December
    31, 2003 and 2002 was 125.8 and 136.1 million, respectively ( 78.1
    and 95.3 million, respectively, capitalized under IFRS). The Group did
    not have any unamortized negative goodwill as of December 31, 2003 and 2002,
    respectively ( 0.0 and 4.4 million, respectively, capitalized under
    IFRS). The remaining balance of negative Goodwill as of January 1, 2002 under
    U.S.-GAAP was written off and recognized as the effect of a change in accounting
    principle. The Company estimates that such net goodwill would, at December
    31, 2003 and 2002, be allocated among its industry segments as follows: Carbon
    and Graphite: 47.0 million and 47.5 million, respectively, Graphite
    Specialties: 22.3 million and 25.4 million, respectively, Corrosion
    Protection: 18.5 million and 22.4 million, respectively, and SGL
    Technologies: 38.0 million and 40.8 million, respectively.
As
    of December 31, 2003, the Company had under U.S. GAAP unamortized goodwill
    in the amount of 125.8 million, no unamortizable identifiable intangible
    assets and no unamortized negative goodwill, all of which were subject to
    the transition provisions of Statements SFAS 141 and 142. Amortization expense
    related to goodwill and negative goodwill was 0.0, 0.0 and 7.0
    million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively.
In
    the first quarter 2003 SGL sold its consolidated subsidiary SGL Risomesa S.p.A.,
    Milan (Italy) and realized the remaining negative goodwill amounting to 1.7
    million under IFRS. Under U.S. GAAP the amount was included as a change in
    accounting principle in 2002.
As
    noted above for U.S. GAAP purposes, in accordance with SFAS 142, starting
    January 1, 2002 goodwill is no longer being amortized but tested annually
    for impairment at the level of reporting units. Goodwill is tested for impairment
    using a two step process that begins with a determination of the fair value
    of the reporting unit. The first step is a preliminary test to determine if
    any potential impairment exists and the second step measures the amount of
    impairment, if any. For estimating future cash flows, we use our internal
    budgets. Thereby, considerable management judgement is necessary to identify
    a triggering event and to estimate future sales and cost of sales which underlie
    the present value of future cash flows. Accordingly, actual outcomes could
    vary significantly from such estimates. Factors such as changes in the planned
    use of assets or closing of facilities or lower than anticipated sales for
    products could result in shortened useful lives or impairments.
If SFAS 142
    had been applied already in 2001, net profit and earnings per share would
    have been as follows:
2003
    
    2002
    
    2001Net
      loss *)As
      reported
    m
    (48.4
    )
    (22.0
    )
    (148.0
    )Goodwill
      amortization
    m
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    7.1Net
      (loss)/profit *)adjusted
    m
    (48.4
    )
    (22.0
    )
    (140.9
    )Earnings
      per share basic (EPS)As
      reported
    
    (2.18
    )
    (1.01
    )
    (6.87
    )Goodwill
      amortization
    
    0.0
    
    0.0
    
    0.33Earnings
      per share basic (EPS)adjusted
    
    (2.18
    )
    (1.01
    )
    (6.54
    )*)
    before
      Cumulative Changes in Accounting Principlesb
      )
    Internal Use Software and Interest Capitalization on Tangible Fixed AssetsStatement
    of Position (SOP) 98-1 ( Accounting for the Costs fo Computer Software
    developed or obtained for internal use) provides U.S. GAAP guidance
    on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for
    internal use. Under U.S. GAAP overhead costs should not be capitalized as
    costs of internally developed
F-47

Back to Contents
software while
  under IFRS directly allocated overhead costs are allowed to be capitalized.
  During the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 the SGL Carbon Group capitalized
  software costs in the amount of 6.5 million and 2.7 million, respectively
  under U.S. GAAP.
U.S.
    GAAP requires the capitalization of interest costs as part of the historical
    cost of fixed assets requiring a period of time to construct. Per IFRS benchmark
    treatment, interest cost (Borrowing Costs) should be recognized
    as an expense in the period in which they occur. The company has elected to
    use the IFRS benchmark treatment, which results in a reconciliation difference
    to U.S. GAAP for the capitalization of borrowing costs. Durin g the years
    ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 the SGL Carbon Group did not capitalize
    interest under U.S. GAAP. The years 2003, 2002 and 2001 include amortization
    of previous capitalized interest 0.8 million, 0.8 million and 0.9 million
    respectively.
The
    estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets under U.S.
    GAAP for each of the following fiscal years is approximately 7 million, excluding
    goodwill amortization or potential impairments.
c)
    Inventory
      ValuationIAS
    2 "Inventories" identifies two alternatives as benchmark valuation methods,
    the FIFO method and the weighted-average cost method. The LIFO method is permitted
    as an allowed alternative. In valuing inventories for IFRS reporting, the
    company has elected to apply the benchmark method using the weighted average
    cost method. For certain inventories held in the United States of America,
    for U.S. GAAP and tax reporting purposes we have elected to value inventories
    on the LIFO method until December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002
    the company has no inventory valued on a LIFO basis for U.S. GAAP. .
Certain
    inventories held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries did not meet the requirements
    as specified under EITF 99-5 (Accounting for Pre-Production Costs Related
    to Long-Term Supply Arrangements). Under EITF 99-5 costs to perform certain
    services related to the design and development of the products it will sell
    under long-term supply arrangements and costs to design and develop molds,
    dies, and other tools that will be used in producing those products should
    be expensed as incurred. Accordingly we recorded an U.S. GAAP adjustment of
    0.3 million in 2003.
d)
    Pension
      ProvisionsUnder IFRS,
    pension costs and similar obligations are accounted for in accordance with
    IAS 19, Employee Benefits. For purposes of U.S. GAAP,
    pension costs for defined benefit plans are accounted for in accordance with
    SFAS No. 87 Employers Accounting for Pensions
    and the disclosure is presented in accordance with SFAS No. 132 Employers
    Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits.
    SFAS 87 requires that companies located outside the United States adopt the
    provisions of SFAS 87 for fiscal years beginning after Dece mber 15, 1988.
    Due to the significant period of time which elapsed between the date when
    SFAS 87 would have been required to be adopted and the time when the SGL Carbon
    Group first prepared its U.S. GAAP financial information, adoption of the
    provisions of SFAS 87 as of January 1, 1989 was not feasible. Accordingly,
    SFAS 87 has been adopted from January 1, 1993. As of the date of adoption,
    the SGL Carbon Groups total transition obligation was 16.1 million.
    Such transition obligation is being amortized over a 15 year period. Accordingly,
    as of December 31, 1993, 5.4 million, representing 5/15 (the elapsed five
    year period between the required adoption date of January 1, 1989 and December
    31, 1993) of the total transition obligation, was recorded directly against
    U.S. GAAP shareholders equity.
IAS
    19 (Employee Benefits) as applied by the Group is substantially
    similar to the methodology required under SFAS No. 87. The transition provisions
    under IAS 19 permit the cumulative effect of an accounting change to be either
    recognized immediately or delayed and recognized on a straight-line basis
    over a period of up to five years from the date of adoption of IAS 19 (its
    transition period ends in 2004 for enterprises adopting IAS 19 as of its effective
    date). SFAS 87 permitted only delayed recognition of the transition obligation
    on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of plan
    partic ipants or over 15 years if the average remaining service period is
    less than 15 years (its transition period ends in 2001 for most enterprises).
F-48

Back to Contents
Upon
    adoption of IAS 19, the company elected to recognize the cumulative effect
    of an accounting change immediately. Consequently, the amortization of the
    transition obligation in accordance with SFAS 87, creates a reconciliation
    difference to U.S. GAAP in the pension liability valuation and corresponding
    annual pension expense through December 31, 2003. Under IFRS changes in the
    market value of plan assets are recognized in the calculation immediately,
    while they are deferred over 5 years under U.S. GAAP.
Under
    IFRS the interest component of the annual pension expense has been shown as
    an expense in the financial result, which is below operating profit. Under
    U.S. GAAP, the interest component of the pension expense is included in operating
    profit.
The
    Investment Policy and Strategy, as established by the Pension Plan Committee,
    is to provide for growth of capital with a moderate level of volatility by
    investing in assets per the target allocations stated below. The assets will
    be reallocated quarterly to meet those target allocations. The investment
    policy will be reviewed on a regular basis, under the advisement of a certified
    investment advisor, to determine if the policy should be changed.
The
    expected long-term rate of return for the Plans total assets is based
    on the expected return of each of the targeted allocation categories, weighted
    based on the median of the target allocation for each class. Equity securities
    are expected to return 10% to 11% over the long-term, while cash and fixed
    income are expected to return between 4% and 6%. Based on historical experience,
    the Committee expects that the Plans asset managers will provide a modest
    (0.5% to 1.5% over a complete market cycle of three- to five-year periods)
    premium to their respective market benchmark indices.
Under
    IFRS, the Company included 10.5 million, 10.4 million and 9.9 in 2003,
    2002 and 2001, respectively of interest costs associated with the Companys
    provision for pension and similar obligations in interest expense. U.S. GAAP
    does not allow the interest cost associated with the provision for pension
    and similar obligations to be recorded as a component of interest expense.
e)
    Incentive
      PlansIFRS
    provides that in the absence of a specific International Financial Reporting
    Standard or an Interpretation of the Standing Interpretations Committee interpretation,
    management should use its judgement in developing an accounting policy that
    provides the most useful information to users of the companys financial
    statements. In making this judgement, management should consider, among others,
    pronouncements of other standard setting bodies and accepted industry practices.
    The SGL Carbon Group has elected, for purposes of IFRS reporting, to continue
    the accounting treatment for the incentive plans discussed below, consistent
    with prior practices under the German Commercial Code (German GAAP).
The
    SGL Carbon Group provides a bonus compensation for certain employees meeting
    specified performance targets. The bonus is satisfied in form of cash for
    management and in form of SGL Carbon stock for all other employees. The numbers
    of shares given to the employees is calculated using the market price of the
    shares. Under IFRS the expense in the income statement is recognized using
    the nominal value of the shares. The increase in capital is recognized upon
    issuance of its stock, which generally occurs in the period subsequent to
    the year to which the performance relates. Under U.S. GAAP the total cost
    of the bonus is included as an expense and the increase in capital is matched
    with the period in which the services are rendered.
F-49

Back to Contents
IFRS
    
    U.S.
      GAAPLeveraged
      Executive
    In 1996, total cost of the plan
    
    Annually,
      one fifth of the totalAsset
      Plan (LEAP)
    of 36.6
      million was accounted for
    
    expenditure
      is accounted for asas extraordinary
      expenses. The contri -
    
    personnel
      expenditure. In 1996,bution
      of Hoechst AG of 25.6 million
    
    the contribution
      of Hoechst AGwas accounted
      for as extraordinary
    
    was treated
      as additional paid -inincome
      in 1996.
    
    capital
      without effect on income.Stock
      Appreciation
    With respect
      to the SAR rights exercis-
    
    Compensation
      expense is recognizedRights
      Plan (SAR)
    able annually
      by the members of the
    
    for all
      participants vested duringExecutive
      Committee, pro rata provisions
    
    the year
      in an amount equal to theare made.
      The exercise of SAR rights by
    
    difference
      between the ordinarythe remaining
      beneficiaries has no effect
    
    share price
      and exercise price.on net
      income as they receive new sharesto be
      issued out of authorized capital.The
    LEAP plan expired in June 2001. Under IFRS and U.S. GAAP the Long-Term Cash
    Incentive Plan (LTCI) is accounted for using the same accounting principles.
f)
    Restructuring
      / Early retirementOne
    of the significant differences between the restructuring guidance under IAS
    37, Commitments and Contingencies and the relevant
    U.S. GAAP standards, is found in the criteria for the initial recognition
    of a restructuring provis ion. The applicable U.S. GAAP standard is SFAS No.
    146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities
    for the year ended 2003, which supersedes Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
    Issue 94-3 Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
    Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred
    in a Restructuring) used for all years presented prior to 2003.
    For employee termination benefits, SFAS 146 and EITF 94-3 require that prior
    to the date of the finan cial statements, the benefit arrangement be communicated
    to employees, including sufficient detail to enable employees to determine
    the type and amount of benefits they will receive when they are terminated.
    IAS 37 does not require that the communication to employees be so detailed
    but rather that the communication simply include the main features of the
    plan. As a result, there may be situations in which an enterprise following
    IAS 37 could recognize a restructuring provision before it would be permitted
    to do so if it were following SFAS 146 / EITF 94-3.
Early
    retirement contracts in Germany, in which only incremental costs under IFRS
    are recognized once a binding contractual agreement has been entered into.
    The early retirement contracts in the SGL Group are generally set up according
    to the block model. During the employment phase the employee works full time
    although in this period he or she is only paid according to the part -time
    agreement. By this means, during the employment phase, the employer builds
    up arrears amounting to the as yet unpaid output that must be accounted for
    by accruing a provision. Under U.S. GAAP the complete compensation that the
    employee receives during the released phase are accrued over the employees
    remaining service period. The addition to provisions begins with the commencement
    of the parttime retiree relationship. Until the employment phase ends or the
    employee enters the released phase, the total compensation and the total accrued
    amount that the employee will receive during the released phase must be set
    aside.
g)
    First
      Time Adoption of IFRS/IASIAS
    12 Income Taxes requires recognition of a deferred tax asset if
    a future realization of a tax benefit is probable. Although the term probable
    is not defined for purposes of applying IAS 12, the SGL Carbon Group has interpreted
    the term to indicate a higher level of likelihood than more likely than
    not (which is the criterion for
F-50

Back to Contents
recognition
  of a deferred tax asset under U.S. GAAP) a level of likelihood is defined under
  U.S. GAAP as more than 50%. Thus, the recognition of a valuation allowance under
  IFRS has preceeded the recognition under U.S. GAAP.
Deferred
    tax assets relating to tax loss carryforwards have been recognized in the
    IFRS consolidated financial statements on the basis of a five-year projected
    earnings before taxes of the individual consolidated companies. The projections
    reflect uncertainties about certain assumptions and other general conditions
    and, in certain cases, deferred tax assets for tax loss carryforwards have
    not been recognized.
At
    initial preparation of IFRS annual financial statements, the recognition of
    deferred tax assets relating to tax loss carryforwards in the U.S. was adjusted
    retrospectively for the reporting periods. These adjustments also resulted
    in changes when compared to the IFRS amounts previously reported in the published
    quarterly reports. Deferred tax assets relating to tax loss carryforwards
    in the U.S. were written down in full in the 2001 consolidated financial statements
    as a consequence of the recession in the USA and the economic situation in
    the US steel industry. The remaining portion in 2001 of the reconciling item,
    First time adoption of IFRS/IAS in the amount of 11.7 million
    represents items which are not relat ed to income taxes. Due to the turnaround
    in our business in the United States, we recognized a portion of the loss
    carryforwards and capitalized a deferred tax asset amounting to 10.0 million
    at the end of 2003 on the basis of a cautious estimate.
h)
    Deferred
      Taxes  IFRS to U.S. GAAP ReconciliationThe
    items discussed above create reconciliation differences between the book (according
    to U.S. GAAP) and tax basis of the assets and liabilities, requiring the recognition
    of associated deferred tax assets and liabilities. With some exceptions deferred
    tax assets and liabilities are recognized for all timing differences between
    the book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities using future statutory
    tax rates. In addition, a valuation allowance is established when it is more
    likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized.
35.
    Additional
      Disclosure Information Required by U.S. GAAPa.
    Other
      Postretirement BenefitsFor
    purposes of disclosure in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the following information
    for the SGL Carbon Groups significant other postretirement benefit plans
    is provided in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 106 Employers
    Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.
Certain
    of the SGL Carbon Groups U.S. operations provide health care and other
    benefits to most of their retired employees and their eligible dependents.
    Minimum service under the plan has been defined as ten years.
Net
    annual postretirement benefit expense for the postretirement be nefit plan
    included the following components:
2003
    
    2002
    
    2001m
    m
    mService
      cost-benefits attributed to serviceduring
      the period
    0.2
    
    0.2
    
    0.2Interest
      cost on accumulated postretirementbenefit
      obligation
    1.5
    
    2.0
    
    2.3Amortization
      and deferral
    0.5
    
    0.0
    
    0.4Net periodic
      postretirement benefit cost
    2.2
    
    2.2
    
    2.9Following
    is a summary of the changes in the accumulated benefit obligation for postretirement
    benefits:
F-51

Back to Contents
2003
    
    2002m
    mBenefit
      obligation at the beginning of the year
    27.0
    
    30.5Foreign
      currency translation
    (4.7
    )
    (4.7
    )Service
      cost
    0.2
    
    0.2Interest
      cost
    1.4
    
    2.0Curtailment/settlement
      and Change in Plan provision
    0.0
    
    (3.0
    )Plan participant
      contributions
    0.4
    
    0.5Actuarial
      loss
    2.6
    
    5.5Benefits
      paid
    (3.8
    )
    (4.0
    )Benefit
      obligation at the end of the year
    23.1
    
    27.0Unrecognized
      net loss
    (11.5
    )
    (11.4
    )Unrecognized
      prior service cost
    0.8
    
    1.0Net amount
      recognized
    12.4
    
    16.6The Medicare
    Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 was signed into
    law on December 8, 2003. In accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 106-1,
    the Company has made a one-time election to defer recognition of the effects
    of the law in the accounting for its plan under FAS 106 and in providing disclosures
    related to the plan until authoritative guidance on the accounting for the
    federal prescription drug subsidy is issued. Any measure of the Accumulated
    Postretirement Benefit Obligation or Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost
    in these financial statements does not reflect the effe cts of the Act on
    the plan. Authoritative guidance is pending and, when issued, could require
    the Company to change previously reported information.
The
    health care cost trends used in determining the accumulated postretirement
    benefit obligation for 2003 and 2002 were 0.0%. The health care cost trend
    rate is expected to remain at 0.0%. This assumption has an effect on the amounts
    reported. For example, increasing the assumed trend by 1% would increase the
    accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the service and interest
    cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years
    ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 by approximately 0.0 million and 0.0 million
    and 0.0 million and 0.2 million, respectively. Decreasing the assumed trend
    by 1% would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and
    the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit
    cost for the year ended December 31, 2003 by approximately 0.0 and 0.0 million,
    respectively. In determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation,
    the weighted average discount rate used was 6.0% and 6.75% for the years ended
    December 31, 2003 and 2002 , respectively.
b.
    Income
      TaxesIn
    2000, the German government enacted new tax legislation which, among other
    changes, reduced the Group's statutory corporate tax rate for German companies
    from 40% on retained earnings and 30% on distributed earnings to a uniform
    25%, effective for the Group's year beginning January 1, 2001. Since the new
    tax legislation became effective in January 2001, the net profit of German
    companies has been subject to a s tandard 25% rate of corporation tax. In
    September 2002, the German corporation tax rate for fiscal 2003 was increased
    to 26.5%. The impact of this tax increase, which was limited to one year,
    was not material and has therefore not been included in the calculation of
    deferred taxes. A solidarity surcharge of 5.5% is added to the corporation
    tax rate resulting in an aggregate corporation tax rate for 2001 and 2002
    of 26.4%. Together with the trade tax burden of 12%, the German income tax
    rate amounts to a total of 38.4%.
Since
    January 1, 2004, German tax law imposes a so-called minimum taxation (Mindestbesteuerung)
    in case of existing losses carried forward, a tax of 5% of the domestic dividend
    income and gains on disposition of corporations for purposes of corporate
    and trade tax as well as a tightening of debt financing in cases where guarantees
    are provided by major shareholders. These changes with respect to tax loss
    carry-forwards, or a denial of the deductibility of certain expenses, could
    lead to material tax payments for SGL Group companies in Germany from 2004
    onwards and significantly impair our deferred tax assets. In addition, deferred
    tax assets related to German tax loss carryforwards
F-52

Back to Contents
could be impaired
  if the german tax group companies generating these loss carryforwards fail to
  generate sufficient taxable profits in the future.
Under
    U.S. GAAP, the effective income tax rate would approximate 23.8%, 17.3% and
    96.6 % in 2003, 2002 and 2001.
At
    December 31, 2003 and 2002 , the SGL Group had tax loss carryforwards amounting
    to approximately 336.4 million and 315.4 million respectively. Some of the
    tax credit carryforwards have an unlimited carryforward period under local
    tax laws. Under U.S. GAAP, a deferred tax valuation allowance relating to
    deferred tax assets recorded for tax loss carryforward was established. The
    amounts of the tax valuation allowance for the years ended December 2003 and
    2002 were 58.5 million and 79.3 million, respectively. The valuation allowances
    at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived primarily from tax loss carryforwards
    in the United States and the United Kingdom (Scotland), the realization of
    which is unlikely, based upon projected tax earnings during the next five
    years. Tax benefits relating to the reductio n of the valuation allowance
    for deferred tax assets will be recognized in the consolidated financial statements
    of the Group in the period in which they occur.
The
    reduction in the valuation allowance between 2002 and 2003 relates to the
    recognition of t he companys ability to utilize a portion of the tax
    loss carryforward in the future (10.0 million) and the differences in the
    year end foreign currency exchange rates.
The
    valuation allowances at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived principally
    from tax loss carryforwards in the United States and the United Kingdom, the
    realization of which is unlikely, based on projected tax earnings in the next
    five year period. Tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance for deferred
    tax assets at December 31, 2003 that are subsequently recognized will be reflected
    in the consolidated statement of operations of the period in which the event
    occurs.
Under
    U.S. GAAP, the SGL Carbon Group would have recorded net deferred tax assets
    at December 31, 2003 and 2002 of 85.2 and 54.7 million consisting of deferred
    tax assets relating to tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2003 and 2002
    of 79.3 million and 39.7, respectively, and other deferred tax assets of
    49.9 and 53.7 million, respectively, and deferred tax liabilities of 44.0
    and 38.7 million, respectively.
In
    assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether
    it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will
    not be realized. The evidence considered in determining the valuation allowance
    includes the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future
    taxable income and tax planning strategies. The ultimate realization of deferred
    tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
    the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.
Deferred
    taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
    as these amounts are deemed to be permanently reinvested.
c.
    SFAS
      No. 130 Reporting Comprehensive IncomeSFAS
    No. 130 requires disclosures regarding comprehensive income. These include
    all changes in equity not transacted with owners of the business. Comprehensive
    income is comprised as follows:
Consolidated
      net loss US GAAP
    2003m
    
    2002mafter
      cumulative change in accounting principles
    (48.4
    )
    (12.6
    )Othercomprehensive income, net of taxChange in
      cumulative translation adjustment
    (30.4
    )
    (23.7
    )Cash -Flow
      Hedges
    2.7Minimum
      pension liability adjustment
    (0.9
    )
    (18.1
    )Other
      comprehensive income
    (28.6
    )
    (41.8
    )F-53

Back to Contents
Comprehensive
      income/loss
    (77.0
    )
    (54.4
    )The
    other comprehensive income relates to the cumulative translation adjustment,
    a positive impact from cash -flow hedges and an additional minimum pension
    liability.
d.
    Stock
      Compensation PlansThe
    costs of the stock compensation plan (for purposes of the calculation of the
    reconciliation from IFRS to US GAAP) have been calculated pursuant to the
    provisions of APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS 123 Accounting for Stock Based
    Compensation (SFAS 123) amended by SFAS 148 requires additional disclosure
    of the pro -forma income statement impact of the effect of the accounting
    treatment.
At
    December 31, 2003, there were a total of 1,258,000 shares (at the end of 2002:
    999,500) available for grant under the stock option plan. The per share weighted-average
    fair value of stock options granted during 2003 was 4.52 and during 2002
    were 10.3 and 14.5 at the date of grant using the Black Scholes
    option -pricing model (excluding a dividend yield assumption) with the following
    assumptions: 2003 and 2002 - volatility 40%, risk-free interest rate of 5.0%,
    and an expected life of 6 years.
Had
    the Company determined compensation cost based on the fair value at the grant
    date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123 amended by SFAS 148, the Companys
    net loss would have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
2003
    
    2002Net
      loss *)
    As
      reported
    m
    
    (48.4
    )
    (22.0
    )Add:
    APB 25 result
    m
    
    (0.0
    )
    (0.2
    )Deduct:
    SFAS 123
      expense
    m
    
    (3.6
    )
    (3.7
    )Net
      loss *)
    Pro forma
    m
    
    (52.0
    )
    (25.9
    )Earnings
      per share basic (EPS)
    As reported
    
    
    (2.18
    )
    (1.01
    )Earnings
      per share basic (EPS)
    Pro forma
    
    
    (2.35
    )
    (1.18
    )*)
    before Cumulative
      Changes in Accounting Principlese.
    Non-current
      assetsAccounts
    receivable trade due after one year at December 31, 2003 and 2002 amounting
    to 2.2 million and  0.3 million, respectively and other assets due
    after one ye ar at December 31, 2003 amounting to 0.2 million would be
    classified as non-current assets under U.S. GAAP. There were no other receivables
    or other assets due after one year at December 31, 2003 and 2002 that would
    be classified as non-current assets under U.S. GAAP.
f.
    New
      Accounting PronouncementsOn
    December 31, 2002 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 148
    Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  Transition and Disclosure
    , which amends the disclosure requirements relating to stock-based employee
    compensation previously contained in SFAS No. 123. The amendments in SFAS
    148 relevant to the SGL Group are effective for all fiscal years ending after
    December 15, 2002. The disclosure requirements have been included in the additional
    i nformation provided on U.S. GAAP, see Note 35d to our consolidated financial
    statements.
In
    November 2002, FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantors Accounting
    and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees
    of Indebted ness of Others  was issued. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures
    to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about
    its
F-54

Back to Contents
obligations
  under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor
  is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the
  fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial
  recognition and initial measurement provisions of this Interpretation are applicable
  on a prospective basis to gua rantees issued or modified after December 31,
  2002. The required disclosures and a roll-forward of product warranty liabilities
  are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after
  December 15, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on
  the group`s financial statements.
In
    January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ( FIN 46 ), Consolidation
    of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB 51. The primary objectives
    of FIN 46 are to provide guidance on the identification of entities for which
    control is achieved through means other than through voting rights ( variable
    interest entities  or VIEs ) and how to determine when and which business
    enterprise should consolidate the VIE (the primary beneficiary ). This new
    model for consolidation applies to an entity in which either (1) the equity
    investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest or (2) the
    equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entitys activities
    without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties.
    In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other
    enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional
    disclosures. The adoption of FIN 46 had no impact on the groups financial
    statements.
On
    April 30, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 149 Amendment
    of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This
    standard amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative
    instruments, including certain derivative instruments and derivative instruments
    embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. SFAS 149 is effective
    for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of
    this standard did not have a material impact on the groups financial
    statements.
On
    May 15, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 150 Accounting
    for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities
    and Equity. Under SFAS 150, certain financial instruments, previously
    classified as equity are now required to be classified as liability by the
    issuer. SFAS 150 primarily affects accounting for financial instruments that
    embody an obligation to repurchase equity instruments that have been issued
    by the company. SFAS 150 is effective for transactions entered into or modified
    after May 31, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 had no impact on the groups
    financial statements.
In
    December 2003 the FASB issued FAS 132 (Revised) (FAS 132-R), Employer's
    Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. FAS 132-R retains
    disclosure requirements of the original FAS 132 and requires additional disclosures
    relating to assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic pension cost.
    FAS 132 -R is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003 except
    that certain disclosures are effective for fiscal years ending after June
    15, 2004.
The
    Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 was
    signed into law on December 8, 2003. In accordance with FASB Staff Position
    FAS 106-1, the Company has made a one-time election to defer recognition of
    the effects of the law in the accounting for its plan under FAS 106 and in
    providing disclosures related to the plan until authoritative guidance on
    the accounting for the federal prescription drug subsidy is issued. Any measure
    of the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation or Net Periodic Postretirement
    Benefit Cost in this report do not reflect the effects of the Act on the plan.
    Authoritative guidance is pending and, when issued, could require the Company
    to change previously reported information.
In
    January 2004 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff
    Position (FSP) FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements related to
    the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003
    which permits a sponsor of a postretirement health care plan that provides
    a presciption drug benefit to make a one-time election to defer accounting
    for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization
    Act of 2003. Regardless of whether a sponsor elects that deferral, FSP FAS
    106-1 requires certain disclosures pending further consideration of the underlying
    accounting issues. The guidance in FSP FAS 106-1 is effective for interim
    or annual financial statements of fiscal years ending after December 7, 2003.
    The adoption of FSP FAS 106-1 had no material impact on the company's consolidated
    financial statements.
In
    December 2003, the IASB released revised IAS 32, Financial Instrument:
    Disclosure and Presentation and IAS 39, Financial Instruments:
    Recognition and Measurement. These statements replace IAS 32 (revised
    2000),
F-55

Back to Contents
and supersede
  IAS 39 (revised 2000), and should be applied for annual periods beginning on
  or after January 1, 2005. The amendments are not expected to have a material
  impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December
    2003, as part of the IASBs project to improve International Accounting
    Standards, the IASB released revisions to the following standards that supersede
    the previously released version of those standards: IAS 1,
    Presentation of Financial Statements, IAS 2, Inventory,
    IAS 8, Accounting Policy, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,
    IAS 10, Events after Balance Sheet Date, IAS 16, Property,
    Plant and Equipment, IAS 17, Leases, IAS 21, The Effects
    of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, IAS 24, Related Party Disclosures,
    IAS 27, Consolidation and Separate Financial Statements, IAS 28,
    Investments in Associates, IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures,
    IAS 33, Earnings per Share and IAS 40, Investment Property.
    The revised standards should be applied for annual periods beginning on or
    after January 1, 2005. The amendments are not expected to have a significant
    impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
On March 31,
    2004 the IASB issued International Financial Reporting Standard 3 Business
    Combinations (IFRS 3), and revised Standards IAS 36 Impairment
    of Assets and IAS 38 Intangible Assets. Under the new and
    revised standards all business combinations within the scope of IFRS 3 must
    be accounted for using the purchase method. The pooling of interests method
    is prohibited. Costs expected to be incurred to restructure an acquired entitys
    (or the acquirers) activities must be treated as post-combination expenses,
    unless the acquired entity has a pre-existing liability for restructuring
    its activities. Intangible items acquired in a business combination must be
    recognised as assets separately from goodwill if they meet the definition
    of an asset, are either separable or arise from contractual or other legal
    rights, and their fair value can be measure reliably. Identifiable assets
    acquired, and liabilities and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed,
    must be initially measured at fair value. The amortisation of goodwill and
    intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is prohibited. Instead they
    must be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes
    in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. IFRS is similar to the SFAS
    141 and 142. We are currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 3 on our consolidated
    financial statements.
On March 31,
    2004 the IASB issued requirements relating to asset disposals and discontinued
    operations. The requirements are set out in International Financial Reporting
    Standard (IFRS) 5 Non -current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued
    Operations. IFRS 5 requires assets that are expected to be sold and
    meet specific criteria to be measured at the lower of carrying amount and
    fair value less costs to sell. Such assets should not be depreciated and should
    be presented separately in th e balance sheet. It also requires operations
    that form a major line of business or area of geographical operations to be
    classified as discontinued when the assets in the operations are classified
    as held for sale. These requirements relating to assets held for sale and
    the timing of the classification of discontinued operations are substantially
    the same as the equivalent requirements in SFAS 144 Accounting for the
    Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which was issued in 2001.
    The type of operation that can be classified as discontinued under IFRS is
    narrower than under U.S. GAAP. We are currently evaluating the impact of IFRS
    5 on our consolidated financial statements.
On March 31,
    2004 the IASB issued an Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments : Recognition
    and Measurement on Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest
    Rate Risk. The amendments simplify the implementation of IAS 39 by enabling
    fair value hedge accounting to be used more readily for a portfolio hedge
    of interest rate risk (sometimes referred to as a macro hedge) than under
    previous versions of IAS 39. We are currently evaluating the impact of the
    amendments on our consolidated financial statements.
We did not
    consider any other IAS/IFRS pronouncements that are scheduled for adoption
    after December 31, 2003 to be applicable to the activities of SGL covered
    by this annual report.
g.
    Earnings
      (Loss) per ShareUnder
    U.S. GAAP, earnings per share are calculated and presented in accordance with
    the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings
    per Share, which requires the presentation of both basic and diluted
    earnings per share information for all periods presented. Basic net income/(loss)
    per share is computed by dividing net income/(loss), as calculated in accordance
    with U.S. GAAP, by the weighted average number of shares outstanding of 22,148,078
    in 2003, 21,813,930 in 2002 and 21,530,563 in 2001. Diluted net profit /(loss)
F-56

Back to Contents
per share includes
  the effect of incremental shares, if any, that would have been outstanding under
  the share option plans or other obligations to issue such shares. Due to the
  fact that there was a loss in all reported periods there was no difference between
  basic and diluted (loss) per share.
h.
    Cash
      Flow Statements - Changes in Corporate DebtYear
      ended December 31,2003
      Euro
    
    2002
      Euro
    
    2001
      EuroProceeds
      from corporate debt
    
    330.0
    
    166.1
    
    276.5Repayment
      of corporate debt
    
    (284.0
    )
    (256.5
    )
    (240.0
    )46.0
    
    (90.4
    )
    36.5i.
    Derivative
      financial instruments and fair value of financial instrumentsThe
    Company is a limited user of derivative financial instruments. It primarily
    utilize interest rate swap and cap agreements and forward exchange contracts
    to manage exposures to interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations. The
    Company is not party to leveraged derivatives and does not hold or issue derivative
    instruments for speculative purposes.
The
    notional/contract amount of derivatives do not represent the amount exchanged
    by the parties and thus are not a measure of the exposure of the Company through
    its use of derivatives. The amounts exchanged during the term of the derivatives
    are calculated on the basis of the notional/contract amounts and the other
    contractual conditions of the derivatives.
Management
    actively evaluates the credit worthiness of the financial institutions which
    are counter parties to derivative instruments, and it does not expect any
    counter parties to default in meeting their obligations under these instruments.
    The credit exposure of derivative instruments is represented by the unrealized
    gain in the underlying instrument.
The
    estimated fair value of on-balance sheet financial instruments (cash, receivables,
    payables, accrued expenses, other liabilities and long -term debt) are considered
    to approximate their carrying value because such instruments, except for long-term
    debt, have short maturity. In the case of long -term debt, interest may be
    revised periodically to current market rates. At December 31, 2003 and 2002
    the estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments has been disclosed
    in note 27 to the financial statements.
The SGL Group
    adopted SFAS 133 effective January 1, 2001.
j.
    Concentration
      of credit risksFinancial
    instruments which potentially subject the SGL Group to concentrations of credit
    risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. Management believes,
    however, that the loss due to credit risk to be incurred by the Company if
    parties to these financial instruments fail completely to perform according
    to the terms of the contracts is not material. Due to the refinancing of the
    Company encumbrances have been installed, please refer to Item 10 C (Material
    Contracts). The Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts based
    on the credit worthiness of its customers as well as general economic conditions.
    Consequently, an adverse change in those factors could affect estimates of
    bad debts.
k.
    Warranty
      ObligationsF-57

Back to Contents
The
    Company warrants to the purchasers of its line of products that the product
    will be free of defects in material and workmanship. The Company records the
    estimated cost that may be incurred under its warranties at the time the product
    revenue is recognized based upon the relationship between historical and anticipated
    warranty costs and sales volumes. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy
    of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amounts as necessary. While
    the Company believes that its estimated liability for product warranties is
    adequate and that the judgment applied is appropriate, the estimated liability
    for product warranties could differ materially from actual future warranty
    costs.
l.
    OtherNo loans to
    executive committee or supervisory board members were granted as of December
    31, 2003.
36.
    Subsequent
      EventsIn
    connection with the restructuring and reorganization in the Corrosion Protection
    business area a new senior management team has been appointed after three
    Acotec managing directors left the company at the beginning of 2004.
On
    February 9, 2004 the Company completed a new major financing. Cash received
    from the capital increase and the other refinancing instruments was used to
    repay the existing financial debt. The Companys new financing agreements
    contain provisions requiring, among other things, that it meet certain financial
    covenants at specified dates. Details to these financing agreements including
    the covenants are explained in Item 10 C Material Contracts and
    in the exhibit 2 of this annual report.
In
    accordance with the new loan agreement, a tender offer to the holders of the
    convertible bond started in February 2004 with an acceptance period until
    April 5, 2004. The funds for the tender offer are already cash escrowed as
    part of the new loan agreement.
The
    successful completion of our refinancing and placement of our capital increase
    had an impact on our Management Incentive Plans:

    The Stock
      Option Plan provides a dilution protection clause in its terms and conditions.
      This reduces the strike price of all options by the amount calculated from
      the average price of the subscription rights for new shares on all trading
      days during the subscription rights trading period on the Frankfurt Stock
      Exchange. The average price of the subscription rights was 4,74.Accordingly the strike
      prices of all options granted between July 2000 and January 2003 have been
      reduced by €4.74. The Supervisory Board has decided that the 2004 stock
      options will be granted at a strike price of €8,69. Day of grant is
      January 16, 2004.
    The formula
      for the reduction of the strike price of stock options is equally applicable
      to all remaining SARs still outstanding, regardless of whether these entitle
      to the payment of a difference or to the purchase of a share at the exercise
      price. This means for example that the strike price of the SARs granted
      in 1996 is reduced from €33,03 (=DM 64,60) to €28,29.
    All participants
      in the current Matching Shares Plans 2002 and 2003 who invested in SGL Carbon
      shares out of their annual bonus have participated in the capital increase
      as all existing shareholders by either exercising their subscription rights
      and purchasing new shares or selling their subscription rights. Due to the
      dilution of their entitlement in these Matching Shares, each participant
      will receive cash compensation in the amount of €4,74 for each matching
      share when the matching shares are granted (end of March 2004 and end of
      March 2005).F-58